U.S. patent application number 15/274910 was filed with the patent office on 2018-03-08 for user interfaces for stored-value accounts.
The applicant listed for this patent is APPLE INC.. Invention is credited to Oluwatomiwa B. ALABI, Peter D. ANTON, George R. DICKER, Donald W. PITSCHEL, Danvin RUANGCHAN, Glen W. STEELE, Simon TICKNER, Marcel VAN OS, Shawn T. WEBSTER.
Application Number | 20180068313 15/274910 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 60516527 |
Filed Date | 2018-03-08 |
United States Patent
Application |
20180068313 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
VAN OS; Marcel ; et
al. |
March 8, 2018 |
USER INTERFACES FOR STORED-VALUE ACCOUNTS
Abstract
In some examples, an account is provisioned onto an electronic
device. In some examples, the device receives a value to fund the
account provisioned on the electronic device. In some examples, the
electronic device transacts with a contactless transaction terminal
using the provisioned account and displays an indication of the
transaction. In some examples, the electronic device transmits
information corresponding to the provisioned account without
checking for authentication. In some examples, the device receives
user input initiating a process for moving the account from a first
device to a second device. In some examples, the device receives
account payment credentials from a second device when a set of
payment criteria are met.
Inventors: |
VAN OS; Marcel; (San
Francisco, CA) ; ALABI; Oluwatomiwa B.; (San
Francisco, CA) ; ANTON; Peter D.; (San Francisco,
CA) ; DICKER; George R.; (Sunnyvale, CA) ;
PITSCHEL; Donald W.; (San Francisco, CA) ; RUANGCHAN;
Danvin; (San Jose, CA) ; STEELE; Glen W.; (San
Jose, CA) ; TICKNER; Simon; (Los Altos, CA) ;
WEBSTER; Shawn T.; (Sunnyvale, CA) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
APPLE INC. |
Cupertino |
CA |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
60516527 |
Appl. No.: |
15/274910 |
Filed: |
September 23, 2016 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
62384043 |
Sep 6, 2016 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
G06Q 20/367 20130101;
G06F 3/0481 20130101; G06Q 20/36 20130101; G07F 9/023 20130101;
G06Q 20/227 20130101; G06Q 20/3274 20130101; G06Q 20/3674 20130101;
G06Q 20/3278 20130101; G06Q 20/342 20130101; G06Q 20/327 20130101;
G06Q 20/4014 20130101 |
International
Class: |
G06Q 20/40 20060101
G06Q020/40; G06Q 20/36 20060101 G06Q020/36; G06Q 20/32 20060101
G06Q020/32; G06Q 20/34 20060101 G06Q020/34 |
Claims
1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or
more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors
of an electronic device with a display and one or more input
devices, the one or more programs including instructions for:
displaying, on the display, a representation of a stored-value
account that includes an activatable add-value option, wherein the
electronic device has an electronic wallet application that
includes the stored-value account and a payment account; while
displaying the representation of the stored-value account,
detecting, via the one or more input devices, activation of the
add-value option; detecting, via the one or more input devices,
activation of a fund-account option to add value to the
stored-value account using the payment account of the electronic
wallet application; while displaying a proposed transaction to add
funds to the stored-value account from the payment account,
receiving authentication information at the electronic device; and
in response to receiving the authentication information and in
accordance with a determination that the authentication information
is consistent with enrolled authentication information for
performing payment transactions using the payment account, adding
value to the stored-value account using the payment account.
2. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
the one or more programs further including instructions for: in
response to receiving the authentication information and in
accordance with a determination that the authentication information
is not consistent with enrolled authentication information for
performing payment transactions using the payment account, forgoing
adding value to the stored-value account using the payment
account.
3. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
the one or more programs further including instructions for: prior
to receiving the authentication information, generating a prompt to
provide authorization to add value to the stored-value account from
the payment account.
4. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
wherein the representation of a stored-value account includes a
current balance of the stored-value account.
5. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 4,
the one or more programs further including instructions for:
subsequent to adding value to the stored-value account using the
payment account, updating display of the current balance of the
stored-value account to reflect the value added to the stored-value
account.
6. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
the one or more programs further including instructions for:
displaying, on the display, a representation of a second payment
account that does not include an activatable add-value option.
7. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
the one or more programs further including instructions for:
displaying, on the display, a user interface for user entry of
value to add to the stored-value account using the payment account,
wherein the user interface for user entry of value to add
concurrently includes: a virtual numeric keypad, one or more
suggested amounts, and the current balance of the stored-value
account; receiving input at the virtual numeric keypad of an amount
for adding value to the stored-value account using the payment
account; and in response to receiving the input at the virtual
numeric keypad, updating display of the one or more suggested
amounts based on the input received at the virtual numeric
keypad.
8. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 7,
wherein: the received input at the virtual numeric keypad
corresponds to an amount exceeding a maximum permissible amount for
adding value to the stored-value account using the payment account;
and updating display of the one or more suggested amounts based on
the input received at the virtual numeric keypad includes updating
display of one of the one or more suggested amounts to reflect the
maximum permissible amount.
9. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 7,
wherein at least one of the one or more suggested amounts is based
on a previous amount used for adding value to the stored-value
account using the payment account.
10. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 7,
wherein at least one of the one or more suggested amounts is based
on a current day of the current month.
11. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 7:
wherein the user interface for user entry of value to add to the
stored-value account using the payment account further concurrently
includes a graphical depiction of a card corresponding to the
stored-value account; wherein the received input at the virtual
numeric keypad corresponds to an amount exceeding a maximum
permissible amount for adding value to the stored-value account
using the payment account; and wherein the one or more programs
further include instructions for: in response to receiving the
input at the virtual numeric keypad, animating the graphical
depiction of the card corresponding to the stored-value account to
shake for a period of time.
12. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
the one or more programs further including instructions for:
receiving user input of a selected amount to add value to the
stored-value account; and in response to receiving user input of
the selected amount, displaying, on the display, a user interface
requesting authentication.
13. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
wherein the stored-value account is a transit account.
14. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
wherein the stored-value account is a gift card account.
15. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
wherein adding value to the stored-value account using the payment
account is part of recurring transactions to add value to the
stored-value account using the payment account.
16. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
the one or more programs further including instructions for:
detecting that a current balance of the stored-value account is
below a minimum balance notification level; and in response to
detecting that the current balance of the stored-value account is
below the minimum balance notification level, generating a
notification that the current balance of the stored-value account
is below the minimum balance notification level.
17. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim
16, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
receiving user input activating the notification; and in response
to receiving the user input activating the notification,
displaying, on the display, the user interface for user entry of
value to add to the stored-value account using the payment
account.
18. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1:
wherein the stored-value account is a transit account; and wherein
the representation of the stored-value account includes: an
indication of a transit plan associated with the transit account,
and an indication of an expiration date of the transit plan.
19. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
wherein the stored-value account is a transit account, the one or
more programs further including instructions for: displaying, on
the display, a user interface for funding the transit account using
the payment account, wherein the user interface for funding the
transit account concurrently includes: one or more suggested
amounts, and a start date and an end date of a recommended transit
plan.
20. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
wherein the stored-value account is a transit account, the one or
more programs further including instructions for: in accordance
with a determination that a transit plan of the stored-value
account is due for renewal, generating a notification indicating
that the transit plan of the stored-value account is due for
renewal.
21. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 1,
wherein the stored-value account is a transit account, the one or
more programs further including instructions for: detecting
proximity to a transit station; determining an expected destination
based on one or more context factors; in accordance with a
determination that the stored-value account does not have
sufficient funds for travel from the transit station to the
expected destination, generating a notification that the
stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for travel from
the transit station to the expected destination; and wherein
displaying the representation of the stored-value account that
includes the activatable add-value option is in response to
detecting activation of the notification that the stored-value
account does not have sufficient funds.
22. A method, comprising: at an electronic device with a display
and one or more input devices: displaying, on the display, a
representation of a stored-value account that includes an
activatable add-value option, wherein the electronic device has an
electronic wallet application that includes the stored-value
account and a payment account; while displaying the representation
of the stored-value account, detecting, via the one or more input
devices, activation of the add-value option; detecting, via there
one or more input devices, activation of a fund-account option to
add value to the stored-value account using the payment account of
the electronic wallet application; while displaying a proposed
transaction to add funds to the stored-value account from the
payment account, receiving authentication information at the
electronic device; and in response to receiving the authentication
information and in accordance with a determination that the
authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information for performing payment transactions
using the payment account, adding value to the stored-value account
using the payment account.
23. An electronic device, comprising: a display; one or more input
devices; one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more
programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors;
the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on
the display, a representation of a stored-value account that
includes an activatable add-value option, wherein the electronic
device has an electronic wallet application that includes the
stored-value account and a payment account; while displaying the
representation of the stored-value account, detecting, via the one
or more input devices, activation of the add-value option;
detecting, via the one or more input devices, activation of a
fund-account option to add value to the stored-value account using
the payment account of the electronic wallet application; while
displaying a proposed transaction to add funds to the stored-value
account from the payment account, receiving authentication
information at the electronic device; and in response to receiving
the authentication information and in accordance with a
determination that the authentication information is consistent
with enrolled authentication information for performing payment
transactions using the payment account, adding value to the
stored-value account using the payment account.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Patent Application
Ser. No. 62/384,043, entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR STORED-VALUE
ACCOUNTS," filed Sep. 6, 2016, the contents of which are hereby
incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0002] This application relates to U.S. Patent Application Ser. No.
61/912,727, entitled "PROVISIONING AND AUTHENTICATING CREDENTIALS
ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE," filed Dec. 6, 2013 and U.S. Patent
Application Ser. No. 62/004,837, entitled "METHODS FOR MANAGING
PAYMENT APPLETS ON A SECURE ELEMENT TO CONDUCT MOBILE PAYMENT
TRANSACTIONS," filed May 29, 2014, the contents of which are hereby
incorporated by reference in their entirety.
FIELD
[0003] The present disclosure relates generally to computer user
interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for managing
transaction and accounts.
BACKGROUND
[0004] The use of electronic devices for managing transactions and
accounts has increased significantly in recent years. Exemplary
techniques for managing transactions include participating in a
transaction of information. Exemplary techniques for managing
accounts include adding and removing accounts of a smartphone
device.
BRIEF SUMMARY
[0005] Some techniques for managing transactions and accounts using
electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and
inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex
and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key
presses or keystrokes. In other examples, some existing techniques
for participating in a transaction require users to provide inputs
to specify an account, unlock devices, or provide authentication
during the transaction. Existing techniques require more time than
necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter
consideration is particularly important in battery-operated
devices.
[0006] Accordingly, the present techniques provide electronic
devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for
managing accounts and transactions. Such methods and interfaces
optionally complement or replace other methods for managing
accounts and transactions. Such methods and interfaces reduce the
cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient
human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices,
such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time
between battery charges. Further, such methods and interfaces
reduce the amount of input required at electronic devices, such as
smartphones and smartwatches.
[0007] In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at
an electronic device with one or more input devices and one or more
short-range communication radios is described. The method
comprises: receiving, by the one or more short-range communication
radios, a card account number of a card, wherein the card has a
stored value; requesting verification information to verify
ownership of the card; receiving, via the one or more input
devices, input from a user of the electronic device that includes
verification information for verifying ownership of the card;
verifying ownership of the card by comparing the verification
information with separate information about the card that is
received separately from the verification information; and in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
successful: generating a prompt to perform a value transfer
operation for a value transfer; and in conjunction with the value
transfer operation, transferring at least some of the stored value
from the card to a virtual card stored on the electronic
device.
[0008] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with one or more input devices and one or more
short-range communication radios, the one or more programs
including instructions for: receiving, by the one or more
short-range communication radios, a card account number of a card,
wherein the card has a stored value; requesting verification
information to verify ownership of the card; receiving, via the one
or more input devices, input from a user of the electronic device
that includes verification information for verifying ownership of
the card; verifying ownership of the card by comparing the
verification information with separate information about the card
that is received separately from the verification information; and
in accordance with a determination that verification of ownership
is successful: generating a prompt to perform a value transfer
operation for a value transfer; and in conjunction with the value
transfer operation, transferring at least some of the stored value
from the card to a virtual card stored on the electronic
device.
[0009] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer
readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with one or more input devices and one or more
short-range communication radios, the one or more programs
including instructions for: receiving, by the one or more
short-range communication radios, a card account number of a card,
wherein the card has a stored value; requesting verification
information to verify ownership of the card; receiving, via the one
or more input devices, input from a user of the electronic device
that includes verification information for verifying ownership of
the card; verifying ownership of the card by comparing the
verification information with separate information about the card
that is received separately from the verification information; and
in accordance with a determination that verification of ownership
is successful: generating a prompt to perform a value transfer
operation for a value transfer; and in conjunction with the value
transfer operation, transferring at least some of the stored value
from the card to a virtual card stored on the electronic
device.
[0010] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: one or more input
devices; one or more short-range communication radios; one or more
processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to
be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs
including instructions for: receiving, by the one or more
short-range communication radios, a card account number of a card,
wherein the card has a stored value; requesting verification
information to verify ownership of the card; receiving, via the one
or more input devices, input from a user of the electronic device
that includes verification information for verifying ownership of
the card; verifying ownership of the card by comparing the
verification information with separate information about the card
that is received separately from the verification information; and
in accordance with a determination that verification of ownership
is successful: generating a prompt to perform a value transfer
operation for a value transfer; and in conjunction with the value
transfer operation, transferring at least some of the stored value
from the card to a virtual card stored on the electronic
device.
[0011] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: one or more input
devices; one or more short-range communication radios; means for
receiving, by the one or more short-range communication radios, a
card account number of a card, wherein the card has a stored value;
means for requesting verification information to verify ownership
of the card; means for receiving, via the one or more input
devices, input from a user of the electronic device that includes
verification information for verifying ownership of the card; means
for verifying ownership of the card by comparing the verification
information with separate information about the card that is
received separately from the verification information; and means,
in accordance with a determination that verification of ownership
is successful, for: generating a prompt to perform a value transfer
operation for a value transfer; and in conjunction with the value
transfer operation, transferring at least some of the stored value
from the card to a virtual card stored on the electronic
device.
[0012] In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at
an electronic device with a display, one or more input devices, and
one or more short-range communication radios is described. The
method comprises: requesting verification information to verify
ownership of a stored-value card, wherein the stored-value card has
a stored value; receiving, via the one or more input devices, input
from a user of the electronic device that includes verification
information for verifying ownership of the card, wherein the
verification information includes information that is not shown on
the card; displaying, on the display of the electronic device, a
prompt to place the electronic device within communication range of
the stored-value card; receiving, by the one or more short-range
communication radios, identifying information from the stored-value
card; verifying ownership of the stored-value card by comparing the
verification information with the identifying information; and in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
successful: transferring at least some of the stored value from the
stored-value card to a virtual card stored on the electronic
device.
[0013] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, one or more short-range
communication radios, and one or more input devices, the one or
more programs including instructions for: requesting verification
information to verify ownership of a stored-value card, wherein the
stored-value card has a stored value; receiving, via the one or
more input devices, input from a user of the electronic device that
includes verification information for verifying ownership of the
card, wherein the verification information includes information
that is not shown on the card; displaying, on the display of the
electronic device, a prompt to place the electronic device within
communication range of the stored-value card; receiving, by the one
or more short-range communication radios, identifying information
from the stored-value card; verifying ownership of the stored-value
card by comparing the verification information with the identifying
information; and in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful: transferring at least some
of the stored value from the stored-value card to a virtual card
stored on the electronic device.
[0014] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, one or more short-range
communication radios, and one or more input devices, the one or
more programs including instructions for: requesting verification
information to verify ownership of a stored-value card, wherein the
stored-value card has a stored value; receiving, via the one or
more input devices, input from a user of the electronic device that
includes verification information for verifying ownership of the
card, wherein the verification information includes information
that is not shown on the card; displaying, on the display of the
electronic device, a prompt to place the electronic device within
communication range of the stored-value card; receiving, by the one
or more short-range communication radios, identifying information
from the stored-value card; verifying ownership of the stored-value
card by comparing the verification information with the identifying
information; and in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful: transferring at least some
of the stored value from the stored-value card to a virtual card
stored on the electronic device.
[0015] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more
short-range communication radios; one or more input devices; one or
more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs
configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or
more programs including instructions for: requesting verification
information to verify ownership of a stored-value card, wherein the
stored-value card has a stored value; receiving, via the one or
more input devices, input from a user of the electronic device that
includes verification information for verifying ownership of the
card, wherein the verification information includes information
that is not shown on the card; displaying, on the display of the
electronic device, a prompt to place the electronic device within
communication range of the stored-value card; receiving, by the one
or more short-range communication radios, identifying information
from the stored-value card; verifying ownership of the stored-value
card by comparing the verification information with the identifying
information; and in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful: transferring at least some
of the stored value from the stored-value card to a virtual card
stored on the electronic device.
[0016] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more
short-range communication radios; one or more input devices; means
for requesting verification information to verify ownership of a
stored-value card, wherein the stored-value card has a stored
value; means for receiving, via the one or more input devices,
input from a user of the electronic device that includes
verification information for verifying ownership of the card,
wherein the verification information includes information that is
not shown on the card; means for displaying, on the display of the
electronic device, a prompt to place the electronic device within
communication range of the stored-value card; means for receiving,
by the one or more short-range communication radios, identifying
information from the stored-value card; means for verifying
ownership of the stored-value card by comparing the verification
information with the identifying information; and means, in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
successful, for: transferring at least some of the stored value
from the stored-value card to a virtual card stored on the
electronic device.
[0017] In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at
an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices
is described. The method comprises: displaying, on the display, a
representation of a stored-value account that includes an
activatable add-value option, wherein the electronic device has an
electronic wallet application that includes the stored-value
account and a payment account; while displaying the representation
of the stored-value account, detecting, via the one or more input
devices, activation of the add-value option; detecting, via there
one or more input devices, activation of a fund-account option to
add value to the stored-value account using the payment account of
the electronic wallet application; while displaying a proposed
transaction to add funds to the stored-value account from the
payment account, receiving authentication information at the
electronic device; and in response to receiving the authentication
information and in accordance with a determination that the
authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information for performing payment transactions
using the payment account, adding value to the stored-value account
using the payment account.
[0018] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the
one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the
display, a representation of a stored-value account that includes
an activatable add-value option, wherein the electronic device has
an electronic wallet application that includes the stored-value
account and a payment account; while displaying the representation
of the stored-value account, detecting, via the one or more input
devices, activation of the add-value option; detecting, via the one
or more input devices, activation of a fund-account option to add
value to the stored-value account using the payment account of the
electronic wallet application; while displaying a proposed
transaction to add funds to the stored-value account from the
payment account, receiving authentication information at the
electronic device; and in response to receiving the authentication
information and in accordance with a determination that the
authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information for performing payment transactions
using the payment account, adding value to the stored-value account
using the payment account.
[0019] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the
one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the
display, a representation of a stored-value account that includes
an activatable add-value option, wherein the electronic device has
an electronic wallet application that includes the stored-value
account and a payment account; while displaying the representation
of the stored-value account, detecting, via the one or more input
devices, activation of the add-value option; detecting, via the one
or more input devices, activation of a fund-account option to add
value to the stored-value account using the payment account of the
electronic wallet application; while displaying a proposed
transaction to add funds to the stored-value account from the
payment account, receiving authentication information at the
electronic device; and in response to receiving the authentication
information and in accordance with a determination that the
authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information for performing payment transactions
using the payment account, adding value to the stored-value account
using the payment account.
[0020] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more
input devices; one or more processors; and a memory storing one or
more programs configured to be executed by the one or more
processors; the one or more programs including transactions for:
displaying, on the display, a representation of a stored-value
account that includes an activatable add-value option, wherein the
electronic device has an electronic wallet application that
includes the stored-value account and a payment account; while
displaying the representation of the stored-value account,
detecting, via the one or more input devices, activation of the
add-value option; detecting, via the one or more input devices,
activation of a fund-account option to add value to the
stored-value account using the payment account of the electronic
wallet application; while displaying a proposed transaction to add
funds to the stored-value account from the payment account,
receiving authentication information at the electronic device; and
in response to receiving the authentication information and in
accordance with a determination that the authentication information
is consistent with enrolled authentication information for
performing payment transactions using the payment account, adding
value to the stored-value account using the payment account.
[0021] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprising: a display; one or more
input devices; means for displaying, on the display, a
representation of a stored-value account that includes an
activatable add-value option, wherein the electronic device has an
electronic wallet application that includes the stored-value
account and a payment account; means, while displaying the
representation of the stored-value account, for detecting, via the
one or more input devices, activation of the add-value option;
means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, activation
of a fund-account option to add value to the stored-value account
using the payment account of the electronic wallet application;
means, while displaying a proposed transaction to add funds to the
stored-value account from the payment account, for receiving
authentication information at the electronic device; and means, in
response to receiving the authentication information and in
accordance with a determination that the authentication information
is consistent with enrolled authentication information for
performing payment transactions using the payment account, for
adding value to the stored-value account using the payment
account.
[0022] In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at
an electronic device with a display, one or more short-range
communication radios, and an electronic wallet application that
includes a stored-value account is described. The method comprises:
displaying, on the display, an indication of an available credit of
the stored-value account; transferring, using the one or more
short-range communication radios, credentials of the stored-value
account to a contactless transaction terminal that is separate from
the electronic device; and replacing, based on a transaction
performed with the contactless transaction terminal using the
credentials of the stored-value account that were transferred to
the contactless transaction terminal using the one or more
short-range communication radios, display of the indication of the
available credit with display of an indication of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal.
[0023] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, one or more short-range
communication radios, and an electronic wallet application that
includes a stored-value account, the one or more programs including
instructions for: displaying, on the display, an indication of an
available credit of the stored-value account; transferring, using
the one or more short-range communication radios, credentials of
the stored-value account to a contactless transaction terminal that
is separate from the electronic device; and replacing, based on a
transaction performed with the contactless transaction terminal
using the credentials of the stored-value account that were
transferred to the contactless transaction terminal using the one
or more short-range communication radios, display of the indication
of the available credit with display of an indication of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the
contactless transaction terminal.
[0024] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display, one or more short-range
communication radios, and an electronic wallet application that
includes a stored-value account, the one or more programs including
instructions for: displaying, on the display, an indication of an
available credit of the stored-value account; transferring, using
the one or more short-range communication radios, credentials of
the stored-value account to a contactless transaction terminal that
is separate from the electronic device; and replacing, based on a
transaction performed with the contactless transaction terminal
using the credentials of the stored-value account that were
transferred to the contactless transaction terminal using the one
or more short-range communication radios, display of the indication
of the available credit with display of an indication of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the
contactless transaction terminal.
[0025] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more
short-range communication radios; an electronic wallet application
that includes a stored-value account; one or more processors; and a
memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by
the one or more processors, the one or more programs including
instructions for: displaying, on the display, an indication of an
available credit of the stored-value account; transferring, using
the one or more short-range communication radios, credentials of
the stored-value account to a contactless transaction terminal that
is separate from the electronic device; and replacing, based on a
transaction performed with the contactless transaction terminal
using the credentials of the stored-value account that were
transferred to the contactless transaction terminal using the one
or more short-range communication radios, display of the indication
of the available credit with display of an indication of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the
contactless transaction terminal.
[0026] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more
short-range communication radios; an electronic wallet application
that includes a stored-value account; means for displaying, on the
display, an indication of an available credit of the stored-value
account; means for transferring, using the one or more short-range
communication radios, credentials of the stored-value account to a
contactless transaction terminal that is separate from the
electronic device; and means for replacing, based on a transaction
performed with the contactless transaction terminal using the
credentials of the stored-value account that were transferred to
the contactless transaction terminal using the one or more
short-range communication radios, display of the indication of the
available credit with display of an indication of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal.
[0027] In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at
an electronic device with one or more short-range communication
radios and an account information application that includes a first
account is described. The method comprises: detecting, by the one
or more short-range communication radios, a wireless signal; in
accordance with a determination that the wireless signal
corresponds to a first type of request, transmitting information
corresponding to the first account without checking for
authentication; and in accordance with a determination that the
wireless signal corresponds to a second type of request, checking
for authentication before proceeding with a transaction
corresponding to the wireless signal.
[0028] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with one or more short-range communication radios
and an account information application that includes a first
account, the one or more programs including instructions for:
detecting, by the one or more short-range communication radios, a
wireless signal; in accordance with a determination that the
wireless signal corresponds to a first type of request,
transmitting information corresponding to the first account without
checking for authentication; and in accordance with a determination
that the wireless signal corresponds to a second type of request,
checking for authentication before proceeding with a transaction
corresponding to the wireless signal.
[0029] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with one or more short-range communication radios
and an account information application that includes a first
account, the one or more programs including instructions for:
detecting, by the one or more short-range communication radios, a
wireless signal; in accordance with a determination that the
wireless signal corresponds to a first type of request,
transmitting information corresponding to the first account without
checking for authentication; and in accordance with a determination
that the wireless signal corresponds to a second type of request,
checking for authentication before proceeding with a transaction
corresponding to the wireless signal.
[0030] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: one or more short-range
communication radios; an account information application that
includes a first account; one or more processors; and a memory
storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one
or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions
for: detecting, by the one or more short-range communication
radios, a wireless signal; in accordance with a determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to a first type of request,
transmitting information corresponding to the first account without
checking for authentication; and in accordance with a determination
that the wireless signal corresponds to a second type of request,
checking for authentication before proceeding with a transaction
corresponding to the wireless signal.
[0031] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic comprising: one or more short-range
communication radios; an account information application that
includes a first account; means for detecting, by the one or more
short-range communication radios, a wireless signal; means, in
accordance with a determination that the wireless signal
corresponds to a first type of request, for transmitting
information corresponding to the first account without checking for
authentication; and means, in accordance with a determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to a second type of request, for
checking for authentication before proceeding with a transaction
corresponding to the wireless signal.
[0032] In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at
an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices
is described. The method comprises: displaying, on the display,
representations of a plurality of devices associated with a user
account, wherein the representations of the plurality of devices
include a first representation of a first device and a second
representation of a second device, wherein the first device is
associated with a transaction account and the second device is not
associated with the transaction account; receiving, via the one or
more input devices, a selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device; and in accordance with
receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device: causing the transaction
account to become associated with the second device; and causing
the transaction account to become disassociated from the first
device.
[0033] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the
one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the
display, representations of a plurality of devices associated with
a user account, wherein the representations of the plurality of
devices include a first representation of a first device and a
second representation of a second device, wherein the first device
is associated with a transaction account and the second device is
not associated with the transaction account; receiving, via the one
or more input devices, a selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device; and in accordance with
receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device: causing the transaction
account to become associated with the second device; and causing
the transaction account to become disassociated from the first
device.
[0034] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the
one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the
display, representations of a plurality of devices associated with
a user account, wherein the representations of the plurality of
devices include a first representation of a first device and a
second representation of a second device, wherein the first device
is associated with a transaction account and the second device is
not associated with the transaction account; receiving, via the one
or more input devices, a selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device; and in accordance with
receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device: causing the transaction
account to become associated with the second device; and causing
the transaction account to become disassociated from the first
device.
[0035] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more
input devices; one or more processors; and a memory storing one or
more programs configured to be executed by the one or more
processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
displaying, on the display, representations of a plurality of
devices associated with a user account, wherein the representations
of the plurality of devices include a first representation of a
first device and a second representation of a second device,
wherein the first device is associated with a transaction account
and the second device is not associated with the transaction
account; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection
corresponding to the displayed representation of the second device;
and in accordance with receiving the selection corresponding to the
displayed representation of the second device: causing the
transaction account to become associated with the second device;
and causing the transaction account to become disassociated from
the first device.
[0036] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more
input devices; means for displaying, on the display,
representations of a plurality of devices associated with a user
account, wherein the representations of the plurality of devices
include a first representation of a first device and a second
representation of a second device, wherein the first device is
associated with a transaction account and the second device is not
associated with the transaction account; means for receiving, via
the one or more input devices, a selection corresponding to the
displayed representation of the second device; and means, in
accordance with receiving the selection corresponding to the
displayed representation of the second device, for: causing the
transaction account to become associated with the second device;
and causing the transaction account to become disassociated from
the first device.
[0037] In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at
an electronic device with an electronic wallet application is
described. The method comprises: detecting that a set of one or
more payment criteria for making a payment using a stored-value
account has been met; in response to detecting that the set of one
or more payment criteria for making the payment using the
stored-value account has been met and in accordance with a
determination that payment credentials of the stored-value account
are not available in the electronic wallet application of the
electronic device, requesting payment credentials of the
stored-value account from a second device that is different from
the electronic device; subsequent to requesting the payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the second device when
the payment credentials of the stored-value account are available
at the second device, receiving payment credentials of the
stored-value account at the electronic device from the second
device.
[0038] In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with an electronic wallet application, the one or
more programs including instructions for: detecting that a set of
one or more payment criteria for making a payment using a
stored-value account has been met; in response to detecting that
the set of one or more payment criteria for making the payment
using the stored-value account has been met and in accordance with
a determination that payment credentials of the stored-value
account are not available in the electronic wallet application of
the electronic device, requesting payment credentials of the
stored-value account from a second device that is different from
the electronic device; and subsequent to requesting the payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the second device when
the payment credentials of the stored-value account are available
at the second device, receiving payment credentials of the
stored-value account at the electronic device from the second
device.
[0039] In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory
computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory
computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs
configured to be executed by one or more processors of an
electronic device with an electronic wallet application, the one or
more programs including instructions for: detecting that a set of
one or more payment criteria for making a payment using a
stored-value account has been met; in response to detecting that
the set of one or more payment criteria for making the payment
using the stored-value account has been met and in accordance with
a determination that payment credentials of the stored-value
account are not available in the electronic wallet application of
the electronic device, requesting payment credentials of the
stored-value account from a second device that is different from
the electronic device; and subsequent to requesting the payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the second device when
the payment credentials of the stored-value account are available
at the second device, receiving payment credentials of the
stored-value account at the electronic device from the second
device.
[0040] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: an electronic wallet
application; one or more processors; and a memory storing one or
more programs configured to be executed by the one or more
processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
detecting that a set of one or more payment criteria for making a
payment using a stored-value account has been met; in response to
detecting that the set of one or more payment criteria for making
the payment using the stored-value account has been met and in
accordance with a determination that payment credentials of the
stored-value account are not available in the electronic wallet
application of the electronic device, requesting payment
credentials of the stored-value account from a second device that
is different from the electronic device; and subsequent to
requesting the payment credentials of the stored-value account from
the second device when the payment credentials of the stored-value
account are available at the second device, receiving payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
from the second device.
[0041] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: an electronic wallet
application; means for detecting that a set of one or more payment
criteria for making a payment using a stored-value account has been
met; means, in response to detecting that the set of one or more
payment criteria for making the payment using the stored-value
account has been met and in accordance with a determination that
payment credentials of the stored-value account are not available
in the electronic wallet application of the electronic device, for
requesting payment credentials of the stored-value account from a
second device that is different from the electronic device; and
means, subsequent to requesting the payment credentials of the
stored-value account from the second device when the payment
credentials of the stored-value account are available at the second
device, for receiving payment credentials of the stored-value
account at the electronic device from the second device.
[0042] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: one or more input
device units; one or more short-range communication radio units;
and a processing unit coupled to the one or more input device units
and the one or more short-range communication radio units, the
processing unit configured to: receive, by the one or more
short-range communication radio units, a card account number of a
card, wherein the card has a stored value; request verification
information to verify ownership of the card; receive, via the one
or more input device units, input from a user of the electronic
device that includes verification information for verifying
ownership of the card; verify ownership of the card by comparing
the verification information with separate information about the
card that is received separately from the verification information;
and in accordance with a determination that verification of
ownership is successful: generate a prompt to perform a value
transfer operation for a value transfer; and in conjunction with
the value transfer operation, transfer at least some of the stored
value from the card to a virtual card stored on the electronic
device.
[0043] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display unit; one or
more input device units; one or more short-range communication
radio units; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the
one or more short-range communication radio units, and the one or
more input device units, the processing unit configured to: request
verification information to verify ownership of a stored-value
card, wherein the stored-value card has a stored value; receive,
via the one or more input device units, input from a user of the
electronic device that includes verification information for
verifying ownership of the card, wherein the verification
information includes information that is not shown on the card;
enable display, on the display unit of the electronic device, of a
prompt to place the electronic device within communication range of
the stored-value card; receive, by the one or more short-range
communication radio units, identifying information from the
stored-value card; verify ownership of the stored-value card by
comparing the verification information with the identifying
information; and in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful: transfer at least some of
the stored value from the stored-value card to a virtual card
stored on the electronic device.
[0044] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display unit; one or
more input device units; and a processing unit coupled to the
display unit and the one or more input device units, the processing
unit configured to: enable display, on the display unit, of a
representation of a stored-value account that includes an
activatable add-value option, wherein the electronic device has an
electronic wallet application that includes the stored-value
account and a payment account; while enabling display of the
representation of the stored-value account, detect, via the one or
more input device units, activation of the add-value option;
detect, via the one or more input device units, activation of a
fund-account option to add value to the stored-value account using
the payment account of the electronic wallet application; while
enabling display of a proposed transaction to add funds to the
stored-value account from the payment account, receive
authentication information at the electronic device; and in
response to receiving the authentication information and in
accordance with a determination that the authentication information
is consistent with enrolled authentication information for
performing payment transactions using the payment account, add
value to the stored-value account using the payment account.
[0045] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display unit; one or
more short-range communication radio units; an electronic wallet
application unit that includes a stored-value account; and a
processing unit coupled to the display unit, the one or more
short-range communication radio units, and the electronic wallet
application unit that includes a stored-value account, the
processing unit configured to: enable display, on the display unit,
of an indication of an available credit of the stored-value
account; transfer, using the one or more short-range communication
radio units, credentials of the stored-value account to a
contactless transaction terminal that is separate from the
electronic device; and replace, based on a transaction performed
with the contactless transaction terminal using the credentials of
the stored-value account that were transferred to the contactless
transaction terminal using the one or more short-range
communication radio units, display of the indication of the
available credit with display of an indication of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal.
[0046] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: one or more short-range
communication radio units; an account information application unit
that includes a first account; and a processing unit coupled to the
one or more short-range communication units and the account
information application unit that includes a first account, the
processing unit configured to: detect, by the one or more
short-range communication radio units, a wireless signal; in
accordance with a determination that the wireless signal
corresponds to a first type of request, transmit information
corresponding to the first account without checking for
authentication; and in accordance with a determination that the
wireless signal corresponds to a second type of request, check for
authentication before proceeding with a transaction corresponding
to the wireless signal.
[0047] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: a display unit; one or
more input device units; and a processing unit coupled to the
display unit and the one or more input device units, the processing
unit configured to: enable display, on the display unit, of
representations of a plurality of devices associated with a user
account, wherein the representations of the plurality of devices
include a first representation of a first device and a second
representation of a second device, wherein the first device is
associated with a transaction account and the second device is not
associated with the transaction account; receive, via the one or
more input device units, a selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device; and in accordance with
receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device: cause the transaction account
to become associated with the second device; and cause the
transaction account to become disassociated from the first
device.
[0048] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is
described. The electronic device comprises: an electronic wallet
application unit; and a processing unit, the processing unit
configured to: detect that a set of one or more payment criteria
for making a payment using a stored-value account has been met; in
response to detecting that the set of one or more payment criteria
for making the payment using the stored-value account has been met
and in accordance with a determination that payment credentials of
the stored-value account are not available in the electronic wallet
application of the electronic device, request payment credentials
of the stored-value account from a second device that is different
from the electronic device; subsequent to requesting the payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the second device when
the payment credentials of the stored-value account are available
at the second device, receive payment credentials of the
stored-value account at the electronic device from the second
device.
[0049] Executable instructions for performing these functions are,
optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage
medium or other computer program product configured for execution
by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing
these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory
computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product
configured for execution by one or more processors.
[0050] Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient
methods and interfaces for managing transactions, thereby
increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction
with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or
replace other methods for managing transactions.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0051] For a better understanding of the various described
embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of
Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in
which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts
throughout the figures.
[0052] FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable
multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance
with some embodiments.
[0053] FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components
for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
[0054] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a
touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
[0055] FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction
device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance
with some embodiments.
[0056] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu
of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance
with some embodiments.
[0057] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a
multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is
separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
[0058] FIG. 5A illustrates a personal electronic device in
accordance with some embodiments.
[0059] FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal
electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0060] FIGS. 5C-5D illustrate exemplary components of a personal
electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and intensity
sensors in accordance with some embodiments.
[0061] FIGS. 5E-5H illustrate exemplary components and user
interfaces of a personal electronic device in accordance with some
embodiments.
[0062] FIG. 6 illustrates exemplary devices connected via one or
more communication channels, in accordance with some
embodiments.
[0063] FIGS. 7A-7P illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
provisioning cards onto an electronic device, in accordance with
some embodiments.
[0064] FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of
provisioning cards onto an electronic device, in accordance with
some embodiments.
[0065] FIGS. 9A-9N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
provisioning cards onto an electronic device, in accordance with
some embodiments.
[0066] FIG. 10 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of
provisioning cards onto an electronic device, in accordance with
some embodiments.
[0067] FIGS. 11A-11N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
adding value to a stored-value account provisioned on an electronic
device, in accordance with some embodiments.
[0068] FIGS. 12A-12B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of
adding value to a stored-value account provisioned on an electronic
device, in accordance with some embodiments.
[0069] FIGS. 13A-13N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
transferring credentials of a stored-value account to a
terminal.
[0070] FIGS. 14A-14B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of
transferring credentials of a stored-value account to a terminal,
in accordance with some embodiments.
[0071] FIGS. 15A-15M illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
making an account available for use without checking
authentication, in accordance with some embodiments.
[0072] FIGS. 16A-16B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of
making an account available for use without checking
authentication, in accordance with some embodiments.
[0073] FIGS. 17A-17H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
moving a transaction account from one device to another device, in
accordance with some embodiments.
[0074] FIG. 18 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of moving a
transaction account from one device to another device, in
accordance with some embodiments.
[0075] FIGS. 19A-19H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
accounts that are available for use at one or more devices of a
plurality of devices, in accordance with some embodiments.
[0076] FIGS. 20A-20B is a flow diagram illustrating methods of
managing accounts that are available for use at one or more devices
of a plurality of devices, in accordance with some embodiments.
[0077] FIGS. 21-27 illustrate functional block diagrams in
accordance with some embodiments.
DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
[0078] The following description sets forth exemplary methods,
parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that
such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of
the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of
exemplary embodiments.
[0079] There is a need for electronic devices that provide
efficient methods and interfaces for managing accounts and
transactions. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a
user who accesses transactions, thereby enhancing productivity.
Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power
otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs.
[0080] Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5A-5H provide a
description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for
managing accounts and transactions. FIG. 6 illustrates exemplary
devices connected via one or more communication channels, in
accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 7A-7P illustrate exemplary
user interfaces for provisioning cards onto an electronic device,
in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram
illustrating methods of provisioning cards onto an electronic
device, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in
FIGS. 7A-7P are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIGS. 8A-8B. FIGS. 9A-9N illustrate
exemplary user interfaces for provisioning cards onto an electronic
device, in accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 10 is a flow
diagram illustrating methods of provisioning cards onto an
electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. The user
interfaces in FIGS. 9A-9N are used to illustrate the processes
described below, including the processes in FIG. 10. FIGS. 11A-11N
illustrate exemplary user interfaces for adding value to a
stored-value account provisioned on an electronic device, in
accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 12A-12B are a flow diagram
illustrating methods of adding value to a stored-value account
provisioned on an electronic device, in accordance with some
embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 11A-11N are used to
illustrate the processes described below, including the processes
in FIGS. 12A-12B. FIGS. 13A-13N illustrate exemplary user
interfaces for transferring credentials of a stored-value account
to a terminal. FIGS. 14A-14B are a flow diagram illustrating
methods of transferring credentials of a stored-value account to a
terminal, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces
in FIGS. 13A-13N are used to illustrate the processes described
below, including the processes in FIGS. 14A-14B. FIGS. 15A-15M
illustrate exemplary user interfaces for making an account
available for use without checking authentication, in accordance
with some embodiments. FIGS. 16A-16B are a flow diagram
illustrating methods of making an account available for use without
checking authentication, in accordance with some embodiments. The
user interfaces in FIGS. 15A-15M are used to illustrate the
processes described below, including the processes in FIGS.
16A-16B. FIGS. 17A-17H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
moving a transaction account from one device to another device, in
accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 18 is a flow diagram
illustrating methods of moving a transaction account from one
device to another device, in accordance with some embodiments. The
user interfaces in FIGS. 17A-17H are used to illustrate the
processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 18.
FIGS. 19A-19H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for accounts
that are available for use at one or more devices of a plurality of
devices, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 20A-20B is a
flow diagram illustrating methods of managing accounts that are
available for use at one or more devices of a plurality of devices,
in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.
19A-19H are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIGS. 20A-20B. FIGS. 21-27 illustrate
functional block diagrams in accordance with some embodiments.
[0081] Although the following description uses terms "first,"
"second," etc. to describe various elements, these elements should
not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to
distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch
could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch
could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of
the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second
touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.
[0082] The terminology used in the description of the various
described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing
particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As
used in the description of the various described embodiments and
the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" are
intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context
clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the
term "and/or" as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all
possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed
items. It will be further understood that the terms "includes,"
"including," "comprises," and/or "comprising," when used in this
specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers,
steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude
the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers,
steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
[0083] The term "if" is, optionally, construed to mean "when" or
"upon" or "in response to determining" or "in response to
detecting," depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase "if it
is determined" or "if [a stated condition or event] is detected"
is, optionally, construed to mean "upon determining" or "in
response to determining" or "upon detecting [the stated condition
or event]" or "in response to detecting [the stated condition or
event]," depending on the context.
[0084] Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such
devices, and associated processes for using such devices are
described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable
communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also
contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player
functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices
include, without limitation, the iPhone.RTM., iPod Touch.RTM., and
iPad.RTM. devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other
portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers
with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or
touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood
that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable
communications device, but is a desktop computer with a
touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a
touchpad).
[0085] In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that
includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It
should be understood, however, that the electronic device
optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface
devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a
joystick.
[0086] The device typically supports a variety of applications,
such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a
presentation application, a word processing application, a website
creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet
application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video
conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant
messaging application, a workout support application, a photo
management application, a digital camera application, a digital
video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital
music player application, and/or a digital video player
application.
[0087] The various applications that are executed on the device
optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device,
such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the
touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information
displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied
from one application to the next and/or within a respective
application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as
the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the
variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and
transparent to the user.
[0088] Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable
devices with touch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram
illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive
display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a "touch screen"
for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a
"touch-sensitive display system." Device 100 includes memory 102
(which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage
mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units
(CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio
circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O)
subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port
124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors
164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity
sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100
(e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display
system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or
more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs
on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a
touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112
of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components
optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or
signal lines 103.
[0089] As used in the specification and claims, the term
"intensity" of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the
force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a
finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute
(proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the
touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of
values that includes at least four distinct values and more
typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least
256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or
measured) using various approaches and various sensors or
combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors
underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are,
optionally, used to measure force at various points on the
touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force
measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a
weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact.
Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally,
used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive
surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on
the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance
of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or
changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive
surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are,
optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the
contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations,
the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used
directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been
exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units
corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some
implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or
pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the
estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an
intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity
threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure).
Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input
allows for user access to additional device functionality that may
otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device
with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a
touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a
touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a
physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).
[0090] As used in the specification and claims, the term "tactile
output" refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a
previous position of the device, physical displacement of a
component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to
another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of
the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will
be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch. For example,
in situations where the device or the component of the device is in
contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g.,
a finger, palm, or other part of a user's hand), the tactile output
generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the
user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in
physical characteristics of the device or the component of the
device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a
touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by
the user as a "down click" or "up click" of a physical actuator
button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as
an "down click" or "up click" even when there is no movement of a
physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive
surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's
movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive
surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as
"roughness" of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no
change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such
interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the
individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many
sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of
users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to
a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an "up click," a
"down click," "roughness"), unless otherwise stated, the generated
tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device
or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory
perception for a typical (or average) user.
[0091] It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example
of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally
has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or
more components, or optionally has a different configuration or
arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG.
1A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both
hardware and software, including one or more signal processing
and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
[0092] Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access
memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as
one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or
other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller
122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of
device 100.
[0093] Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and
output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one
or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs
and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various
functions for device 100 and to process data. In some embodiments,
peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are,
optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some
other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate
chips.
[0094] RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF
signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108
converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and
communicates with communications networks and other communications
devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108
optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these
functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF
transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more
oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a
subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF
circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the
Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet
and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a
wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area
network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF
circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for
detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a
short-range communication radio. The wireless communication
optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards,
protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global
System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM
Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA),
high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only
(EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term
evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code
division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access
(CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth
Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a,
IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac),
voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail
(e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office
protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and
presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant
Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant
Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message
Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol,
including communication protocols not yet developed as of the
filing date of this document.
[0095] Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide
an audio interface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry
110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts
the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the
electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the
electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110
also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from
sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to
audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface
118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from
and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by
peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110
also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jack
provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable
audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a
headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears)
and input (e.g., a microphone).
[0096] I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device
100, such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116,
to peripherals interface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes
display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, intensity
sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and one or
more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The
one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals
from/to other input control devices 116. The other input control
devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push
buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks,
click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input
controller(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the
following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer
device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2)
optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker
111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally
include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2).
[0097] A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a
lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses
gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, "Unlocking a Device by
Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image," filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S.
Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in
its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206)
optionally turns power to device 100 on or off. The functionality
of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable.
Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and
one or more soft keyboards.
[0098] Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and
an output interface between the device and a user. Display
controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to
touch screen 112. Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the
user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons,
video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed
"graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output
optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.
[0099] Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or
set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic
and/or tactile contact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156
(along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in
memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the
contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into
interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft
keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch
screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between
touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the
user.
[0100] Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal
display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display)
technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although
other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch
screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and
any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch
sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but
not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface
acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor
arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of
contact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment,
projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as
that found in the iPhone.RTM. and iPod Touch.RTM. from Apple Inc.
of Cupertino, Calif.
[0101] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch
screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive
touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846
(Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.),
and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent
Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by
reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays
visual output from device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do
not provide visual output.
[0102] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch
screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, "Multipoint Touch Surface
Controller," filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 10/840,862, "Multipoint Touchscreen," filed May 6, 2004; (3)
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, "Gestures For Touch
Sensitive Input Devices," filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 11/048,264, "Gestures For Touch Sensitive
Input Devices," filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 11/038,590, "Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For
Touch Sensitive Input Devices," filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, "Virtual Input Device
Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface," filed Sep. 16, 2005;
(7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, "Operation Of A
Computer With A Touch Screen Interface," filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8)
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, "Activating Virtual
Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard," filed Sep. 16, 2005; and
(9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, "Multi-Functional
Hand-Held Device," filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications
are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
[0103] Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess
of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video
resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes
contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or
appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some
embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with
finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than
stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on
the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the
rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or
command for performing the actions desired by the user.
[0104] In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device
100 optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or
deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the
touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the
touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is,
optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch
screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by
the touch screen.
[0105] Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the
various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power
management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery,
alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure
detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status
indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other
components associated with the generation, management and
distribution of power in portable devices.
[0106] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical
sensors 164. FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical
sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164
optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary
metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor
164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or
more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image.
In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera
module), optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or
video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the
back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 on the front
of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use
as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some
embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the
device so that the user's image is, optionally, obtained for video
conferencing while the user views the other video conference
participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the
position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by
rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a
single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen
display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image
acquisition.
[0107] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact
intensity sensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor
coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106.
Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more
piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric
force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors,
capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors
(e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact
on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 165
receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information
or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some
embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated
with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,
touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least
one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100,
opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of
device 100.
[0108] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity
sensors 166. FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to
peripherals interface 118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is,
optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106.
Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, "Proximity Detector In
Handheld Device"; Ser. No. 11/240,788, "Proximity Detector In
Handheld Device"; Ser. No. 11/620,702, "Using Ambient Light Sensor
To Augment Proximity Sensor Output"; Ser. No. 11/586,862,
"Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable
Devices"; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, "Methods And Systems For
Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals," which are hereby
incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments,
the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when
the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when
the user is making a phone call).
[0109] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile
output generators 167. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator
coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106.
Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more
electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components
and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear
motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer,
piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile
output generating component (e.g., a component that converts
electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact
intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation
instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile
outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of
device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output
generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive
surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally,
generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface
vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally
(e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device
100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator
sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen
display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
[0110] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more
accelerometers 168. FIG. 1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to
peripherals interface 118. Alternately, accelerometer 168 is,
optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem
106. Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S.
Patent Publication No. 20050190059, "Acceleration-based Theft
Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices," and U.S. Patent
Publication No. 20060017692, "Methods And Apparatuses For Operating
A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer," both of which are
incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some
embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display
in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data
received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally
includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer (not
shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system)
receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the
location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device
100.
[0111] In some embodiments, the software components stored in
memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or
set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of
instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132,
text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning
System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications
(or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, in some embodiments,
memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) stores device/global internal
state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3. Device/global internal state
157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating
which applications, if any, are currently active; display state,
indicating what applications, views or other information occupy
various regions of touch screen display 112; sensor state,
including information obtained from the device's various sensors
and input control devices 116; and location information concerning
the device's location and/or attitude.
[0112] Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X,
iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks)
includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling
and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage
device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates
communication between various hardware and software components.
[0113] Communication module 128 facilitates communication with
other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes
various software components for handling data received by RF
circuitry 108 and/or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g.,
Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling
directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the
Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external
port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as,
or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on
iPod.RTM. (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
[0114] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with
touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and
other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click
wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes various software
components for performing various operations related to detection
of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g.,
detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the
contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute
for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is
movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the
touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more
finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased
(e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).
Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the
touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of
contact, which is represented by a series of contact data,
optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity
(magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in
magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These
operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one
finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,
"multitouch"/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments,
contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact
on a touchpad.
[0115] In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of
one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation
has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has
"clicked" on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of
the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software
parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by
the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can
be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100).
For example, a mouse "click" threshold of a trackpad or touch
screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined
threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen
display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of
the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or
more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting
individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of
intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click "intensity"
parameter).
[0116] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input
by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have
different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings,
and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is,
optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For
example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a
finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event
at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the
finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another
example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive
surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by
detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently
followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
[0117] Graphics module 132 includes various known software
components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen
112 or other display, including components for changing the visual
impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or
other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used
herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be
displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web
pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys),
digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
[0118] In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data
representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally,
assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from
applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be
displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other
graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to
output to display controller 156.
[0119] Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software
components for generating instructions used by tactile output
generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more
locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with
device 100.
[0120] Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of
graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in
various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141,
browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
[0121] GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and
provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to
telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as
picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide
location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page
widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
[0122] Applications 136 optionally include the following modules
(or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof: [0123]
Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact
list); [0124] Telephone module 138; [0125] Video conference module
139; [0126] E-mail client module 140; [0127] Instant messaging (IM)
module 141; [0128] Workout support module 142; [0129] Camera module
143 for still and/or video images; [0130] Image management module
144; [0131] Video player module; [0132] Music player module; [0133]
Browser module 147; [0134] Calendar module 148; [0135] Widget
modules 149, which optionally include one or more of: weather
widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm
clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets
obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6; [0136]
Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
[0137] Search module 151; [0138] Video and music player module 152,
which merges video player module and music player module; [0139]
Notes module 153; [0140] Map module 154; and/or [0141] Online video
module 155.
[0142] Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally,
stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications,
other image editing applications, drawing applications,
presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption,
digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice
replication.
[0143] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an
address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal
state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370),
including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s)
from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail
address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name;
associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names;
providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or
facilitate communications by telephone 138, video conference module
139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; and so forth.
[0144] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110,
speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a
sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access
one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify a
telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone
number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the
conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless
communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications
standards, protocols, and technologies.
[0145] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110,
speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller
156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158,
contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module
134, contacts module 137, and telephone module 138, video
conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate,
conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or
more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
[0146] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes
executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail
in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image
management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy
to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with
camera module 143.
[0147] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141
includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters
corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered
characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example,
using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service
(MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP,
SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive
instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some
embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages
optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files
and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an
Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, "instant
messaging" refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages
sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages
sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
[0148] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and
music player module, workout support module 142 includes executable
instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or
calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports
devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to
monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and
display, store, and transmit workout data.
[0149] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158,
contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and image
management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable
instructions to capture still images or video (including a video
stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a
still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory
102.
[0150] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input
module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144
includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit),
or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital
slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
[0151] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes
executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with
user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and
displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments
and other files linked to web pages.
[0152] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser
module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to
create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated
with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in
accordance with user instructions.
[0153] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules
149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used
by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2,
calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary
widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget
149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext
Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a
JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML
(Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g.,
Yahoo! Widgets).
[0154] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget
creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create
widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into
a widget).
[0155] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to
search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in
memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or
more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user
instructions.
[0156] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio
circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module
147, video and music player module 152 includes executable
instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded
music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats,
such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display,
present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112
or on an external, connected display via external port 124). In
some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality
of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
[0157] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input
module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to
create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance
with user instructions.
[0158] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112,
display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module
132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147,
map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify,
and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving
directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near
a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance
with user instructions.
[0159] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller
156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio
circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module
134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video
module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access,
browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back
(e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via
external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular
online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more
file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging
module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a
link to a particular online video. Additional description of the
online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent
Application No. 60/936,562, "Portable Multifunction Device, Method,
and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed Jun.
20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067,
"Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User
Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed Dec. 31, 2007, the
contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their
entirety.
[0160] Each of the above-identified modules and applications
corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one
or more functions described above and the methods described in this
application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other
information processing methods described herein). These modules
(e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate
software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets
of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged
in various embodiments. For example, video player module is,
optionally, combined with music player module into a single module
(e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In some
embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules
and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102
optionally stores additional modules and data structures not
described above.
[0161] In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation
of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed
exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a
touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device
for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control
devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100
is, optionally, reduced.
[0162] The predefined set of functions that are performed
exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally
include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments,
the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a
main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed
on device 100. In such embodiments, a "menu button" is implemented
using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a
physical push button or other physical input control device instead
of a touchpad.
[0163] FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components
for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some
embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event
sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective
application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications
137-151, 155, 380-390).
[0164] Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines
the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1
to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170
includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some
embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state
192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on
touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or
executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is
used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are)
currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by
event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to
deliver event information.
[0165] In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes
additional information, such as one or more of: resume information
to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface
state information that indicates information being displayed or
that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for
enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of
application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken
by the user.
[0166] Event monitor 171 receives event information from
peripherals interface 118. Event information includes information
about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display
112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118
transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a
sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or
microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110). Information that
peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes
information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive
surface.
[0167] In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the
peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response,
peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other
embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information
only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input
above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a
predetermined duration).
[0168] In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit
view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer
determination module 173.
[0169] Hit view determination module 172 provides software
procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within
one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more
than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements
that a user can see on the display.
[0170] Another aspect of the user interface associated with an
application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application
views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed
and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a
respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally
correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view
hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in
which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and
the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are,
optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of
the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
[0171] Hit view determination module 172 receives information
related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application
has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination
module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the
hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances,
the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating
sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of
sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit
view is identified by the hit view determination module 172, the
hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same
touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit
view.
[0172] Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines
which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a
particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active
event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the
hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In
other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173
determines that all views that include the physical location of a
sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines
that all actively involved views should receive a particular
sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch
sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one
particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain
as actively involved views.
[0173] Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information
to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments
including active event recognizer determination module 173, event
dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event
recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination
module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores
in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a
respective event receiver 182.
[0174] In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event
sorter 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter
170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone
module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as
contact/motion module 130.
[0175] In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality
of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each
of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur
within a respective view of the application's user interface. Each
application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more
event recognizers 180. Typically, a respective application view 191
includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other
embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a
separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a
higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods
and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event
handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object
updater 177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from
event sorter 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls
data updater 176, object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update
the application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of
the application views 191 include one or more respective event
handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data
updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included
in a respective application view 191.
[0176] A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information
(e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an
event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes
event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some embodiments,
event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata
183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include
sub-event delivery instructions).
[0177] Event receiver 182 receives event information from event
sorter 170. The event information includes information about a
sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on
the sub-event, the event information also includes additional
information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event
concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also
includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments,
events include rotation of the device from one orientation to
another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape
orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes
corresponding information about the current orientation (also
called device attitude) of the device.
[0178] Event comparator 184 compares the event information to
predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the
comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or
updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments,
event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event
definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined
sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2
(187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event
(187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement,
touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the
definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed
object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch
begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first
liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch
(touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase,
and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In
another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging
on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch
(or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a
movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display 112, and
liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event
also includes information for one or more associated event handlers
190.
[0179] In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a
definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In
some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to
determine which user-interface object is associated with a
sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three
user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display
112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event
comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three
user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If
each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler
190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to
determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example,
event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the
sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
[0180] In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event
(187) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the
event information until after it has been determined whether the
sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event
recognizer's event type.
[0181] When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the
series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event
definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an
event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which
it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In
this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active
for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an
ongoing touch-based gesture.
[0182] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180
includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or
lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform
sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some
embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags,
and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are
enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments,
metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists
that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in
the view or programmatic hierarchy.
[0183] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180
activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or
more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some
embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event
information associated with the event to event handler 190.
Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and
deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some
embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the
recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag
catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
[0184] In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include
sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information
about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the
sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event
handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively
involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of
sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event
information and perform a predetermined process.
[0185] In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates
data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176
updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores
a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments,
object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application
136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface
object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI
updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares
display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display
on a touch-sensitive display.
[0186] In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has
access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater
178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and
GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective
application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments,
they are included in two or more software modules.
[0187] It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion
regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive
displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate
multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are
initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse
button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple
keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags,
scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the
device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric
inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as
inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be
recognized.
[0188] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100
having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The
touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user
interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others described
below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by
making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more
fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more
styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some
embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user
breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments,
the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more
swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward),
and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right,
upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In
some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a
graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture
that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the
corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to
selection is a tap.
[0189] Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical
buttons, such as "home" or menu button 204. As described
previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any
application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally,
executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the
menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on
touch screen 112.
[0190] In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112,
menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and
locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber
identity module (SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and
docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally,
used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the
button and holding the button in the depressed state for a
predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the
button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval
has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock
process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts
verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions
through microphone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one
or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of
contacts on touch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output
generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device
100.
[0191] FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction
device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance
with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some
embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a
tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device,
an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming
system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial
controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing
units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communications
interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320
for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320
optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that
interconnects and controls communications between system
components. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330
comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display.
I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse
(or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output
generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g.,
similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with
reference to FIG. 1A), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration,
proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors
similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with
reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access
memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid
state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory,
such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk
storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid
state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more
storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some
embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data
structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures
stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG.
1A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores
additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in
memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example,
memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380,
presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website
creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet
module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100
(FIG. 1A) optionally does not store these modules.
[0192] Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is,
optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned
memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to
a set of instructions for performing a function described above.
The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of
instructions) need not be implemented as separate software
programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these
modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in
various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally
stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified
above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules
and data structures not described above.
[0193] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user
interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example,
portable multifunction device 100.
[0194] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu
of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance
with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally,
implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400
includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
[0195] Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless
communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals; [0196] Time
404; [0197] Bluetooth indicator 405; [0198] Battery status
indicator 406; [0199] Tray 408 with icons for frequently used
applications, such as: [0200] Icon 416 for telephone module 138,
labeled "Phone," which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the
number of missed calls or voicemail messages; [0201] Icon 418 for
e-mail client module 140, labeled "Mail," which optionally includes
an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails; [0202] Icon 420
for browser module 147, labeled "Browser;" and [0203] Icon 422 for
video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod
(trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled "iPod;" and [0204]
Icons for other applications, such as: [0205] Icon 424 for IM
module 141, labeled "Messages;" [0206] Icon 426 for calendar module
148, labeled "Calendar;" [0207] Icon 428 for image management
module 144, labeled "Photos;" [0208] Icon 430 for camera module
143, labeled "Camera;" [0209] Icon 432 for online video module 155,
labeled "Online Video;" [0210] Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2,
labeled "Stocks;" [0211] Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled
"Maps;" [0212] Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled
"Weather;" [0213] Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled
"Clock;" [0214] Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled
"Workout Support;" [0215] Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled
"Notes;" and [0216] Icon 446 for a settings application or module,
labeled "Settings," which provides access to settings for device
100 and its various applications 136.
[0217] It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG.
4A are merely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music
player module 152 is labeled "Music" or "Music Player." Other
labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some
embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a
name of an application corresponding to the respective application
icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application
icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the
particular application icon.
[0218] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device
(e.g., device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451
(e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from the
display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112). Device 300 also,
optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g.,
one or more of sensors 359) for detecting intensity of contacts on
touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output
generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device
300.
[0219] Although some of the examples that follow will be given with
reference to inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the
touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some
embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface
that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4B. In some
embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) has
a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to a primary
axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display (e.g., 450). In
accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts
(e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch-sensitive surface 451
at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display
(e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to
470). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and
movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive
surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) are used by the device to manipulate
the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the
multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate
from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are,
optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
[0220] Additionally, while the following examples are given
primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts,
finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be
understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger
inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a
mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture
is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a
contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the
swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another
example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click
while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture
(e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to
detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are
simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple
computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and
finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
[0221] FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device
500. Device 500 includes body 502. In some embodiments, device 500
can include some or all of the features described with respect to
devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1A-4B). In some embodiments,
device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereafter touch
screen 504. Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504,
device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with
devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or the
touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity
sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being
applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or
the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that
represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device
500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that
touches of different intensities can invoke different user
interface operations on device 500.
[0222] Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch
intensity are found, for example, in related applications:
International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061,
titled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying
User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application," filed May
8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and
International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483,
titled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for
Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,"
filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No.
WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference
in their entirety.
[0223] In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input
mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included,
can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push
buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500
has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms,
if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example,
hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets,
watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks,
and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be
worn by a user.
[0224] FIG. 5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In
some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the
components described with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. Device
500 has bus 512 that operatively couples I/O section 514 with one
or more computer processors 516 and memory 518. I/O section 514 can
be connected to display 504, which can have touch-sensitive
component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact
intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section 514 can be connected
with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating
system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication
(NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques.
Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508. Input
mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a
depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input
mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.
[0225] Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some
examples. Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes
various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534,
directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536, motion
sensor 538, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be
operatively connected to I/O section 514.
[0226] Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one
or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for
storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by
one or more computer processors 516, for example, can cause the
computer processors to perform the techniques described below,
including processes 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000.
Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and
configuration of FIG. 5B, but can include other or additional
components in multiple configurations.
[0227] As used here, the term "affordance" refers to a
user-interactive graphical user interface object that is,
optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices 100, 300,
and/or 500 (FIGS. 1A-B, 3, and 5A-H). For example, an image (e.g.,
icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally
constitute an affordance.
[0228] As used herein, the term "focus selector" refers to an input
element that indicates a current part of a user interface with
which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a
cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a "focus
selector" so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected
on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or
touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) while the cursor is over a
particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider,
or other user interface element), the particular user interface
element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some
implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g.,
touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or touch screen 112
in FIG. 4A) that enables direct interaction with user interface
elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the
touch screen acts as a "focus selector" so that when an input
(e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch
screen display at a location of a particular user interface element
(e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element),
the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance
with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved
from one region of a user interface to another region of the user
interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of
a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or
arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in
these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with
movement of focus between different regions of the user interface.
Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector,
the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or
contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user
so as to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user
interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the
user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For
example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a
contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press
input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad
or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to
activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface
elements shown on a display of the device).
[0229] As used in the specification and claims, the term
"characteristic intensity" of a contact refers to a characteristic
of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In
some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple
intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally,
based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of
intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period
(e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a
predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to
detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start
of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the
contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the
contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity
of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is,
optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the
intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the
contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top
10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at
the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the
90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like.
In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in
determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the
characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the
contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic
intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds
to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For
example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally
includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity
threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic
intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a
first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that
exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the
second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a
contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second
threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a
comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more
thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or
more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or
forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used
to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second
operation.
[0230] FIG. 5C illustrates detecting a plurality of contacts
552A-552E on touch-sensitive display screen 504 with a plurality of
intensity sensors 524A-524D. FIG. 5C additionally includes
intensity diagrams that show the current intensity measurements of
the intensity sensors 524A-524D relative to units of intensity. In
this example, the intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524A
and 524D are each 9 units of intensity, and the intensity
measurements of intensity sensors 524B and 524C are each 7 units of
intensity. In some implementations, an aggregate intensity is the
sum of the intensity measurements of the plurality of intensity
sensors 524A-524D, which in this example is 32 intensity units. In
some embodiments, each contact is assigned a respective intensity
that is a portion of the aggregate intensity. FIG. 5D illustrates
assigning the aggregate intensity to contacts 552A-552E based on
their distance from the center of force 554. In this example, each
of contacts 552A, 552B, and 552E are assigned an intensity of
contact of 8 intensity units of the aggregate intensity, and each
of contacts 552C and 552D are assigned an intensity of contact of 4
intensity units of the aggregate intensity. More generally, in some
implementations, each contact j is assigned a respective intensity
Ij that is a portion of the aggregate intensity, A, in accordance
with a predefined mathematical function, Ij=A(Dj/.SIGMA.Di), where
Dj is the distance of the respective contact j to the center of
force, and .SIGMA.Di is the sum of the distances of all the
respective contacts (e.g., i=1 to last) to the center of force. The
operations described with reference to FIGS. 5C-5D can be performed
using an electronic device similar or identical to device 100, 300,
or 500. In some embodiments, a characteristic intensity of a
contact is based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some
embodiments, the intensity sensors are used to determine a single
characteristic intensity (e.g., a single characteristic intensity
of a single contact). It should be noted that the intensity
diagrams are not part of a displayed user interface, but are
included in FIGS. 5C-5D to aid the reader.
[0231] In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified
for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For
example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous
swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an
end location, at which point the intensity of the contact
increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the
contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion
of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact
(e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location).
In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied
to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the
characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing
algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted
sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing
algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an
exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these
smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the
intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a
characteristic intensity.
[0232] The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface
is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity
thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a
light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold,
and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments,
the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at
which the device will perform operations typically associated with
clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some
embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an
intensity at which the device will perform operations that are
different from operations typically associated with clicking a
button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when
a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the
light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal
contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no
longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in
accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive
surface without performing an operation associated with the light
press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold.
Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are
consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
[0233] An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from
an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an
intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep
press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a "light
press" input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the
contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold
to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is
sometimes referred to as a "deep press" input. An increase of
characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the
contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the
contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity
threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the
touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the
contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity
threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity
threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the
contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the
contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments,
the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
[0234] In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations
are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a
respective press input or in response to detecting the respective
press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of
contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at
least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact
(or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold.
In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in
response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective
contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a "down
stroke" of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the
press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective
contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent
decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input
intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in
response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the
respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an "up
stroke" of the respective press input).
[0235] FIGS. 5E-5H illustrate detection of a gesture that includes
a press input that corresponds to an increase in intensity of a
contact 562 from an intensity below a light press intensity
threshold (e.g., "IT.sub.L") in FIG. 5E, to an intensity above a
deep press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT.sub.D") in FIG. 5H. The
gesture performed with contact 562 is detected on touch-sensitive
surface 560 while cursor 576 is displayed over application icon
572B corresponding to App 2, on a displayed user interface 570 that
includes application icons 572A-572D displayed in predefined region
574. In some embodiments, the gesture is detected on
touch-sensitive display 504. The intensity sensors detect the
intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 560. The device
determines that the intensity of contact 562 peaked above the deep
press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT.sub.D"). Contact 562 is
maintained on touch-sensitive surface 560. In response to the
detection of the gesture, and in accordance with contact 562 having
an intensity that goes above the deep press intensity threshold
(e.g., "IT.sub.D") during the gesture, reduced-scale
representations 578A-578C (e.g., thumbnails) of recently opened
documents for App 2 are displayed, as shown in FIGS. 5F-5H. In some
embodiments, the intensity, which is compared to the one or more
intensity thresholds, is the characteristic intensity of a contact.
It should be noted that the intensity diagram for contact 562 is
not part of a displayed user interface, but is included in FIGS.
5E-5H to aid the reader.
[0236] In some embodiments, the display of representations
578A-578C includes an animation. For example, representation 578A
is initially displayed in proximity of application icon 572B, as
shown in FIG. 5F. As the animation proceeds, representation 578A
moves upward and representation 578B is displayed in proximity of
application icon 572B, as shown in FIG. 5G. Then, representations
578A moves upward, 578B moves upward toward representation 578A,
and representation 578C is displayed in proximity of application
icon 572B, as shown in FIG. 5H. Representations 578A-578C form an
array above icon 572B. In some embodiments, the animation
progresses in accordance with an intensity of contact 562, as shown
in FIGS. 5F-5G, where the representations 578A-578C appear and move
upwards as the intensity of contact 562 increases toward the deep
press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT.sub.D"). In some embodiments,
the intensity, on which the progress of the animation is based, is
the characteristic intensity of the contact. The operations
described with reference to FIGS. 5E-5H can be performed using an
electronic device similar or identical to device 100, 300, or
500.
[0237] In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis
to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed "jitter," where the
device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a
predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold
(e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units
lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis
intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of
the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments,
the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective
contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent
decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity
threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold,
and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting
the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact
below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an "up stroke" of
the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the
press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in
intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the
hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the
press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent
decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below
the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed
in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in
intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the
contact, depending on the circumstances).
[0238] For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations
performed in response to a press input associated with a
press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture
including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to
detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the
press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a
contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold
to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a
decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input
intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact
below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the
press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an
operation is described as being performed in response to detecting
a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input
intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in
response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below
a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than,
the press-input intensity threshold.
[0239] FIG. 6 illustrates exemplary devices connected via one or
more communication channels to participate in a transaction in
accordance with some embodiments. One or more exemplary electronic
devices (e.g., devices 100, 300, and 500) are configured to
optionally detect input (e.g., a particular user input, an NFC
field) and optionally transmit payment information (e.g., using
NFC). The one or more electronic devices optionally include NFC
hardware and are configured to be NFC-enabled.
[0240] The electronic devices (e.g., devices 100, 300, and 500) are
optionally configured to store payment account information
associated with each of one or more payment accounts. Payment
account information includes, for example, one or more of: a
person's or company's name, a billing address, a login, a password,
an account number, an expiration date, a security code, a telephone
number, a bank associated with the payment account (e.g., an
issuing bank), and a card network identifier. In some examples,
payment account information includes include an image, such as a
picture of a payment card (e.g., taken by the device and/or
received at the device). In some examples, the electronic devices
receive user input including at least some payment account
information (e.g., receiving user-entered credit, debit, account,
or gift card number and expiration date). In some examples, the
electronic devices detect at least some payment account information
from an image (e.g., of a payment card captured by a camera sensor
of the device). In some examples, the electronic devices receive at
least some payment account information from another device (e.g.,
another user device or a server). In some examples, the electronic
device receives payment account information from a server
associated with another service for which an account for a user or
user device previously made a purchase or identified payment
account data (e.g., an app for renting or selling audio and/or
video files).
[0241] In some embodiments, a payment account is added to an
electronic device (e.g., device 100, 300, and 500), such that
payment account information is securely stored on the electronic
device. In some examples, after a user initiates such process, the
electronic device transmits information for the payment account to
a transaction-coordination server, which then communicates with a
server operated by a payment network for the account (e.g., a
payment server) to ensure a validity of the information. The
electronic device is optionally configured to receive a script from
the server that allows the electronic device to program payment
information for the account onto the secure element.
[0242] In some embodiments, communication among electronic devices
100, 300, and 500 facilitates transactions (e.g., generally or
specific transactions). For example, a first electronic device
(e.g., 100) can serve as a provisioning or managing device, and can
send notifications of new or updated payment account data (e.g.,
information for a new account, updated information for an existing
account, and/or an alert pertaining to an existing account) to a
second electronic device (e.g., 500). In another example, a first
electronic device (e.g., 100) can send data to a second election
device, wherein the data reflects information about payment
transactions facilitated at the first electronic device. The
information optionally includes one or more of: a payment amount,
an account used, a time of purchase, and whether a default account
was changed. The second device (e.g., 500) optionally uses such
information to update a default payment account (e.g., based on a
learning algorithm or explicit user input).
[0243] Electronic devices (e.g., 100, 300, 500) are configured to
communicate with each other over any of a variety of networks. For
example, the devices communicate using a Bluetooth connection 608
(e.g., which includes a traditional Bluetooth connection or a
Bluetooth Low Energy connection) or using a WiFi network 606.
Communications among user devices are, optionally, conditioned to
reduce the possibility of inappropriately sharing information
across devices. For example, communications relating to payment
information requires that the communicating devices be paired
(e.g., be associated with each other via an explicit user
interaction) or be associated with a same user account.
[0244] In some embodiments, an electronic device (e.g., 100, 300,
500) is used to communicate with a point-of-sale (POS) payment
terminal 600, which is optionally NFC-enabled. The communication
optionally occurs using a variety of communication channels and/or
technologies. In some examples, electronic device (e.g., 100, 300,
500) communicates with payment terminal 600 using an NFC channel
610. In some examples, payment terminal 600 communicates with an
electronic device (e.g., 100, 300, 500) using a peer-to-peer NFC
mode. Electronic device (e.g., 100, 300, 500) is optionally
configured transmit a signal to payment terminal 600 that includes
payment information for a payment account (e.g., a default account
or an account selected for the particular transaction).
[0245] In some embodiments, proceeding with a transaction includes
transmitting a signal that includes payment information for an
account, such as a payment account. In some embodiments, proceeding
with the transaction includes reconfiguring the electronic device
(e.g., 100, 300, 500) to respond as a contactless payment card,
such as an NFC-enabled contactless payment card, and then
transmitting credentials of the account via NFC, such as to payment
terminal 600. In some embodiments, subsequent to transmitting
credentials of the account via NFC, the electronic device
reconfigures to not respond as a contactless payment card (e.g.,
requiring authorization before again reconfigured to respond as a
contactless payment card via NFC).
[0246] In some embodiments, generation of and/or transmission of
the signal is controlled by a secure element in the electronic
device (e.g., 100, 300, 500). The secure element optionally
requires a particular user input prior to releasing payment
information. For example, the secure element optionally requires
detection that the electronic device is being worn, detection of a
button press, detection of entry of a passcode, detection of a
touch, detection of one or more option selections (e.g., received
while interacting with an application), detection of a fingerprint
signature, detection of a voice or voice command, and or detection
of a gesture or movement (e.g., rotation or acceleration). In some
examples, if a communication channel (e.g., an NFC communication
channel) with another device (e.g., payment terminal 600) is
established within a defined time period from detection of the
input, the secure element releases payment information to be
transmitted to the other device (e.g., payment terminal 600). In
some examples, the secure element is a hardware component that
controls release of secure information. In some examples, the
secure element is a software component that controls release of
secure information.
[0247] In some embodiments, protocols related to transaction
participation depend on, for example, device types. For example, a
condition for generating and/or transmitting payment information
can be different for a wearable device (e.g., device 500) and a
phone (e.g., device 100). For example, a generation and/or
transmission condition for a wearable device includes detecting
that a button has been pressed (e.g., after a security
verification), while a corresponding condition for a phone does not
require button-depression and instead requires detection of
particular interaction with an application. In some examples, a
condition for transmitting and/or releasing payment information
includes receiving particular input on each of multiple devices.
For example, release of payment information optionally requires
detection of a fingerprint and/or passcode at the device (e.g.,
device 100) and detection of a mechanical input (e.g., button
press) on another device (e.g., device 500).
[0248] Payment terminal 600 optionally uses the payment information
to generate a signal to transmit to a payment server 604 to
determine whether the payment is authorized. Payment server 604
optionally includes any device or system configured to receive
payment information associated with a payment account and to
determine whether a proposed purchase is authorized. In some
examples, payment server 604 includes a server of an issuing bank.
Payment terminal 600 communicates with payment server 604 directly
or indirectly via one or more other devices or systems (e.g., a
server of an acquiring bank and/or a server of a card network).
[0249] Payment server 604 optionally uses at least some of the
payment information to identify a user account from among a
database of user accounts (e.g., 602). For example, each user
account includes payment information. An account is, optionally,
located by locating an account with particular payment information
matching that from the POS communication. In some examples, a
payment is denied when provided payment information is not
consistent (e.g., an expiration date does not correspond to a
credit, debit or gift card number) or when no account includes
payment information matching that from the POS communication.
[0250] In some embodiments, data for the user account further
identifies one or more restrictions (e.g., credit limits); current
or previous balances; previous transaction dates, locations and/or
amounts; account status (e.g., active or frozen), and/or
authorization instructions. In some examples, the payment server
(e.g., 604) uses such data to determine whether to authorize a
payment. For example, a payment server denies a payment when a
purchase amount added to a current balance would result in
exceeding an account limit, when an account is frozen, when a
previous transaction amount exceeds a threshold, or when a previous
transaction count or frequency exceeds a threshold.
[0251] In some embodiments, payment server 604 responds to POS
payment terminal 600 with an indication as to whether a proposed
purchase is authorized or denied. In some examples, POS payment
terminal 600 transmits a signal to the electronic device (e.g.,
100, 300, 500) to identify the result. For example, POS payment
terminal 600 sends a receipt to the electronic device (e.g., 100,
300, 500) when a purchase is authorized (e.g., via a
transaction-coordination server that manages a transaction app on
the user device). In some instances, POS payment terminal 600
presents an output (e.g., a visual or audio output) indicative of
the result. Payment can be sent to a merchant as part of the
authorization process or can be subsequently sent.
[0252] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 100, 300,
500) participates in a transaction that is completed without
involvement of POS payment terminal 600. For example, upon
detecting that a mechanical input has been received, a secure
element in the electronic device (e.g., 100, 300, 500) releases
payment information to allow an application on the electronic
device to access the information (e.g., and to transmit the
information to a server associated with the application).
[0253] In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 100, 300,
500) is in a locked state or an unlocked state. In the locked
state, the electronic device is powered on and operational but is
prevented from performing a predefined set of operations in
response to the user input. The predefined set of operations may
include navigation between user interfaces, activation or
deactivation of a predefined set of functions, and activation or
deactivation of certain applications. The locked state may be used
to prevent unintentional or unauthorized use of some functionality
of the electronic device or activation or deactivation of some
functions on the electronic device. In the unlocked state, the
electronic device 100 is power on and operational and is not
prevented from performing at least a portion of the predefined set
of operations that cannot be performed while in the locked
state.
[0254] When the device is in the locked state, the device is said
to be locked. In some embodiments, the device in the locked state
may respond to a limited set of user inputs, including input that
corresponds to an attempt to transition the device to the unlocked
state or input that corresponds to powering the device off.
[0255] In some examples, a secure element is a hardware component
(e.g., a secure microcontroller chip) configured to securely store
data or an algorithm. In some examples, the secure element provides
(or releases) payment information (e.g., an account number and/or a
transaction-specific dynamic security code). In some examples, the
secure element provides (or releases) the payment information in
response to the device receiving authorization, such as a user
authentication (e.g., fingerprint authentication; passcode
authentication; detecting double-press of a hardware button when
the device is in an unlocked state, and optionally, while the
device has been continuously on a user's wrist since the device was
unlocked by providing authentication credentials to the device,
where the continuous presence of the device on the user's wrist is
determined by periodically checking that the device is in contact
with the user's skin). For example, the device detects a
fingerprint at a fingerprint sensor (e.g., a fingerprint sensor
integrated into a button) of the device. The device determines
whether the fingerprint is consistent with a registered
fingerprint. In accordance with a determination that the
fingerprint is consistent with the registered fingerprint, the
secure element provides (or releases) payment information. In
accordance with a determination that the fingerprint is not
consistent with the registered fingerprint, the secure element
forgoes providing (or releasing) payment information.
[0256] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user
interfaces ("UI") and associated processes that are implemented on
an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100,
device 300, or device 500.
[0257] FIGS. 7A-7P illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
provisioning cards onto an electronic device (e.g., 100) with one
or more input devices and one or more short-range communication
radios (e.g., NFC radios), in accordance with some embodiments. The
user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the
processes described below, including the processes in FIGS.
8A-8B.
[0258] In accordance with some embodiments, the user has access to
a stored-value card and wants to transfer value from the
stored-value card to a virtual card that is stored on the
electronic device. Prior to performing the value transfer, the
electronic device uses a verification procedure to help confirm
that the user is the rightful owner of the stored-value card. In
some examples, the electronic device communications with the
stored-value card (e.g., using NFC) to receive information about
the stored-value card, such as an account number of the
stored-value card or the current value stored in the stored-value
card. The electronic device also separately receives information
(e.g., from the user via a displayed keyboard, not using NFC) about
the stored-value card. The electronic device verifies ownership
based on these two pieces of information. If the ownership is
verified, the electronic device transfers (e.g., using NFC) the
stored value from the stored-value card to the virtual card of the
electronic device. In some examples, such techniques help provide
security for the rightful owner of the stored-value card and
prevent users of electronic devices from transferring funds out of
stored-value cards of other individuals.
[0259] FIG. 7A illustrates a user interface for electronic device
100 in accordance with some embodiments. In some examples, the
electronic device 100 displays an affordance (e.g., 702A) that
includes an indication of a previously provisioned account (e.g., a
payment account). In this example, the affordance (e.g., 702A)
corresponds to an American Express account. In some examples, the
electronic device 100 also displays an affordance (e.g., 702B) that
includes an indication of an additional previously provisioned
account (e.g., a payment account). In this example, the affordance
(e.g., 702B) corresponds to a MasterCard account that is different
from the American Express account. When the electronic device 100
detects activation of the affordance that includes an indication of
a previously provisioned account (e.g., 702A) or the affordance
that includes an indication of an additional previously provisioned
account (e.g., 702B), for example by detecting a touch input on a
touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device, at a location
corresponding to a respective affordance, the electronic device
displays information corresponding to the respective account.
[0260] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays an
affordance (e.g., 702D), which, when activated, causes the
electronic device to display a user interface for user-selection of
an account to be made available for use without checking
authentication, such as described with reference to FIGS.
15A-15M.
[0261] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays a
selection affordance (e.g., 704) which provides the user with an
option to turn off express transit cards. For example, by turning
off express transit cards, no account provisioned on the electronic
device 100 is designated as an express transit card. In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives user input
indicating a desire not to have accounts be made available for use
without checking authentication (e.g., by receiving user input
selecting a "no account" option for use without checking
authentication; by moving a selection affordance to the "OFF"
position, as illustrated with respect to the selection affordance
704), such as described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15M. In
response to receiving the user input indicating the desire not to
have accounts be made available for use without checking
authentication, the electronic device 100 designates an account of
the virtual card (or all accounts of the electronic device) to not
be made available for use without checking authentication. Thus,
the electronic device 100 provides the user with the option to
disable (or enable) an express transit mode (e.g., using the
selection affordance 704) by which funds are transmitted in
particular transactions without requiring authentication. In some
embodiments, when the express transit feature is enabled (e.g., by
moving the selection affordance 704 to the "ON" position), the
electronic device 100 provides faster access to an account
designated as an express transit account. In some embodiments, when
the express transit feature is disabled (e.g., by moving the
selection affordance 704 to the "OFF" position), the electronic
device 100 provides added security for accounts provisioned on the
electronic device.
[0262] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays an
affordance (e.g., 702C) for provisioning an account on the
electronic device 100 (or for provisioning an account onto a device
different from the electronic device 100). The electronic device
detects activation of the affordance (e.g., 702C) for provisioning
an account on the electronic device 100. In response to detecting
activation of the affordance (e.g., 702C) for provisioning an
account on the electronic device 100, the electronic device
displays a user interface for selecting from between two (or more)
types of accounts (e.g., stored-value accounts and accounts that
are not stored-value accounts), as illustrated in FIG. 7B. Thus, in
some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays an affordance
(e.g., 706A) for provisioning a non-stored-value account and an
affordance (e.g., 706B) for provisioning a stored-value account. In
some embodiments, the stored-value account is an account where
funds or data (in the form of binary-coded data) associated with
the respective account are physically stored on a stored-value card
associated with the stored-value account. In some examples, the
stored-value card is a closed-loop stored-value card. In some
examples, the stored-value card is a transit card (e.g., a
stored-value transit card). In some examples, the stored-value
transit account stores a transit plan (or transit pass)
information. In some examples, the transit plan is a monthly or
weekly transit plan. In some examples, the stored-value transit
account stores electronic cash. In some examples, the electronic
device 100 can transmit funds from a provisioned stored-value
transit account using NFC and without accessing an IP network or
Internet connection, which conserves power and allows funds to be
transmitted from the stored-value transit account even when an IP
network or Internet connection is not available.
[0263] In some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of
the affordance (e.g., 706B) for provisioning a stored-value
account, as illustrated in FIG. 7B, the electronic device 100
displays, on a display of the electronic device, a prompt (e.g.,
708A, 708B) for the user to place the electronic device 100 within
communication range (e.g., of the one or more short-range
communication radios) of a card with a stored value, as illustrated
in FIG. 7C. For example, the prompt (e.g., 708A, 708B) instructs
the user to place the electronic device 100 on a stored-value card
such that the back of the electronic device (e.g., the side of the
electronic device opposite the display) is nearest to the
stored-value card. Alternatively, or in addition, the electronic
device 100 provides the prompt via a speaker, haptic vibration, or
other techniques suitable for prompting the user.
[0264] As illustrated in FIG. 7D, once the electronic device 100 is
within communication range of the card, the electronic device 100
receives, from the card, by the one or more short-range
communication radios (e.g., NFC radios), a card account number of
the card (e.g., 710), where the card has a stored value (e.g., 728D
shown in FIG. 7K, a stored value greater than 0). For example, the
card (e.g., 710) is a stored-value card, an NFC-readable
stored-value card, a stored-value transit card, or a stored-value
gift card. In some examples, the card account number of the card
(e.g., 710) is received by the electronic device 100 from the card
using NFC. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 presents
an indication (e.g., 712), while in communication with the card,
that the electronic device is receiving the card account number of
the card (e.g., 710). In some embodiments, the card account number
includes alphanumeric characters. In some examples, the card
account number includes numeric characters, but does not include
alphabetic characters.
[0265] The electronic device 100 requests (e.g., from the user)
verification information (e.g., a card number of the card (e.g.,
710), the card account number of the card, or a birth date of user
registered to the card) to verify ownership of the card (e.g.,
710). For example, the electronic device 100 requests that the user
enter the card number of the card (e.g., 710). In some embodiments,
the electronic device 100 requests the verification information
subsequent to receiving the card account number of the card (e.g.,
710).
[0266] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIGS. 7E-7F, the
electronic device 100 displays an indication (e.g., 714A)
requesting the user to provide verification information, such as
the card account number of the card (e.g., 710). In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the verification
information (e.g., 714C) to confirm that the user is in physical
possession (or control) of the card (e.g., 710). As illustrated in
FIG. 7E, the electronic device 100 displays a request (e.g., 714A)
for the user to enter a card account number into a field (e.g.,
714B) using a virtual keypad (e.g., 716). As illustrated in FIG.
7F, the electronic device 100 receives, via the one or more input
devices, input from the user of the device (e.g., not by the one or
more short-range communication radios) that includes verification
information (e.g., 714C) for verifying ownership of the card (e.g.,
710).
[0267] In some embodiments, the verification information (e.g.,
714C) is information that is not shown on the card (e.g., 710). For
example, the verification information (e.g., 714C) requested by the
electronic device 100 and entered by the user is not displayed on
the card (e.g., 710). In some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the card (e.g., 710) is registered, the
requested (and received) verification information is information
that is not shown on the card. Thus, in some examples, verification
is not possible merely by having possession of the card (e.g.,
710); the user must have some additional information corresponding
to the card. In some embodiments, the verification information
(e.g., 714C) is (or includes) the stored value of the card (e.g.,
710), such as the amount of funds currently stored on the card. In
some examples, at least some (or all) of the stored value of the
card (e.g., 710) can be transferred from the card (e.g., 710) to
the virtual card provisioned on the electronic device 100.
[0268] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIGS. 7G-7H, the
electronic devices 100 displays an indication (e.g., 720A)
requesting the user to provide the verification information, such
as the card holder's date of birth. In some examples, the
electronic device 100 uses the verification information (e.g.,
720C) to confirm that the user is in physical possession (or
control) of the card (e.g., 710). As illustrated in FIG. 7G, the
electronic device 100 displays a request (e.g., 720A) for the user
to enter a birth date (e.g., 720C) into a field (e.g., 720B) using
the virtual keypad (e.g., 716). As illustrated in FIG. 7H, the
electronic device 100 receives, via the one or more input devices,
input from a user of the electronic device (e.g., not by the one or
more short-range communication radios) that includes verification
information (e.g., 720C) for verifying ownership of the card (e.g.,
710). In some embodiments, the user interfaces of FIGS. 7G-7H are
alternatives to the user interfaces of FIGS. 7E-7F. In some
embodiments, the user interfaces of FIGS. 7G-7H are used in
combination with the user interfaces of FIGS. 7E-7F.
[0269] In some embodiments, the verification information (e.g.,
720C) is information that is not shown on the card (e.g., 710). For
example, the verification information (e.g., 720C) requested by the
electronic device 100 and entered by the user is not displayed on
the card (e.g., 710). In some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the card (e.g., 710) is registered, the
requested (and received) verification information is information
that is not shown on the card. Thus, in some examples, verification
is not possible merely by having possession of the card (e.g., 710)
and the user must have some additional information corresponding to
the card. In some embodiments, the verification information (e.g.,
720C) is (or includes) the stored value of the card (e.g., 710). In
some examples, at least some (or all) of the stored value of the
card (e.g., 710) can be transferred from the card to the virtual
card provisioned on the electronic device 100.
[0270] As illustrated in FIG. 7I, the electronic device 100
verifies ownership of the card (e.g., 710) based on a comparison of
the verification information (e.g., 714C, 720C) with separate
information associated with the card of the user of the card (e.g.,
the card account number of the card, a birthday of the registered
user of the card). The separate information about the card (e.g.,
710) is received separately from the verification information
(e.g., 714C, 720C). For example, the separate information is
received from a server, service, database, or from the card (e.g.,
710) itself. In some embodiments, the comparison of the
verification information (e.g., 714C, 720C) with separate
information associated with the card (e.g., 710) of the user of the
card is performed at a remote server and the result is transmitted
to the electronic device 100 from the remote server. In some
embodiments, the comparison of the verification information (e.g.,
714C, 720C) with separate information associated with the card
(e.g., 701) of the user of the card is performed at the electronic
device 100. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays
an indication (e.g., 724A) that the verification information (e.g.,
714C, 720C) was received. In some embodiments, the electronic
device 100 displays an indication (e.g., 724B) that verification of
ownership is being performed.
[0271] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 transmits the
card account number to a server, service, or database (e.g., via a
network or Internet connection) and receives, from the server,
service, or database, a response regarding a registration status of
the card (e.g., 710). In some embodiments, this is done prior to
requesting the verification information (e.g., 714C, 720C) from the
user. In some embodiments, this is done prior to receiving the
input from the user for verifying ownership of the card (e.g.,
710). In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 determines,
based on the response received from the server, service, or
database regarding the registration status of the card (e.g., 710),
whether or not the card is registered (e.g., with a server,
service, or database). Thus, in some embodiments, the electronic
device 100 operates in a "registered mode" (e.g., based on a
response received from the server, service, or database indicating
that the card is registered), and, in some embodiments, the
electronic device 100 operates in an "anonymous mode" (e.g., based
on a response received from the server, service, or database
indicating that the card is not registered). In some examples, a
card is registered when the server, service, or database has
registered the card to a particular user or entity. In some
examples, a card is registered when the server, service, or
database associates the card with a particular user or entity.
[0272] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the card (e.g., 710) is registered (e.g., "registered mode"), the
electronic device 100 requests (e.g., from the user) verification
information to verify ownership of the card (e.g., 710) that
includes requesting information that is not shown on the card
(e.g., a birth date of the user registered to the card). In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 forgoes requesting
verification information that is shown on the card (e.g., 710). In
some embodiments, the requested verification information is
information that is not shown on the card (e.g., 710).
[0273] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the card (e.g., 710) is registered (e.g., "registered mode"), the
electronic device 100 transmits (e.g., to the server, service, or
database) the card account number of the card and receives (e.g.,
from the server, service, or database) the separate information. In
some examples, the separate information includes information that
is personal to the registered user of the card (e.g., 710), not the
card account number of the card. For example, the separate
information includes a birthday of the user, a mailing address of
the user, and/or a mother's maiden name of the user. By requesting
information that is personal to the user to which the card (e.g.,
710) is registered, a higher level of security is achieved for
registered cards. In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving, by
the one or more short-range communication radios, a card account
number of the card (e.g., 710) and prior to transferring, by the
one or more short-range communication radios, at least some (or
all) of the stored value from the card (e.g., 710) to a virtual
card stored on the electronic device 100, the electronic device
forgoes receiving a user-provided account number of the card (e.g.,
710) as part of verifying ownership of the card. Thus, the
electronic device, by using the separate information for
verification helps avoid user's cards from being digitally stolen
by passing an NFC reader over the user's pocket or purse that
contains the card (e.g., 710).
[0274] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the card (e.g., 710) is not registered (e.g., "anonymous mode"),
the electronic device 100 requests (e.g., from the user)
verification information (e.g., 714C, 720C, a card number of the
card, the card account number of the card) to verify ownership of
the card which includes information that is shown on the card. In
some examples, the electronic device 100 forgoes requesting
information that is not shown on the card (e.g., 710). Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device 100 can request different
information based on whether the card (e.g., 710) is registered or
is not registered, and a higher level of security is achieved for
registered cards by requesting information that is personal to the
registered user of the card.
[0275] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the card (e.g., 710) is not registered (e.g., "anonymous mode"),
and prior to verifying ownership of the card, the electronic device
100 requests a user-provided account number of the card as part of
requesting verification information to verify ownership of the
card. In some examples, the electronic device 100 receives the
user-provided account number of the card (e.g., 710) as an input
from the user of the electronic device (e.g., using a touch-screen
keyboard input), and not from the one or more short-range
communication radios. The user-provided account number of the card
(e.g., 710) includes verification information for verifying
ownership of the card. In some examples, the electronic device 100
compares the user-provided account number to the card account
number as part of verifying ownership of the card (e.g., 710) by
comparing the verification information with the separate
information, where the separate information includes the received
card account number of the card. In some examples, in accordance
with a determination that the card is registered (e.g., "registered
mode"), the electronic device 100 does not request (or receive) a
user-provided account number of the card (e.g., 710) as part of
receiving input from the user of the verification information for
verifying ownership of the card.
[0276] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the card is not registered (e.g., "anonymous mode"), the electronic
device 100 does not present (e.g., does not display on any display
of the electronic device) the card account number of the card
(e.g., 710) prior to receiving, via the one or more input devices,
input from the user of the electronic device that includes
verification information for verifying ownership of the card. In
some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the card
(e.g., 710) is not registered (e.g., "anonymous mode"), the
electronic device 100 does not present (e.g., does not display on
any display of the electronic device) the card account number of
the card prior to verifying ownership of the card. Thus, in some
examples, the user must have access to the card number (or the
account number associated with the card 710) through a method other
than through the electronic device 100. For example, the user can
provide the card number (or the account number associated with the
card) to the electronic device 100 (e.g., by providing text input
via a displayed virtual keyboard) based on the card number (or the
account number associated with the card) printed on a receipt or
invoice of the card (e.g., 710) or a card number printed on the
card. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the card (e.g., 710) is registered (e.g., "registered mode"), the
electronic device 100 does present (e.g., by displaying on a
display of the electronic device) the card account number of the
card prior to receiving, via the one or more input devices, input
from the user that includes verification information for verifying
ownership of the card.
[0277] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 7J, in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
not successful, the electronic device 100 displays and/or generates
feedback (e.g., visual feedback displayed on the display, audio,
and/or haptic output generated by the device) for the user
indicating (e.g., indication 726A) that verification of ownership
was not successful. In some examples, a determination that the
verification information is not successful is made if the
verification information (e.g., 714C, 720C) received from the user
is not consistent with the separate information. In some
embodiments, in accordance with the determination that verification
of ownership is not successful, the electronic device 100 forgoes
providing a prompt (e.g., foregoes generating feedback, such as
visual feedback displayed on the display, audio, and/or haptic
output generated by the device) to perform (e.g., by the user) a
value transfer operation for the value transfer, and forgoes
transferring any of the stored value from the card (e.g., 710) to
the virtual card stored on the electronic device. In some
embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 7J, in accordance with the
determination that verification of ownership is not successful, the
electronic device 100 again requests (e.g., 726B) (e.g., from the
user) verification information (e.g., a card number of the card,
the card account number of the card, a birth date of user
registered to the card) to verify ownership of the card (e.g.,
710). Thus, the electronic device 100 informs the user that the
verification of ownership was not successful.
[0278] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 7K, in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
successful, the electronic device 100 presents (e.g., on a display
of the electronic device) an indication (e.g., 728A, 728B) of
completion of the successful verification. In some embodiments, the
electronic device 100 presents one or more indications of one or
more information items (e.g., 728C-728E) associated with the
verified card (e.g., 710). In some examples, the electronic device
100 presents an indication (e.g., 728C) of a name of the user
associated with the card (e.g., 710). In some examples, the
electronic device 100 presents an indication (e.g., 728D) of a
current balance of the card (e.g., 710). In some examples, the
electronic device 100 presents an indication (e.g., 728E) of a
transit plan (or transit pass) information associated with the card
(e.g., 710).
[0279] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays an
affordance or an input field (e.g., 728F) that includes an
indication of the amount of stored value of the card (e.g., 710)
that is to be transferred from the card to the virtual card stored
on the electronic device. In some examples, the electronic device
receives user input (e.g., into the input field 728F) of the amount
of stored value of the card that is to be transferred from the card
(e.g., 710) to the virtual card stored on the electronic device. In
some embodiments, the affordance (e.g., 728F), when activated,
causes the electronic device to display a user interface for
user-selection of an amount to be transferred from the stored-value
card (e.g., 710) to the virtual card stored on the electronic
device 100. For example, the user can select to transfer the entire
amount of the stored value of the card (e.g., 710) from the card to
the virtual card on the electronic device 100, as illustrated in
FIG. 7L.
[0280] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays an
affordance (e.g., 728G) that, as illustrated in FIG. 7L, can be
activated by user selection to initiate a process for transferring
value. The affordance (e.g., 728G), when activated, initiates the
process for transferring value from the card (e.g., 710) to the
virtual card on the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the
affordance (e.g., 728G) cannot be activated before the amount of
value to be transferred is selected (e.g., using affordance 728F).
In some embodiments, when the electronic device has received a
transfer value (e.g., using input field 728F), activating the
affordance (e.g., 728G) initiates a process for transferring the
entire available balance on the card (e.g., 710). In some
embodiments, the affordance (e.g., 728G) initiates a process for
transferring the entire available balance on the card (e.g., 710)
(e.g., even when no transfer value has been entered into field
728F).
[0281] As illustrated in FIG. 7M, in accordance with a
determination that verification of ownership is successful (and, in
some embodiments, in response to receiving user selection of an
affordance (e.g., 728G) to initiate the value transfer as
illustrated in FIG. 7L), the electronic device 100 displays and/or
generates feedback (e.g., visual feedback displayed on the display,
audio, and/or haptic output generated by the device) (e.g., 708B,
730) prompting the user to perform (e.g., by the user) a value
transfer operation for a value transfer. In some examples, the
prompt or feedback (e.g., 708B, 730) requests prolonged contact of
electronic device 100 with the card (e.g., 710) or requests that
the electronic device be placed within close proximity of the card
(e.g., 710). In some examples, the electronic device 100 determines
that the verification of ownership is successful if the
verification information (714C, 720C) received from the user is
consistent with (e.g., matches) the separate information. As
illustrated in FIG. 7N, in conjunction with the value transfer
operation (and/or subsequent to providing the prompt (or generating
feedback) to perform the value transfer operation), the electronic
device 100 transfers (e.g., by the one or more short-range
communication radios) at least some (or all) of the stored value
from the card (e.g., 710) to a virtual card stored on the
electronic device. In some embodiments, the virtual card is stored
in an account information application (e.g., an electronic wallet)
of the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, during the
transfer, the electronic device 100 displays and/or generates
feedback (e.g., visual feedback displayed on the display, audio,
and/or haptic output generated by the device) indicating (e.g.,
indication 732A) (e.g., to the user) that at least some (or all) of
the stored value form the card (e.g., 710) is being transferred to
a virtual card on the electronic device, and an indication (e.g.,
708B, 732B) (e.g., to the user) to maintain the prolonged contact
or proximity of the electronic device to the card while the
transfer process is ongoing.
[0282] In some embodiments, prior to receiving the card account
number of the card (e.g., 710) and prior to verifying ownership of
the card, the virtual card is stored (e.g., in the account
information application of the electronic device) on the electronic
device 100. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 includes
a template virtual card (e.g., a "blank" virtual card) stored on
the electronic device and that does not contain any value or funds.
In some examples, the electronic device 100 transfers the at least
some (or all) of the stored value from the card (e.g., 710) to the
template virtual card. Thus, in some examples, there is no need to
configure the electronic device 100 with a new virtual card, as the
features and/or value associated with the card (e.g., 710) can be
moved to the template virtual card. The template virtual card
speeds up the process for transferring funds from the stored-value
card (e.g., 710) to the electronic device 100 because a new virtual
card does not need to be created during the provisioning process or
the transfer operation.
[0283] In some embodiments, subsequent to successfully transferring
the at least some (or all) of the stored value from the card (e.g.,
710) to the virtual card stored on the electronic device 100, the
virtual card includes the at least some (or all) of the stored
value, and the card (e.g., 710) no longer includes the at least
some (or all) of the stored value. In some embodiments,
transferring the at least some (or all) of the stored value from
the card (e.g., 710) to the virtual card stored on the electronic
device 100 includes removing the stored value from the card and
transmitting a request (e.g., via a network or Internet connection)
to a server, service, or database associated with the card to
deactivate the card (e.g., kill the card, render the card
inoperable). For example, all of the stored value from the card
(e.g., 710) is removed and the card is rendered inoperable. Thus,
in some embodiments, the features and/or value of the physical card
(e.g., 710) are moved in their entirety to the virtual card stored
on the electronic device 100, and thereby the virtual card replaces
the physical card.
[0284] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 7P, subsequent
to successfully transferring the at least some (or all) of the
stored-value from the card (e.g., 710) to the virtual card stored
on the electronic device 100, the electronic device displays a
representation of the virtual card corresponding to the
stored-value card. In some embodiments, the representation of the
virtual card corresponding to the stored-value card includes an
indication (e.g., 736A) of the type of the virtual card. In some
embodiments, the representation of the virtual card corresponding
to the stored-value card includes a graphical depiction (e.g.,
736B) of the virtual card. The indication (e.g., 736A) of the type
and the graphical depiction (e.g., 736B) of the virtual card enable
the user to differentiate the virtual card from a different card
provisioned on the electronic device 100, and, in some examples,
are displayed concurrently.
[0285] In some embodiments, the representation of the virtual card
corresponding to the stored-value card provisioned on the
electronic device 100 includes a menu (e.g., 740) that includes a
plurality of selectable affordances (e.g., 740A, 740B, 740C). In
some examples, the menu (e.g., 740) includes an information
affordance (e.g., 740A). In some examples, the menu (e.g., 740)
includes a transactions affordance (e.g., 740B). In some examples,
the menu (e.g., 740) includes a devices affordance (e.g., 740C). In
some embodiments, (e.g., in response to user selection of the
information affordance (e.g., 740A), as illustrated in FIG. 7P),
the representation of the virtual card displays one or more
information items (e.g., 736C-736E), individually or concurrently,
about the virtual card corresponding to the provisioned card (e.g.,
710). In some examples, the electronic device 100 displays a user
name (e.g., 736C) of an account registered to the virtual card. In
some examples, the electronic device 100 displays a balance (e.g.,
736D) of funds on the virtual card (e.g., the amount of funds
stored in the virtual card). In some examples, the electronic
device 100 displays transit pass information (e.g., 736E) (e.g.,
monthly pass, 10-ride pass, etc.) of the virtual card. By
displaying the one or more information items (e.g., 736C-E) about
the virtual card, the electronic device 100 displays and/or
generates feedback (e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic output
generated by the device) including information about the details of
the virtual card corresponding to the provisioned card (e.g.,
710).
[0286] In some embodiments, subsequent to successfully transferring
the at least some (or all) of the stored value from the card (e.g.,
710) to the virtual card stored on the electronic device 100, the
electronic device displays a stored value (e.g., 736D) of the
virtual card. In some examples, if an electronic wallet application
of the electronic device 100 includes multiple virtual cards (or
accounts) of the same type (e.g., multiple transit cards), the
values of each of the multiple virtual cards are prominently
displayed. This improved feedback enhances the operability of the
electronic device by providing the user with the ability to
distinguish between multiple virtual cards stored on the electronic
device (or accessible by the electronic device) and their
corresponding stored values.
[0287] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 7O, in
accordance with a determination that the value transfer is not
successful, the electronic device 100 displays and/or generates
feedback (e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic output generated by
the device) (e.g., indication 734A) (e.g., to the user) that the
value transfer was not successful. In some embodiments, the
electronic device 100 displays and/or generates feedback (e.g.,
visual, audio, and/or haptic output generated by the device) via a
second prompt (e.g., 734B, different from the first prompt 730) to
repeat performing (e.g., by the user) the value transfer operation
for the value transfer. In some examples, the second prompt
includes visual, audio, and/or haptic feedback prompting user
interaction with the electronic device.
[0288] In some embodiments, subsequent to transferring at least
some (or all) of the stored value from the card (e.g., 710) to the
virtual card stored on the electronic device 100, and in accordance
with a determination that the electronic device does not have
another linked transit account (e.g., the newly provisioned transit
account is the initial (first) transit account and/or the only
currently active transit account linked to the electronic device),
the electronic device designates (designates by default or prompts
the user to designate) an account of the virtual card to be made
available for use without checking authentication. In some
examples, if the virtual card corresponds to the only provisioned
transit account of the electronic device 100, the electronic device
100 designates, based on the determination that the virtual card is
the only transit account of the account information application of
the electronic device, the virtual card to be an express transit
card, such as described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15M. In some
embodiments, using the express transit card (e.g., for making a
payment or transmitting credentials) does not require, such as
described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15M, checking authentication
in certain circumstances (e.g., transactions in which the detected
wireless signal corresponds to, for example, a request from a
transaction terminal or a request for funds from a transit
account). Thus, designating the virtual card as an express transit
card reduces the number of required user inputs, thereby making the
technique more efficient and conserving battery power. Transit
transactions are also frequently conducted in crowded transit
stations with users (or other passengers) who are in a hurry to
make a transit connection. Even with the most accurate and reliable
authentication systems there is always some possibility of a false
negative result where a valid user is not properly authenticated
(e.g., because the user's fingerprint is not correctly identified
or the user enters an incorrect password, passcode, or pattern).
Using an express transit transaction model where security is
provided by establishing the identity of the transaction terminal
as a transit transaction terminal (e.g., established by a
transaction terminal signal or other contextual information)
instead of user authorization for the specific transaction reduces
the likelihood that the user (or other passengers) will be
inconveniences by false negative results of authentication while
conducting a transit transaction with the device.
[0289] In some embodiments, subsequent to transferring at least
some (or all) of the stored value from the card (e.g., 710) to the
virtual card stored on the electronic device 100, and in accordance
with a determination that the electronic device has one or more
other linked transit accounts, the electronic device 100 forgoes
designating (or forgoes prompting the user to designate) the
account of the virtual card to be made available for use without
checking authentication. In some embodiments, if the virtual card
does not correspond to the only provisioned transit account, the
electronic device 100 designates (or prompts the user to designate)
the account of the virtual card to not be made available for use
without checking authentication. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device 100 does not designate, based on a determination
the virtual card is not the only transit account of the account
information application, the virtual card to be an express transit
card.
[0290] In some embodiments, subsequent to transferring at least
some (or all) of the stored value from the card (e.g., 710) to the
virtual card stored on the electronic device 100, and in accordance
with a determination that the electronic device does have another
linked transit account, and further in accordance with receiving
user input indicating a desire not to have accounts be made
available for use without checking authentication (e.g., user input
removing a prior express transit card of the account information
application or declining to add a prior account as an express
transit card), the electronic device forgoes designating (or
forgoes prompting the user to designate) the account of the virtual
card to be made available for use without checking authentication.
In some examples, the electronic device 100 designates (or prompts
the user to designate) the account of the virtual card to not be
made available for use without checking authentication. Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device 100 does not designate, based
on a determination the virtual card is not the only transit account
of the account information application, the virtual card to be an
express transit card, thereby accommodates the preferences of the
user in designating or forgoing to designate the virtual card as an
express transit card.
[0291] FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating a method of
provisioning cards onto an electronic device, in accordance with
some embodiments. Method 800 is performed at a device (e.g., 100,
300, 500) with one or more input devices, one or more short-range
communication radios, and, optionally, a display. Some operations
in method 800 are, optionally, combined, the order of some
operations is, optionally, changed, and some operations are,
optionally, omitted.
[0292] As described below, method 800 provides an intuitive way for
managing transactions. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a
user for managing transactions, thereby creating a more efficient
human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices,
enabling a user to manage transactions faster and more efficiently
conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0293] At block 802, the electronic device receives (e.g., from the
card, via NFC), by the one or more short-range communication radios
(e.g., one or more NFC radios), a card account number of a card
(e.g., 710) (e.g., a stored-value card, an NFC-readable
stored-value card, a stored-value transit card, a stored-value gift
card), wherein the card (e.g., 710) has a stored value (e.g., 728D,
a stored value greater than 0). In some examples, the card account
number of the card is received from the card using NFC.
[0294] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 804, the card
is a stored-value card (e.g., the funds and/or data are physically
stored on the card, in the form of binary-coded data). For example,
the card is a closed-loop stored-value card. In some examples, the
card is a transit card (e.g., a stored-value transit card). In some
examples, the stored-value transit account stores a transit plan
(or transit pass) information. In some examples, the transit plan
is a monthly or weekly transit plan. In some examples, the
stored-value transit account stores electronic cash.
[0295] At block 806, the electronic device requests (e.g., from a
user) verification information (e.g., a card number of the card,
the card account number of the card, a birth date of user
registered to the card) to verify ownership of the card (e.g.,
710). In some examples, the electronic device displays an
indication (e.g., 714A, 720A) requesting the user to provide the
verification information. In some examples, the electronic device
uses the verification information (e.g., 714C, 720C) to confirm
that the user is in physical possession (or control) of the card
(e.g., 710). By the electronic device receiving and using the
verification information to confirm that the user is in possession
of the card, the electronic device's ability to detect and deter
electronic theft or fraud is enhanced.
[0296] In accordance with some embodiments, the verification
information (e.g., 714C, 720C) is information that is not shown on
the card (e.g., 710). For example, the verification information
(e.g., 714C, 720C) entered by the user is not displayed on the card
(e.g., 710). In some examples, in accordance with a determination
that the card is registered (e.g., "registered mode"), the
requested (and received) verification information is information
that is not shown on the card. Thus, in some examples, verification
is not possible merely by having possession of the card. Rather,
the user must have some additional information corresponding to the
card. In some examples, the verification information is (or
includes) the stored value of the card. In such examples, a user
that has access to the card and knows the current stored value of
the card can transfer at least some (or all) of the stored value
from the card (e.g., 710) to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device 100.
[0297] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 808, in
accordance with a determination that the card is registered (e.g.,
with a server, service, or database) (e.g., "registered mode"), at
block 810, requesting (e.g., from a user) verification information
(e.g., 714C, 720C) (e.g., a birth date of the user registered to
the card) to verify ownership of the card (e.g., 710) includes
requesting information that is not shown on the card. In some
examples, the electronic device forgoes requesting information that
is shown on the card. By determining whether the card is
registered, the electronic device can request particular
verification information based on the determination that the card
is or is not registered, thereby enhancing the operability of the
device by including additional security measures for registered
cards.
[0298] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 812, in
accordance with a determination that the card (e.g., 710) is not
registered (e.g., "anonymous mode"), at block 814, requesting
(e.g., from a user) verification information (e.g., 714C, 720C, a
card number of the card, the card account number of the card) to
verify ownership of the card includes requesting information that
is shown on the card (e.g., 710). In some examples, the electronic
device forgoes requesting information that is not shown on the
card. Thus, the electronic device can request different information
based on whether the card is registered or is not registered. For
example, a higher level of security may be achieved for registered
cards by requesting information that is personal to the registered
user of the card. By determining whether the card is registered,
the electronic device can request particular verification
information based on the determination that the card is or is not
registered, thereby enhancing the operability of the device by not
displaying a request for information a user would not have for a
card that is not registered, thereby reducing the number of
required user inputs.
[0299] In accordance with some embodiments, (e.g., in accordance
with a determination that the card is not registered (e.g.,
"anonymous mode")) the electronic device does not present (e.g., on
a display of the electronic device) the card account number of the
card prior to receiving, via the one or more input devices, input
from the user of the electronic device that includes the
verification information (e.g., 714C, 720C) for verifying ownership
of the card (e.g., 710). In some examples, the electronic device
does not present the card account number of the card prior to
verifying ownership of the card. Thus, the user must have access to
the card (or account) number through a method other than the
electronic device. For example, the user can provide the card
number based on the card number being printed on a receipt or
invoice of the card or based on the card number being printed on
the card. In some examples, in accordance with a determination that
the card is registered (e.g., "registered mode"), the electronic
device presents (e.g., displays on a display of the electronic
device) the card account number of the card prior to receiving, via
the one or more input devices, input from the user of the
electronic device that includes verification information for
verifying ownership of the card. By determining whether the card is
registered, the electronic device can request particular
verification information based on the determination that the card
is or is not registered, thereby enhancing the operability of the
device by not displaying unnecessary requests for unregistered
cards and providing additional security for registered cards.
[0300] In some examples, the electronic device determines whether
the card is registered (e.g., with a server, service, or database).
In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the card (e.g., 710) is not registered (e.g.,
"anonymous mode") and prior to verifying ownership of the card, the
electronic device requests a user-provided account number of the
card (e.g., 710) as part of requesting verification information
(e.g., 714C, 720C) to verify ownership of the card, receives the
user-provided account number of the card (e.g., 710) as part of
receiving input from the user of the electronic device (e.g., not
by the one or more short-range communication radios) that includes
verification information (e.g., 714C, 720C) for verifying ownership
of the card, and compares the user-provided account number to the
card account number as part of verifying ownership of the card
(e.g., 710) by comparing the verification information with separate
information, wherein the separate information includes the received
card account number of the card. In some examples, in accordance
with a determination that the card is registered (e.g., "registered
mode"), requesting verification information to verify ownership of
the card does not include requesting (or receiving) a user-provided
account number of the card (e.g., as part of receiving input from
the user of the device that includes verification information for
verifying ownership of the card).
[0301] At block 816, the electronic device receives, via the one or
more input devices, input from a user of the electronic device
(e.g., via a virtual keyboard input, not by the one or more
short-range communication radios) that includes verification
information (e.g., 714C, 720C) for verifying ownership of the card
(e.g., 710). In some examples, (e.g., prior to requesting the
verification information and/or prior to receiving the input from
the user of the device for verifying ownership of the card) the
electronic device 100 transmits the card account number to a server
and receives, from the server, a response regarding a registration
status of the card. In some examples, the electronic device
determines whether the card is registered (e.g., with a server,
service, or database).
[0302] In accordance with some embodiments, (e.g., prior to
requesting the verification information, prior to receiving the
input from the user of the device for verifying ownership of the
card) in accordance with a determination that the card is
registered (e.g., "registered mode"), the electronic device
transmits (e.g., to the server) the card account number of the card
(e.g., 710), and receives (e.g., from the server) the separate
information. In some examples, the separate information includes
information that is personal to a registered user of the card
(e.g., a birthday of the user, a mailing address of the user, a
mother's maiden name of the user, not the card account number of
the card). Thus, a higher level of security may be achieved for
registered cards by requesting information that is personal to the
registered user of the card.
[0303] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
forgoes receiving (e.g., subsequent to receiving, by the one or
more short-range communication radios, a card account number of a
card and prior to transferring, by the one or more short-range
communication radios, at least some (or all) of the stored value
from the card to a virtual card stored on the device) a
user-provided account number of the card (e.g., as part of
verifying ownership of the card).
[0304] In accordance with some embodiments, prior to receiving the
card account number of the card (e.g., 710) and prior to verifying
ownership of the card, the virtual card is stored (e.g., in the
account information application) on the electronic device. In some
examples, the electronic device includes a "blank" virtual card
that does not have any value or funds. The electronic device
transfers the at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
card to the blank virtual card. Thus, there is no need to configure
the electronic device with a new virtual card, as the existing
virtual card can be funded. By funding an existing virtual card
rather than generating a new card on the device, the electronic
device does not need to create the virtual card before transferring
funds to the virtual card. In some examples, this enhances the
operability of the device by speeding up the process for
transferring funds to the electronic device.
[0305] At block 818, the electronic device verifies ownership of
the card by comparing the verification information (e.g., 714C,
720C) with separate information (e.g., the card account number of
the card, a birthday of the registered user of the card) about the
card (e.g., 710) that is received separately from the verification
information (e.g., 714C, 720C) (e.g., the separate information is
received from a server or from the card).
[0306] At block 820, in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful (e.g., if the verification
information (714C, 720C) received from the user is consistent with
the separate information), at block 822, the electronic device
displays and/or generates (e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic
output generated by the device) a prompt (e.g., 708B, 730) to
perform (e.g., by a user) a value transfer operation (e.g., a
prolonged contact or proximity with card) for a value transfer. In
some examples, the prompt includes visual, audio, and/or haptic
feedback prompting user interaction with the electronic device.
Thus, the electronic device, by generating the prompt, informs the
user that verification of ownership was successful, thereby
prompting the user to perform the value transfer operation.
[0307] At block 820, in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful, and at block 824, in
conjunction with the value transfer operation (or subsequent to
generating the prompt to perform the value transfer operation), the
electronic device 100 transfers (e.g., by the one or more
short-range communication radios, such as one or more NFC radios)
at least some (or all) of the stored value from the card (e.g.,
710) to a virtual card stored on the electronic device (e.g.,
stored in an account information application of the device). In
some examples, the electronic device includes a secure element, and
wherein transferring at least some of the stored value from the
card to the virtual card stored on the electronic device includes
storing, in the secure element of the electronic device,
information for accessing the stored value of the virtual card.
Accordingly, by transferring value to the virtual card stored on
the electronic device based on verified ownership, the operability
of the electronic device is enhanced by preventing provisioning the
device based on funds from an unauthorized card. In some examples,
subsequent to transferring the at least some (or all) of the stored
value from the card (e.g., 710) to the virtual card stored on the
device, the virtual card includes the at least some (or all) stored
value and the card (e.g., 710) no longer includes the at least some
(or all) stored value.
[0308] In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the value transfer is not successful, the
electronic device displays and/or generates (e.g., visual, audio,
and/or haptic output generated by the device) a second prompt
(e.g., 734B, different from the first prompt 730) to perform (e.g.,
by a user) the value transfer operation (e.g., prolonged contact or
proximity with card) for the value transfer. In some examples, the
electronic device presents an indication to the user that the value
transfer was not successful. In some examples, the electronic
device presents another prompt to the user to perform the value
transfer operation (e.g., prolonged contact or proximity with
card). Thus, the user is alerted that the value transfer was not
successful. In some examples, the second prompt includes visual,
audio, and/or haptic feedback prompting user interaction with the
electronic device. Thus, the electronic device, by generating the
second prompt, informs the user that the electronic device has
determined that the value transfer was not successful, thereby
prompting the user to perform the value transfer operation
again.
[0309] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 826, in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
not successful (e.g., if the verification information received from
the user is not consistent with the separate information), at block
828, the electronic device 100 displays and/or generates feedback
(e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic output generated by the device)
indicating (e.g., indication 726A) that verification of ownership
was not successful. In some examples, in accordance with the
determination that verification of ownership is not successful, the
electronic device forgoes generating (e.g., visual, audio, and/or
haptic output generated by the device) the prompt to perform (e.g.,
by a user) the value transfer operation for the value transfer, and
forgoes transferring any of the stored value from the card to the
virtual card stored on the device. In some examples, in accordance
with the determination that verification of ownership is not
successful, the electronic device again requests (e.g., from the
user) verification information (e.g., a card number of the card,
the card account number of the card, a birth date of user
registered to the card) to verify ownership of the card. Thus, the
user becomes aware that the verification of ownership was not
successful. Thus, the electronic device, by generating the
feedback, informs the user that the electronic device has
determined that the verification of ownership was not successful,
thereby prompting the user to provide information to verify
ownership again.
[0310] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to
transferring at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
card (e.g., 710) to the virtual card stored on the electronic
device, the electronic device displays, on the display, a stored
value (e.g., 728D) of the virtual card. For example, when an
electronic wallet application of the electronic device includes
multiple virtual cards (or accounts) of the same type, the values
of the virtual cards are prominently displayed to help the user to
distinguish between the multiple virtual cards. By displaying the
stored value (e.g., 728D) of the virtual card, the electronic
device informs the user as to how much value is stored on the
virtual card. This improved feedback enhances the operability of
the electronic device by providing the user with the ability to
distinguish between multiple virtual cards stored on the electronic
device (or accessible by the electronic device) and their
corresponding stored values.
[0311] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to
transferring at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
card (e.g., 710) to the virtual card stored on the electronic
device, the electronic device displays, on the display, transit
plan information (e.g., monthly pass, 10-ride pass, etc.) (e.g.,
728E) of the virtual card, the transit plan information based on
the transferred at least some (or all) of the stored value. Thus,
the user becomes informed about the transit plans of the virtual
card. This improved feedback informs the user of the state of the
electronic device, such as what virtual cards are stored on the
device and what, if any, transit plan information the virtual card
includes.
[0312] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to
transferring at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
card (e.g., 710) to the virtual card stored on the electronic
device, the electronic device displays (e.g., concurrently), on the
display, one or more of: a balance of the virtual card (e.g.,
736D), a username of an account registered to the virtual card
(e.g., 736C), and transit plan information (e.g., monthly pass,
10-ride pass, etc.) of the virtual card (e.g., 736E). Thus, the
user is informed of the details of the virtual card.
[0313] In accordance with some embodiments, transferring at least
some (or all) of the stored value from the card to the virtual card
stored on the electronic device includes removing the stored value
from the card and transmitting a request to a server to deactivate
the card (e.g., kill the card, render the card inoperable). For
example, the electronic device removes all the value from the card
and renders the card inoperable. Thus, in some examples, the full
features and/or value of the card is moved to the virtual card and
the virtual card replaces the physical card. In some examples, when
some or all of the stored value from the card is transferred to the
virtual card, information for retrieving the value from the virtual
card is stored in the secure element to ensure that the stored
value is not accessible in the absence of a properly processed
payment transaction that retrieves the information from the secure
element.
[0314] In accordance with some embodiments, (e.g., subsequent to
transferring at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
card to a virtual card stored) in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device does not have another linked transit
account, (e.g., the newly provisioned transit account is the
initial (first) provisioned transit account and/or the only current
active transit account linked to the electronic device), the
electronic device designates (designates by default or prompts the
user to designate) an account of the virtual card to be made
available for use without checking authentication. In some
examples, using the account of the virtual card to participate in a
transaction includes releasing information (e.g., transaction
information, payment information) from a secure element of the
electronic device. Thus, the electronic device designates (based on
a determination the virtual card is the only transit account of the
account information application) the virtual card to be an express
transit card, which the electronic device can use within checking
authentication for transactions in which the detected wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request (e.g., a request
from a transaction terminal, a request for funds from a transit
account). In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the electronic device has one or more other
linked transit accounts, the electronic device forgoes designating
(or forgoes prompting the user to designate) the account of the
virtual card to be made available for use without checking
authentication (and/or designating the account of the virtual card
to not be made available for use without checking authentication).
Thus, the electronic device does not designate (based on a
determination the virtual card is not the only transit account of
the account information application) the virtual card to be an
express transit card. Transit transactions are frequently conducted
in crowded transit stations with users (or other passengers) who
are in a hurry to make a transit connection. Even with the most
accurate and reliable authentication systems there is always some
possibility of a false negative result where a valid user is not
properly authenticated (e.g., because the user's fingerprint is not
correctly identified or the user enters an incorrect password,
passcode, or pattern). Using an express transit transaction model
where security is provided by establishing the identity of the
transaction terminal as a transit transaction terminal (e.g.,
established by a transaction terminal signal or other contextual
information) instead of user authorization for the specific
transaction reduces the likelihood that the user (or other
passengers) will be inconveniences by false negative results of
authentication while conducting a transit transaction with the
device.
[0315] In accordance with some embodiments, (e.g., subsequent to
transferring at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
card to a virtual card stored) in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device does not have another linked transit
account, (e.g., the newly provisioned transit account is the
initial (first) provisioned transit account and/or the only current
active transit account linked to the electronic device), and in
accordance with receiving user input indicating a desire not to
have accounts be made available for use without checking
authentication (e.g., user input removing a prior express transit
card of the account information application or declining to add a
prior account as an express transit card), the electronic device
forgoes designating (or prompting the user to designate) the
account of the virtual card to be made available for use without
checking authentication (and/or designating the account of the
virtual card to not be made available for use without checking
authentication). Thus, the electronic device does not designate
(based on a determination the virtual card is not the only transit
account of the account information application) the virtual card to
be an express transit card. In some examples, in accordance with
not receiving user input indicating a desire not to have accounts
be made available for use without checking authentication or in
accordance with receiving user input indicating a desire to have
accounts be made available for use without checking authentication,
the electronic device selects the account of the virtual card to be
made available for use without checking authentication. Thus, the
electronic device designates the virtual card to be an express
transit card, which the electronic device can use without checking
authentication for transactions in which the detected wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request (e.g., a request
from a transaction terminal, a request for funds from a transit
account). Accordingly, the electronic device accommodates the
preferences of the user in designating the virtual card as an
express transit card.
[0316] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
receives user input indicating a desire not to have accounts be
made available for use without checking authentication (e.g., by
receiving user input selecting a "no account" option for use
without checking authentication, as described in relation to FIG.
15D), and, in response to receiving the user input indicating the
desire not to have accounts be made available for use without
checking authentication, designates an account of the virtual card
(or all virtual cards) to not be made available for use without
checking authentication. Thus, the electronic device provides the
user with the option to disable an express transit mode by which
funds are transmitted in particular transactions without requiring
authentication. In some examples, this provides additional security
of the accounts on the electronic device.
[0317] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
receives user input selecting an account (e.g., an account
corresponding to the virtual card, from among a plurality of
accounts of the account information application) to be made
available for use without checking authentication, and, in response
to receiving the user input selecting the account to be made
available for use without checking authentication, designates the
selected account (e.g., of the account information application) to
be made available for use without checking authentication, such as
described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15M. Thus, the electronic
device enables the user to select a preferred account for use as an
express transit account. In some examples, the express transit
account does not require checking for authentication in certain
circumstances, and thus reduces the number of required user inputs,
thereby making the technique more efficient and conserving battery
power.
[0318] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 800 (e.g., FIGS. 8A-8B) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described below. For example,
methods 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000 optionally include
one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described
above with reference to method 800. For example, the user interface
of FIG. 7A may correspond to the user interfaces of FIGS. 9A and
15B. For another example, accounts provisioned using the techniques
of method 800 and 1000 can be used to perform the techniques
described with reference to methods 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, and
2000. For another example, the technique of method 1200 can be used
to add funds to the stored-value accounts described with respect to
methods 800, 1000, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000. For another example,
a funded account can be moved to or from different devices, as
discussed with respect to methods 1800 and 2000. For brevity, these
details are not repeated below.
[0319] FIGS. 9A-9N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
provisioning cards onto an electronic device (e.g., 100) with a
display, one or more short-range communication radios (e.g., one or
more NFC radios), and one or more input devices, in accordance with
some embodiments.
[0320] The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate
the processes described below, including the processes in FIG.
10.
[0321] In accordance with some embodiments, the user has access to
a stored-value card and wants to transfer value from the
stored-value card to a virtual card that is stored on the
electronic device. Prior to performing the value transfer, the
electronic device uses a verification procedure to help confirm
that the user is the rightful owner of the stored-value card. In
some examples, the electronic device receives verification
information from the user (e.g., from the user via a displayed
keyboard, not using NFC). The electronic device separately receives
identifying information (e.g., via NFC) from the stored-value card,
such as an account number of the stored-value card or the current
value stored in the stored-value card. The electronic device
verifies ownership based on these two pieces of information. If the
ownership is verified, the electronic device transfers (e.g., using
NFC) the stored value from the stored-value card to the virtual
card of the electronic device. In some examples, such techniques
help provide security for the rightful owner of the stored-value
card and prevent users of electronic devices from transferring
funds out of stored-value cards of other individuals.
[0322] FIG. 9A illustrates a user interface for electronic device
100 in accordance with some embodiments. In some examples, the
electronic device 100 displays an affordance (e.g., 902A) that
includes an indication of a previously provisioned account (e.g., a
payment account). In this example, the affordance (e.g., 902A)
corresponds to an American Express account. In some examples, the
electronic device 100 also displays an affordance (e.g., 902B) that
includes an indication of an additional previously provisioned
account (e.g., a separate payment account). In this example, the
affordance (e.g., 902B) corresponds to a MasterCard account that is
different from the American Express account. When the electronic
device 100 detects activation of the affordance that includes an
indication of a previously provisioned account (e.g., 902A) or the
affordance that includes an indication of an additional previously
provisioned account (e.g., 902B), for example by detecting a touch
input on a touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device, at a
location corresponding to a respective affordance, the electronic
device displays information (e.g., balance, previous transaction
details) corresponding to the respective account.
[0323] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays an
affordance (e.g., 902D), which, when activated, causes the
electronic device to display a user interface for user-selection of
an account to be made available for use without checking
authentication, such as described with reference to FIGS.
15A-15M.
[0324] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays a
selection affordance (e.g., 904) which provides the user with an
option to turn off express transit cards. For example, by turning
off express transit cards, no account provisioned on the electronic
device 100 is designated as an express transit card. In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives user input
indicating a desire not to have accounts be made available for use
without checking authentication (e.g., by receiving user input
selecting a "no account" option for use without checking
authentication, by moving a selection affordance to the "OFF"
position, as illustrated with respect to the selection affordance
904), such as described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15M. In
response to receiving the user input indicating the desire not to
have accounts be made available for use without checking
authentication, the electronic device 100 designates an account of
a virtual card (or all accounts of the electronic device 100) to
not be made available for use without checking authentication.
Thus, the electronic device 100 provides the user with the option
to disable (or enable) an express transit mode (e.g., using the
selection affordance 904) by which funds are transmitted in
particular transactions without requiring authentication. In some
embodiments, when the express transit feature is enabled (e.g., by
moving the selection affordance 904 to the "ON" position), the
electronic device 100 provides faster and more convenient access to
an account designated as an express transit account. In some
embodiments, when the express transit feature is disabled (e.g., by
moving the selection affordance 904 to the "OFF" position), the
electronic device 100 provides added security for accounts
provisioned on the electronic device.
[0325] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays an
affordance (e.g., 902C) for provisioning an account to a virtual
card on the electronic device (or on a device different from the
electronic device). In some embodiments, the virtual card is a
transit virtual card. In some examples, the transit virtual card
stores transit plan (or transit pass) information. In some
examples, the transit plan is a monthly or weekly transit plan. In
some examples, the transit virtual card stores electronic cash. In
some embodiments, the virtual card is a stored-value virtual card.
In some examples, the stored-value virtual card stores electronic
cash. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 provides
the user with the ability to use the virtual card to provide the
user with access to a transit system.
[0326] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 9A, the
electronic device detects activation of the affordance (e.g., 902C)
for provisioning an account on the electronic device 100. In
response to detecting activation of the affordance (e.g., 902C) for
provisioning an account on the electronic device 100, the
electronic device displays a user interface for selecting from
between two types of accounts (e.g., stored-value accounts and
accounts that are not stored-value accounts), as illustrated in
FIG. 9B. Thus, in some embodiments, the electronic device 100
displays (e.g., concurrently) an affordance (e.g., 906A) for
provisioning a non-stored-value account and an affordance (e.g.,
906B) for provisioning a stored-value account. In some embodiments,
the stored-value account is an account where funds or data (in the
form of binary-coded data) associated with the respective account
are physically stored on a stored-value card associated with the
stored-value account. Thus, the stored-value card has a stored
value. In some examples, the stored-value card is a closed-loop
stored-value card. In some examples, the stored-value card is a
transit card (e.g., a stored-value transit card). In some examples,
the stored-value transit account stores transit plan (or transit
pass) information. In some examples, the transit plan is a monthly
or weekly transit plan. In some examples, the stored-value transit
account stores electronic cash. In some examples, the electronic
device 100 can transmit funds from the stored-value transit account
using NFC and without accessing an IP network or Internet
connection, which conserves power and allows funds to be
transmitted from the stored-value transit account even when an IP
network or Internet connection is not available.
[0327] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 9B, the
electronic device 100 detects activation of the affordance (e.g.,
906B) for provisioning a stored-value account. FIGS. 9C-9F
illustrate user interfaces (e.g., that are displayed in response to
detecting activation of the affordance 906B) for prompting and
receiving verification information, in accordance with some
embodiments. As illustrated in FIGS. 9C-9F, the electronic device
100 requests (e.g., by displaying a prompt on a display of the
electronic device) verification information (e.g., 914A-914B,
920A-920B) to verify ownership of a stored-value card and receives,
via the one or more input devices, input from the user that
includes the verification information (e.g., 914C, 920C) for
verifying ownership of the card, where the input from the user that
includes the verification information is not received by the one or
more short-range communication radios of the electronic device and
the verification information includes information that is not shown
on the stored-value card. In some examples, the funds and/or data
associated with the stored-value card are physically stored on the
card in the form of binary-coded data. In some examples, the
stored-value card is an NFC-readable stored-value card. In some
examples, the stored-value card is a stored-value transit card. In
some examples, the stored-value card is a stored-value gift
card.
[0328] As illustrated in FIGS. 9C and 9E, the electronic device 100
requests (e.g., by displaying a prompt on a display of the
electronic device) verification information (e.g., 914A-914B,
920A-920B) to verify ownership of a stored-value card. In some
embodiments, the verification information is (or includes) a card
number (e.g., 914C) of the stored-value card (e.g., 910). In some
embodiments, the verification information is (or includes)
information that is personal (e.g., 920C) to a registered user of
the stored-value card. In some examples, the verification
information is a non-account-number identifier. In some examples,
the verification information includes a birth date (e.g., 920C) of
the registered user of the stored-value card. In some examples, the
verification information includes a mailing address of the
registered user of the stored-value card. Thus, in some examples,
the electronic device 100 provides additional security by
requesting personal information for the verification. In some
embodiments, the verification information is (or includes) the
stored value of the stored-value card. Thus, in some examples, a
user that knows the current stored value of the stored-value card
and has access to the card can transfer at least some (or all) of
the stored value from the stored-value card to the virtual card
stored on the electronic device 100.
[0329] As illustrated in FIGS. 9D and 9F, the electronic device 100
receives, via the one or more input devices (e.g., virtual keypad
916), input from the user that includes the verification
information (e.g., 914C, 920C) for verifying ownership of the card,
where the input from the user that includes the verification
information is not received by the one or more short-range
communication radios of the electronic device, and the verification
information includes information that is not shown on the
stored-value card (e.g., 910). In some examples, the verification
information (e.g., 914C, 920C) is received via a first input device
(e.g., a touch-sensitive surface, a microphone) of the electronic
device 100 that is different from the one or more short-range
communication radios.
[0330] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 does not
present (e.g., on a display of the electronic device) the card
account number of the stored-value card prior to receiving, via the
one or more input devices, input from the user of the device that
includes the verification information (e.g., 914C, 920C) for
verifying ownership of the card. Thus, in some examples, the user
must have access to the card (or account) number through a method
other than from the electronic device 100. For example, the user
can provide the card number to the electronic device 100 based on
the card number being printed on a receipt or invoice of the card
or based on the card number being printed on the card (e.g., 910).
In some examples, in accordance with a determination that the card
is registered (e.g., registered mode), the electronic device
presents (e.g., on a display of the electronic device) the card
account number of the card prior to receiving, via the one or more
input devices, input from the user of the device that includes
verification information for verifying ownership of the card.
[0331] As illustrated in FIG. 9G, the electronic device 100
displays, on the display of the electronic device, a prompt (e.g.,
908, 930) for the user to place the electronic device within
communication range (e.g., within range of the one or more
short-range communication radios) of the stored-value card. For
example, the electronic device 100 displays a prompt (e.g., 908,
930) instructing the user to place the electronic device 100 on the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) such that the back of the electronic
device (e.g., the side of the electronic device opposite the
display) is nearest to the stored-value card.
[0332] As illustrated in FIG. 9H, in response to the stored-value
card (e.g., 910) being placed within range of the one or more
short-range communication radios of the electronic device 100
(e.g., the card 910 is placed at the back of the electronic device
as illustrated in FIG. 9H), the electronic device 100 receives, by
the one or more short-range communication radios (e.g., NFC
radios), identifying information (e.g., a card number of the
stored-value card, a birth date, a mailing address) from the
stored-value card. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100
presents (e.g., to the user) an indication (e.g., 912) that the
identifying information is being received from the stored-value
card (e.g., 910). In some examples, the received identifying
information is a card number of the stored-value card (e.g., 910).
In some examples, the received identifying information is a birth
date of the registered user of the stored-value card (e.g., 910).
In some examples, the received identifying information is a mailing
address of the registered user of the stored-value card (e.g.,
910). In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays
and/or generates feedback (e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic
output generated by the device) indicating (e.g., indication 912)
(e.g., to the user) that the electronic device is receiving the
identifying information from the stored-value card (e.g., 910). For
example, the electronic device 100 inspects, via the one or more
short-range communication radios (e.g., NFC radios), the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) for the identifying information. In
some examples, the prompt (e.g., 908, 930) to place the electronic
device 100 within communication range of the stored-value card
(e.g., 910), as illustrated in FIG. 9G, is generated subsequent to
receiving the verification information, as illustrated in FIGS. 9D
and 9F.
[0333] As illustrated in FIG. 9I, after receiving the identifying
information, the electronic device 100 verifies ownership of the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) by comparing the verification
information (e.g., 914C, 920C, entered by the user) to the
identifying information received from the stored-value card. In
some embodiments, the electronic device 100 presents (e.g., to the
user) an indication (e.g., 924A) that the identifying information
was received from the stored-value card (e.g., 910). In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 presents (e.g., to the user)
an indication (e.g., 924B) that the ownership of the stored-value
card (e.g., 910) is being verified by the electronic device. In
some embodiments, after receiving the identifying information, the
electronic device 100 transmits the identifying information to a
remote server. The remote server verifies ownership of the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) (e.g., by comparing the verification
information (e.g., 914C, 920C, entered by the user) to the
identifying information received from the stored-value card), and
the remote server sends an indication to the electronic device as
to whether verification of ownership was successful (e.g., the
values match or correspond to each other). Thus, the
determination/verification of ownership can be performed at the
electronic device or at a remote device.
[0334] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 9J, in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
not successful, the electronic device 100 displays and/or generates
feedback (e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic output generated by
the device) indicating (e.g., indication 920D) that verification of
ownership was not successful. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device 100 notifies the user if the verification
information is incorrect. For example, a determination that the
verification of ownership is not successful is made if the
verification information (e.g., 914C, 920C) received from the user
does not correspond to (or match) the identifying information. In
some examples, in accordance with the determination that
verification of ownership is not successful, the electronic device
100 again requests (e.g., from the user) verification information
(e.g., a card number of the stored-value card, a birth date, a
mailing address) to verify ownership of the stored-value card.
(e.g., 910). For example, the electronic device 100 displays a
prompt (e.g., 920A, 920B), on the display of the electronic device,
indicating to the user to again enter verification information.
[0335] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 9K, in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
successful, the electronic device 100 presents (e.g., on a display
of the electronic device) an indication of completion of the
successful verification (e.g., 928A, 928B). For example, the
verification of ownership is successful if the verification
information corresponds to (or matches) the identifying
information. In some examples, the verification information is a
non-account-number identifier (e.g., a birth date) and the
identifying information is an account number. Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device 100 uses the identifying
information to retrieve (e.g., from a remote server) a
non-account-number identifier (e.g., a birthday) of the account
corresponding to the account number. If the retrieved
non-account-number identifier matches the verification information,
the verification information is said to correspond to the
identifying information and the verification is successful.
[0336] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful, the electronic device 100
presents (e.g., displays) one or more indications of one or more
information items (e.g., 928C-928E) associated with the verified
card (e.g., 910). In some examples, the electronic device 100
presents (e.g., displays) an indication of a name of the user
(e.g., 928C) associated with the card (e.g., 910). In some
examples, the electronic device 100 presents (e.g., displays) an
indication of a current balance (e.g., 928D) of the card (e.g.,
910). In some examples, the electronic device 100 presents (e.g.,
displays) an indication of transit plan (or transit pass)
information (e.g., 928E) associated with the card (e.g., 910).
[0337] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful, the electronic device 100
displays an affordance or input field (e.g., 928F) that includes an
indication of the amount of stored value of the card (e.g., 910)
that is to be transferred from the card to the virtual card stored
on the electronic device 100. In some examples, the electronic
device receives user input (e.g., into the input field 928F) of the
amount of stored value of the card that is to be transferred from
the card (e.g., 910) to the virtual card stored on the electronic
device. In some embodiments, the affordance (e.g., 928G), when
activated, causes the electronic device to display a user interface
for user-selection of an amount to be transferred from the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device 100. For example, the user can select to transfer
the entire amount of the stored value of the card (e.g., 910) from
the card to the virtual card on the electronic device 100.
[0338] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful, the electronic device 100
displays an affordance (e.g., 928G) that can be activated by user
input to initiate a process for transferring value. The affordance
(e.g., 928G), when activated, initiates the process for
transferring value from the card (e.g., 910) to the virtual card on
the electronic device. In some embodiments, the affordance (e.g.,
928G) for initiating the process for transferring value cannot be
activated (e.g., by the user) before the amount of value to be
transferred is selected/received (e.g., into input field 928F). In
some embodiments, if transfer value is selected (e.g., in
affordance 928F), activating the affordance (e.g., 928F) initiates
a process for transferring the entire available balance on the card
(e.g., 910). In some embodiments, the affordance (e.g., 928G)
initiates a process for transferring the entire available balance
on the card (e.g., 910).
[0339] As illustrated in FIG. 9L, the electronic device 100
transfers (e.g., by the one or more short-range communication
radios) at least some (or all) of the stored value from the card
(e.g., 910) to a virtual card stored on the electronic device. In
some embodiments, the virtual card is stored in an account
information application (e.g., an electronic wallet) of the
electronic device 100. In some embodiments, during the transfer,
the electronic device 100 displays and/or generates feedback (e.g.,
visual, audio, and/or haptic output generated by the device)
indicating (e.g., indication 932A) (e.g., to the user) that at
least some (or all) of the stored value from the stored-value card
(e.g., 910) is being transferred to a virtual card on the
electronic device, and indicating (e.g., indication 908, 932B)
(e.g., to the user) to maintain the prolonged contact or proximity
of the electronic device 100 to the stored-value card (e.g., 910)
while the transfer process is ongoing.
[0340] In some embodiments, subsequent to successfully transferring
the at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device 100, the virtual card includes the at least some
(or all) of the stored value, and the stored-value card (e.g., 910)
no longer includes the at least some (or all) of the stored value.
In some embodiments, transferring the at least some (or all) of the
stored value from the stored-value card (e.g., 910) to the virtual
card stored on the electronic device 100 includes removing the
stored value from the stored-value card (e.g., 910) and
transmitting a request (e.g., via a network or Internet connection)
to a server, service, or database associated with the card (e.g.,
910) to deactivate the stored-value card (e.g., kill the card,
render the card inoperable). For example, all of the stored value
from the stored-value card (e.g., 910) is removed and the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) is subsequently rendered inoperable.
Thus, in some embodiments, the features and/or value of the
physical card (e.g., 910) is moved in their entirety to the virtual
card stored on the electronic device 100, and thereby the virtual
card replaces the physical card (e.g., 910).
[0341] In some embodiments, prior to receiving the card account
number of the stored-value card (e.g., 910) and prior to verifying
ownership of the card (and/or prior to receiving an indication of
verification of ownership of the card), the virtual card is stored
(e.g., in the account information application of the electronic
device 100) on the electronic device 100 (e.g., as a template
virtual card). In some embodiments, the electronic device 100
includes a template virtual card (e.g., a "blank" virtual card)
that is already-existing on the electronic device and that does not
contain any value or funds. In some examples, the electronic device
100 transfers the at least some (or all) of the stored value from
the stored-value card (e.g., 910) to the template virtual card.
Thus, in some examples, there is no need to configure the
electronic device 100 with a new virtual card, as the features
and/or value of the card (e.g., 910) can be moved to the template
virtual card. The use of the template virtual card speeds up the
process for transferring funds from the stored-value card (e.g.,
910) to the electronic device 100 because a new virtual card does
not need to be created during provisioning process or the transfer
operation.
[0342] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 9M, in
accordance with a determination that the value transfer is not
successful, the electronic device 100 displays and/or generates
feedback (e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic output generated by
the device) indicating (e.g., indication 934A) (e.g., to the user)
that the value transfer was not successful. In some embodiments,
the electronic device 100 displays and/or generates a second prompt
(e.g., 934B, different from the first prompt 930) to repeat
performing (e.g., by the user) the value transfer operation for the
value transfer. In some examples, the second prompt includes
visual, audio, and/or haptic feedback prompting user interaction
with the electronic device.
[0343] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 9N, subsequent
to successfully transferring the at least some (or all) of the
stored-value from the card (e.g., 910) to the virtual card stored
on the electronic device 100, the electronic device displays a
representation of the virtual card corresponding to the
stored-value card. In some embodiments, the representation of the
virtual card corresponding to the stored-value card includes an
indication (e.g., 936A) of the type of the virtual card. In some
embodiments, the representation of the virtual card corresponding
to the stored-value card includes a graphical depiction (e.g.,
936B) of the virtual card. The indication (e.g., 936A) of the type
and the graphical depiction (e.g., 936B) of the virtual card enable
the user to differentiate the virtual card from a different card
provisioned on the electronic device 100.
[0344] In some embodiments, the representation of the virtual card
corresponding to the stored-value card provisioned on the
electronic device 100 includes a menu (e.g., 940) that includes a
plurality of selectable affordances (e.g., 940A, 940B, 940C). In
some examples, the menu (e.g., 940) includes an information
affordance (e.g., 940A). In some examples, the menu (e.g., 940)
includes a transactions affordance (e.g., 940B). In some examples,
the menu (e.g., 940) includes a devices affordance (e.g., 940C). In
some embodiments, (e.g., in response to user selection of the
information affordance (e.g., 940A), as illustrated in FIG. 9N),
the representation of the virtual card displays one or more
information items (e.g., 936C-936E), individually or concurrently,
about the virtual card corresponding to the provisioned card (e.g.,
910). In some examples, the electronic device 100 displays a user
name (e.g., 936C) of an account registered to the virtual card. In
some examples, the electronic device 100 displays a balance (e.g.,
936D) of funds on the virtual card. In some examples, the
electronic device 100 displays a transit pass information (e.g.,
936E) (e.g., monthly pass, 10-ride pass, etc.) of the virtual card.
One example of the electronic device 100 generating, for the user's
perception, information (e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic output
generated by the device) about the details of the virtual card
corresponding to the provisioned card (e.g., 910) is displaying, on
the display, the information about the details of the virtual
card.
[0345] In some embodiments, subsequent to successfully transferring
the at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device 100, the electronic device displays a stored
value (e.g., 936D) of the virtual card corresponding to the
stored-value card. For example, if an electronic wallet application
of the electronic device 100 includes multiple virtual cards (or
accounts) of the same type (e.g., multiple transit cards), the
values of each of the multiple virtual cards are prominently
displayed. This improved feedback enhances the operability of the
electronic device by providing the user with the ability to
distinguish between multiple virtual cards stored on the electronic
device (or accessible by the electronic device) and their
corresponding stored values.
[0346] In some embodiments, subsequent to transferring at least
some (or all) of the stored value from the stored-value card (e.g.,
910) to the virtual card stored on the electronic device 100, and
in accordance with a determination that the electronic device does
not have another linked transit account, (e.g., the newly
provisioned transit account is the initial (first) provisioned
transit account and/or the only current active transit account
linked to the electronic device), the electronic device designates
(designates by default or prompts the user to designate) an account
of the virtual card to be made available for use without checking
authentication. For example, the virtual card corresponds to the
only provisioned transit account if the virtual card corresponds to
the initial (first) provisioned transit account, and thus is the
only current active transit account. In some examples, if the
virtual card corresponds to the only provisioned transit account,
the electronic device 100 designates, based on the determination
that the virtual card is the only transit account of the account
information application of the electronic device, the virtual card
to be an express transit card. In some embodiments, using the
express transit card (e.g., for making a payment or transmitting
credentials) does not require, such as described with reference to
FIGS. 15A-15M, checking authentication in certain circumstances
(e.g., transactions in which the detected wireless signal
corresponds to, for example, a request from a transaction terminal
or a request for funds from a transit account). Thus, designating
the virtual card as an express transit card reduces the number of
required user inputs, thereby making the technique more efficient
and conserving battery power.
[0347] In some embodiments, subsequent to transferring at least
some (or transferring all) of the stored value from the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device 100, and in accordance with a determination that
the virtual card does not correspond to the only transit account
provisioned on an account information application (e.g., an
electronic wallet) of the electronic device, the electronic device
forgoes designating (or forgoes prompting the user to designate)
the account of the virtual card to be made available for use
without checking authentication. For example, the virtual card does
not correspond to the only provisioned transit account if the
virtual card does not correspond to the initial (first) provisioned
transit account, and thus is not the only current active transit
account. In some examples, if the virtual card does not correspond
to the only provisioned transit account, the electronic device 100
designates (or prompts the user to designate) the account of the
virtual card to not be made available for use without checking
authentication. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100
does not designate, based on a determination the virtual card is
not the only transit account of the account information
application, the virtual card to be an express transit card.
[0348] In some embodiments, subsequent to transferring at least
some (or transferring all) of the stored value from the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device 100, and in accordance with a determination that
the electronic device does not have another linked transit account,
(e.g., the newly provisioned transit account is the initial (first)
provisioned transit account and/or the only current active transit
account linked to the electronic device), and further in accordance
with receiving user input indicating a desire not to have accounts
be made available for use without checking authentication (e.g.,
user input removing a prior express transit card of the account
information application or declining to add a prior account as an
express transit card), the electronic device forgoes designating
(or forgoes prompting the user to designate) the account of the
virtual card to be made available for use without checking
authentication. In some examples, the electronic device 100
designates (or prompts the user to designate) the account of the
virtual card to not be made available for use without checking
authentication. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100
does not designate, based on a determination the virtual card is
not the only transit account of the account information
application, the virtual card to be an express transit card. Thus,
in some embodiments, the electronic device 100 accommodates the
preferences of the user in designating or forgoing to designate the
virtual card as an express transit card. Transit transactions are
frequently conducted in crowded transit stations with users (or
other passengers) who are in a hurry to make a transit connection.
Even with the most accurate and reliable authentication systems
there is always some possibility of a false negative result where a
valid user is not properly authenticated (e.g., because the user's
fingerprint is not correctly identified or the user enters an
incorrect password, passcode, or pattern). Using an express transit
transaction model where security is provided by establishing the
identity of the transaction terminal as a transit transaction
terminal (e.g., established by a transaction terminal signal or
other contextual information) instead of user authorization for the
specific transaction reduces the likelihood that the user (or other
passengers) will be inconveniences by false negative results of
authentication while conducting a transit transaction with the
device.
[0349] FIG. 10 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of
provisioning accounts onto an electronic device, in accordance with
some embodiments. Method 1000 is performed at a device (e.g., 100,
300, 500) with a display, one or more input devices, and one or
more short-range communication radios. Some operations in method
1000 are, optionally, combined, the order of some operations is,
optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally,
omitted.
[0350] As described below, method 1000 provides an intuitive way
for managing transactions. The method reduces the cognitive burden
on a user for managing transactions, thereby creating a more
efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing
devices, enabling a user to manage transactions faster and more
efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery
charges.
[0351] At block 1002, the electronic device requests (e.g., by
displaying a prompt, on a display of the electronic device)
verification information (e.g., 914A-914B, 920A-920B) (e.g., a card
number of the stored-value card, a birth date, a mailing address)
to verify ownership of a stored-value card (e.g., 910) (e.g., the
funds and or data are physically stored on the card, in the form of
binary-coded data, an NFC-readable stored-value card, a
stored-value transit card, a stored-value gift card), wherein the
stored-value card has a stored value. For example, the verification
information is used to confirm ownership of the stored-value card.
Accordingly, by verifying ownership, the operability of the
electronic device is enhanced by preventing provisioning the device
based on funds from an unauthorized card.
[0352] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value card
(e.g., 910) is a stored-value transit card. In some examples, the
stored-value transit card stores transit plan (or transit pass)
information. In some examples, the transit plan is a monthly or
weekly transit plan. In some examples, the stored-value transit
card stores electronic cash. Thus, in some examples, the electronic
device provides the user with the ability to provision accounts
that can be used to provide the user with access to the transit
system.
[0353] In accordance with some embodiments, the virtual card is a
transit virtual card. In some examples, the transit virtual card
stores transit plan (or transit pass) information. In some
examples, the transit plan is a monthly or weekly transit plan. In
some examples, the transit virtual card stores electronic cash. In
accordance with some embodiments, the virtual card is a
stored-value virtual card. In some examples, the stored-value
virtual card stores electronic cash. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device provides the user with the ability to use the
virtual card to provide the user with access to the transit
system.
[0354] In accordance with some embodiments, the verification
information is a card account number of the stored-value card
(e.g., 910). In some examples, the verification information is (or
includes) the stored value of the stored-value card. Thus, in some
examples, a user that knows the current stored value of the card is
able to transfer at least some (or all) of the stored value from
the card to the virtual card stored on the device.
[0355] In accordance with some embodiments, the verification
information (e.g., 920C) is information that is personal to a
registered user of the stored-value card. In some examples, the
verification information is a non-account-number identifier (e.g.,
a birthday). In some examples, the verification information is a
birthday of a registered user of the stored-value card. In some
examples, the verification information is a mailing address of a
registered user of the stored-value card. Thus, in some examples,
the electronic device provides additional security by requesting
personal information for the verification. Accordingly, by
verifying ownership using information that is personal to the user,
the operability of the electronic device is enhanced by providing
an enhanced level of security to prevent provisioning the device
based on funds from an unauthorized card.
[0356] At block 1004, the electronic device receives, via the one
or more input devices, input from a user of the electronic device
that includes (e.g., not by the one or more short-range
communication radios) verification information (e.g., 914C, 920C)
for verifying ownership of the card (e.g., 910), wherein the
verification information includes information that is not shown on
the card. In some examples, the verification information is
received via a first input device (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface,
a microphone) of the electronic device that is different from the
one or more short-range communication radios.
[0357] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
does not present (e.g., on a display of the electronic device) the
card account number of the stored-value card (e.g., 910) prior to
receiving, via the one or more input devices, input from the user
of the electronic device that includes verification information
(e.g., 914C, 920C) for verifying ownership of the card. Thus, the
user must have access to the card (or account) number through a
method other than through the electronic device. For example, the
user can provide the card number based on the card number being
printed on a receipt or invoice of the card or based on the card
number being printed on the card. In some examples, in accordance
with a determination that the card is registered (e.g., "registered
mode"), the electronic device presents (e.g., on a display of the
electronic device) the card account number of the card prior to
receiving, via the one or more input devices, input from the user
of the device that includes verification information for verifying
ownership of the card.
[0358] At block 1006, the electronic device displays, on the
display of the electronic device, a prompt (e.g., 908, 930) to
place the electronic device within communication range (e.g., of
the one or more short-range communication radios) of the
stored-value card (e.g., 910). For example, the electronic device
displays a prompt instructing the user to place the electronic
device on the stored-value card, such that the back of the
electronic device (e.g., the side of the electronic device opposite
the display) is nearest to the stored-value card. In some examples,
the prompt to place the device within communication rage is
provided subsequent to receiving the identifying information. Thus,
the electronic device, by displaying the prompt, informs the user
that the electronic devices is attempting to communicate with the
stored-value card, thereby prompting the user to place the
electronic device near or on the stored-value card.
[0359] At block 1008, the electronic device receives, by the one or
more short-range communication radios (e.g., NFC radios),
identifying information (e.g., a card number of the stored-value
card, a birth date, a mailing address) from the stored-value card
(e.g., 910). For example, the electronic device interrogates the
stored-value card for identifying information.
[0360] At block 1010, the electronic device verifies ownership of
the stored-value card (e.g., 910) by comparing the verification
information (e.g., 914C, 920C) with the identifying information.
Thus, the electronic device, by verifying ownership of the
stored-value card provides additional secure by preventing
individuals from electronically stealing funds from cards they do
not own. In accordance with some embodiments, prior to receiving
the card account number of the card (e.g., 910) and prior to
verifying ownership of the card, the virtual card is stored (e.g.,
in the account information application) on the electronic device.
In some examples, the electronic device includes a "blank" virtual
card that does not have any value (e.g., funds). The electronic
device transfers the at least some (or all) of the stored value
from the card to the "blank" virtual card. Thus, there is no need
to configure the electronic device with a new virtual card, as the
existing virtual card can be funded. In some examples, this speeds
up the process for transferring funds to the electronic device.
[0361] At block 1012, in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful (e.g., that the
verification information corresponds to (or matches) the
identifying information), at block 1014, the electronic device
transfers at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) to a virtual card stored on the
electronic device (e.g., transferring to an account stored in an
electronic wallet application of the electronic device). In some
examples, the electronic device includes a secure element, and
wherein transferring at least some of the stored value from the
stored-value card to the virtual card stored on the electronic
device includes storing, in the secure element of the electronic
device, information for accessing the stored value of the virtual
card. In some examples, when some or all of the stored value from
the card is transferred to the virtual card, information for
retrieving the value from the virtual card is stored in the secure
element to ensure that the stored value is not accessible in the
absence of a properly processed payment transaction that retrieves
the information from the secure element. Accordingly, by
transferring value to the virtual card stored on the electronic
device, the electronic device operability of the device is enhanced
because the device becomes capable of participating in transactions
using the newly transferred funds stored at the virtual card. In
some examples, the verification information is a non-account-number
identifier (e.g., a birthday) and the identifying information is an
account number. The electronic device uses the identifying
information to retrieve (e.g., from a remote server) a
non-account-number identifier (e.g., a birthday) of the account
corresponding to the account number. If the retrieved
non-account-number identifier matches the verification information,
the verification information is said to correspond to the
identifying information and the verification is successful.
[0362] In accordance with some embodiments, transferring at least
some (or all) of the stored value from the stored-value card (e.g.,
910) to the virtual card stored on the electronic device includes
removing the stored value from the stored-value card (e.g., 910)
and transmitting a request to a server to deactivate the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) (e.g., kill the card, render the card
inoperable). For example, the electronic device removes all the
value from the stored-value card and renders the card inoperable.
Thus, in some examples, the full features and/or value of the
stored-value card is moved to the virtual card and the virtual card
replaces the physical card.
[0363] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1016, in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
not successful (e.g., verification information does not correspond
to (or match) the identifying information (e.g., verification of
ownership is not successful)), the electronic device, at block
1018, displays and/or generates feedback (e.g., visual, audio,
and/or haptic output generated by the device) indicating (e.g.,
indication 920D) (e.g., displaying a notification on a display of
the electronic device) that verification of ownership was not
successful, and, at block 1020, (again) requests (e.g., from the
user) (e.g., by displaying a prompt, on a display of the electronic
device) verification information (e.g., a card number of the
stored-value card, a birth date, a mailing address) to verify
ownership of the stored-value card (e.g., 910). Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device notifies the user if the validation
information is incorrect. Thus, the electronic device, by
generating the feedback, informs the user that the electronic
device has determined that the verification of ownership was not
successful, thereby prompting the user to provide information to
verify ownership again.
[0364] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to
transferring at least some of the stored value from the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device, the electronic device displays, on the display,
a stored value of the virtual card. For example, when an electronic
wallet application of the electronic device includes multiple
virtual cards (or accounts) of the same type, the values of the
virtual cards are prominently displayed to help the user to
distinguish between the multiple virtual cards. Thus, the
electronic device informs the user of the stored value of the
virtual card. This improved feedback enhances the operability of
the electronic device by providing the user with the ability to
distinguish between multiple virtual cards stored on the electronic
device (or accessible by the electronic device) and their
corresponding stored values.
[0365] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to
transferring at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) to a virtual card stored on the
electronic device, the electronic device displays transit plan
information (e.g., monthly pass, 10-ride pass, etc.) of the virtual
card, the transit plan information based on the transferred at
least some (or all) of the stored value. Thus, the electronic
device informs the user about the details of the virtual card. This
improved feedback informs the user of the state of the electronic
device, such as what virtual cards are stored on the device and
what, if any, transit plan information the virtual card
includes.
[0366] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to
transferring at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
stored-value card (e.g., 910) to a virtual card stored on the
electronic device, the electronic device displays (e.g.,
concurrently) one or more of: a balance of the virtual card (e.g.,
936D), a username of an account registered to the virtual card
(e.g., 936C), and transit plan information (e.g., monthly pass,
10-ride pass, etc.) of the virtual card (e.g., 936E). Thus, the
electronic device informs the user about the details of the virtual
card.
[0367] In accordance with some embodiments, (e.g., subsequent to
transferring at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
card to a virtual card stored) in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device does not have another linked transit
account, (e.g., the newly provisioned transit account is the
initial (first) provisioned transit account and/or the only current
active transit account linked to the electronic device), the
electronic device designates an account of the virtual card to be
made available for use without checking authentication. In some
examples, using the account of the virtual card to participate in a
transaction includes releasing information (e.g., transaction
information, payment information) from a secure element of the
electronic device. Thus, the electronic device designates (based on
a determination the virtual card is the only transit account of the
account information application) the virtual card to be an express
transit card, which the electronic device can use without checking
authentication for transactions in which the detected wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request (e.g., a request
from a transaction terminal, a request for funds from a transit
account). Thus, by automatically designating a virtual card to be
available for use without checking authentication, the operability
of the electronic device is enhanced by reducing the number of
inputs needed to perform a transaction operation using the virtual
card. In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the electronic device has one or more other
linked transit accounts, the electronic device forgoes designating
(or forgoes prompting the user to designate) the account of the
virtual card to be made available for use without checking
authentication (and/or designating the account of the virtual card
to not be made available for use without checking authentication).
Thus, the electronic device does not designate (based on a
determination the virtual card is not the only transit account of
the account information application) the virtual card to be an
express transit card.
[0368] In accordance with some embodiments, (e.g., subsequent to
transferring at least some (or all) of the stored value from the
card to a virtual card stored) in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device does not have another linked transit
account, (e.g., the newly provisioned transit account is the
initial (first) provisioned transit account and/or the only current
active transit account linked to the electronic device), and
further in accordance with receiving user input indicating a desire
not to have accounts be made available for use without checking
authentication (e.g., user input removing a prior express transit
card of the account information application), the electronic device
forgoes designating the account of the virtual card to be made
available for use without checking authentication (and/or
designating the account of the virtual card to not be made
available for use without checking authentication). Thus, the
electronic device does not designate (based on a determination the
virtual card is not the only transit account of the account
information application) the virtual card to be an express transit
card. In some examples, in accordance with not receiving user input
indicating a desire not to have accounts be made available for use
without checking authentication or in accordance with receiving
user input indicating a desire to have accounts be made available
for use without checking authentication, the electronic device
selects the account of the virtual card to be made available for
use without checking authentication. Thus, the electronic device
designates the virtual card to be an express transit card, which
the electronic device can use without checking authentication for
transactions in which the detected wireless signal corresponds to
the first type of request (e.g., a request from a transaction
terminal, a request for funds from a transit account).
[0369] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
receives user input indicating a desire not to have accounts be
made available for use without checking authentication (e.g., by
receiving user input selecting a "no account" option for use
without checking authentication), and, in response to receiving the
user input indicating the desire not to have accounts be made
available for use without checking authentication, designates an
account of the virtual card to not be made available for use
without checking authentication. Thus, the user can disable the
features for express transit accounts.
[0370] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
receives user input selecting an account (e.g., an account
corresponding to the virtual card, from among a plurality of
accounts of the account information application) to be made
available for use without checking authentication, and, in response
to receiving the user input selecting the account to be made
available for use without checking authentication, designates the
selected account (e.g., of the account information application) to
be made available for use without checking authentication, such as
described with respect to FIGS. 15A-15M. Thus, the user can specify
that the selected account should be an express transit account.
[0371] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1000 (e.g., FIG. 10) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above and below. For
example, methods 800, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000 optionally
include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1000. For example, the
user interface of FIG. 7A may correspond to the user interfaces of
FIGS. 9A and 15B. For another example, accounts provisioned using
the techniques of method 800 and 1000 can be used to perform the
techniques described with reference to methods 1200, 1400, 1600,
1800, and 2000. For another example, the technique of method 1200
can be used to add funds to the stored-value accounts described
with respect to methods 800, 1000, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000. For
another example, a funded account can be moved to or from different
devices, as discussed with respect to methods 1800 and 2000. For
brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0372] FIGS. 11A-11N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
adding value to a stored-value account provisioned on an electronic
device (e.g., 100) with a display and one or more input devices, in
accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these
figures are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIGS. 12A-12B.
[0373] In accordance with some embodiments, a user wishes to add
value to a stored-value account of an electronic device. For
example, the user initiates a process that withdraws funds from a
payment account (e.g., a revolving credit account) that is also
stored on the electronic device and transfers the funds to the
stored-value account (e.g., a transit account). In some examples,
the user can separately use funds of the stored-value account to
participate in transaction (e.g., to pay for transit using NFC) and
can use the payment account to participate in a separate
transaction (e.g., to pay for a retail purchase using NFC).
[0374] FIG. 11A illustrates an exemplary electronic device 100. The
electronic device 100 has an electronic wallet application that
includes a stored-value account and a payment account. The
electronic device 100, displays, on the display of the electronic
device, a representation of the stored-value account that includes
an activatable add-value option. FIGS. 11A-11B illustrate, in
accordance with some embodiments, the representation of the
stored-value account displayed on the display of the electronic
device 100. In some embodiments, the stored-value account is a
payment account. In some examples, the payment account corresponds
to a revolving credit account or a debit account. In some
embodiments, the stored-value account is transit account. In some
examples, the transit account stores a transit plan (or transit
pass) information. In some examples, the transit plan is a monthly
or weekly transit plan. In some examples, the funds of the
stored-value account are physically stored on the electronic device
100, in the form of binary-coded data. In some examples, the
stored-value account is a closed-loop stored-value account. In some
examples, the stored-value account stores electronic cash. In some
embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 11A, the representation of the
stored-value account includes a graphical depiction (e.g., 1142A)
of the stored-value account. The graphical depiction (e.g., 1142A)
of the stored-value account enables the user to differentiate the
stored-value account from a different account provisioned on the
electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the representation of
the stored-value account includes an indication (e.g., 1142B) of
the available credit (e.g., available funds) of the stored-value
account.
[0375] In some embodiments, the representation of the stored-value
account includes a menu (e.g., 1140) that includes a plurality of
selectable affordances (e.g., 1140A, 1140B, 1140C). In some
examples, the menu (e.g., 1140) includes an information affordance
(e.g., 1140A). In some examples, the menu (e.g., 1140) includes a
transactions affordance (e.g., 1140B). In some examples, the menu
(e.g., 1140) includes a devices affordance (e.g., 1140C). In some
embodiments (e.g., in response to user-selection of the information
affordance (e.g., 1140A), as illustrated in FIG. 11A), the
representation of the stored-value account displays a
transfer-account option (e.g., 1146A). Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device 100 provides the user with the option to move
accounts from one device to another device, such as described with
reference to FIGS. 17C-17H.
[0376] In some embodiments (e.g., in response to user-selection of
the information affordance (e.g., 1140A), as illustrated in FIG.
11A), the representation of the stored-value account displays: an
indication (e.g., 1144) of on which device the stored-value account
currently resides, of one or more devices of the plurality of
devices (e.g., associated with a user account), features and/or
data (e.g., current balance, transit pass information) of the
stored-value account, a selection affordance (e.g., 1148A) for
enabling or disabling notification, a selection affordance (e.g.,
1148B) for enabling or disabling having the stored-value account be
made available for use without checking authentication, such as
described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15M, and a selection
affordance (e.g., 1148C) for designating or not designating the
stored-value account to be available for use for transactions made
at two or more devices (e.g., associated with the user's account),
although payment credentials of the stored-value account are stored
at only one of the two or more devices at a time (a restriction of
the stored-value account being a stored-value account), such as
described with reference to FIGS. 19A-19H.
[0377] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives user
input indicating a desire to receive or not to receive
notifications about transactions associated with the stored-value
account (e.g., by moving a selection affordance to the "ON" or
"OFF" position, as illustrated with respect to selection affordance
1148A). In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives
user input indicating a desire to have the stored-value account be
made available for use without checking authentication (e.g., by
moving a selection affordance to the "OFF" position, as illustrated
with respect to selection affordance 1148B), such as described with
reference to FIGS. 15A-15M. Thus, the electronic device 100
provides the user with the option to designate or not designate the
stored-value account as an express transit account (e.g., using the
selection affordance 1148B), by which funds are transmitted in
particular transactions without requiring authentication. In some
embodiments, when the stored-value account is designated as an
express transit account (e.g., by moving the selection affordance
1148B to the "ON" position), the electronic device 100 provides
faster access to the stored-value account. In some embodiments,
when the stored-value account is not designated as an express
transit account (e.g., by moving the selection affordance 1148B to
the "OFF" position), the electronic device 100 provides added
security for accounts provisioned on the electronic device. In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives user input (e.g.,
by receiving input moving a selection affordance to the "ON" or
"OFF" position, as illustrated with respect to selection affordance
1148C) designating the stored-value account as an account to be
available for use at two or more devices of the plurality of
devices (e.g., associated with the user's account). In some
examples, the stored-value account is designated to be available
for use for transactions made at two or more devices (e.g.,
associated with the user's account), although credentials of the
stored-value account are stored at only one of the two or more
devices at a time (e.g., a restriction of the stored-value account
being a stored-value account), such as described with reference to
FIGS. 19A-19H. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100
requests credentials of the stored-value account when the user has
specified that the stored-value account be made available at the
electronic device.
[0378] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays, on
a display of the electronic device, a representation of a second
payment account that does not include an activatable add-value
option. In some examples, the second payment is not a stored-value
account, and thus cannot be funded at the electronic device 100. In
some examples, the representation of the second payment account
includes a current balance (e.g., money owed) of the payment
account (e.g., a revolving credit account) while the representation
of the stored-value account includes a current balance (e.g.,
available funds) of the stored-value account.
[0379] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the stored-value account is a transit account, the representation
of the stored-value account includes an indication of a transit
plan (e.g., a weekly or monthly transit plan) associated with the
transit account. In some examples, the representation of the
stored-value account includes an indication of a transit plan
associated with the transit account and also includes an indication
of an expiration date of the transit plan. Also, if the user
selects options to renew the plan for a predetermined time period
(e.g., a month), the new expiration date is shown to indicate that
the expiration date is being extended from the current expiration
date to a new expiration date by at least one month. Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device 100 informs the user of the transit
plan associated with the transit account and of the expiration date
of the transit plan, thereby enabling the user to make a
better-informed decision for funding the stored-value account or
otherwise performing a transaction with the stored-value
account.
[0380] In some embodiments, a payment account number of the payment
account is unique to the electronic device 100. In some
embodiments, making a payment using the payment account can be
authorized without verifying the physical presence of a payment
card for the payment account (e.g., by entering the CVV printed on
the payment card). In some examples, this technique is performed
without displaying, on a display of the electronic device 100, the
payment account number of the payment account. In some examples,
the payment account number of the payment account to be used in the
transaction is not provided by the user. That is, the payment
account number has not been previously entered or otherwise
provided by the user.
[0381] In some examples, the electronic device 100 includes a
secure element. The secure element is a hardware component (e.g., a
secure microcontroller chip) configured to securely store data or
an algorithm. In some examples, the secure element provides (or
releases) payment information (e.g., a payment account number
and/or a transaction-specific dynamic security code) corresponding
to the payment account. In some examples, the secure element
provides (or releases) the payment information in response to the
electronic device 100 receiving authorization, such as a user
authentication that includes authentication information for the
device (as opposed to being identification information for the
payment account). In some examples, the user authentication is
performed by using fingerprint authentication. For example, the
electronic device 100 detects a fingerprint at a fingerprint sensor
(e.g., a fingerprint sensor integrated into a button) of the
electronic device. The electronic device 100 then determines
whether the detected fingerprint is consistent with a registered
fingerprint on the electronic device. In accordance with a
determination that the fingerprint is consistent with the
registered fingerprint, the secure element provides (or releases)
payment information for the payment account. In accordance with a
determination that the fingerprint is not consistent with the
registered fingerprint on the electronic device, the secure element
forgoes providing (or releasing) payment information for the
payment account. In some examples, the user authentication is
performed by using passcode authentication or by detecting a
double-press (e.g., by the user) of a hardware button on the
electronic device 100 when the electronic device is in an unlocked
state. In some examples, if the electronic device 100 is on the
user's wrist, the user authentication is performed by detecting
that the electronic device is in direct contact with the user
(e.g., in direct contact with user's skin). In some examples, each
payment information provided by the secure element is generated
based on an algorithm. In some examples, each payment information
provided by the secure element is unique.
[0382] As illustrated in FIG. 11A, the representation of the
stored-value account displays (e.g., in response to user selection
of the information affordance (e.g., 1140A)), an activatable
add-value option (e.g., 1146B) which, when activated, causes
display of the user interfaces described with reference to FIGS.
11C-11G. As illustrated in FIG. 11B, while displaying the
representation of the stored-value account, the electronic device
100 detects, via the one or more input devices, activation (e.g.,
by the user) of the add-value option (e.g., 1146B, an add-value
affordance). In some embodiments, as illustrated by FIG. 11C, in
response to receiving the activation of the add-value option (e.g.,
1146B), the electronic device 100 displays, on the display of the
electronic device, a user interface for user entry of value to add
(e.g., to fund) to the stored-value account using the payment
account. In some embodiments, the user interface for user entry of
value includes a fund-account option (e.g., 1142D, a fund-account
affordance).
[0383] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 detects that
the current balance of the stored-value account is below a minimum
balance notification level. In response to detecting that the
current balance of the stored-value account is below the minimum
balance notification level, the electronic device 100 displays
and/or generates (e.g., displays, such as on a lock screen of the
electronic device) a notification that the current balance of the
stored-value account is below the minimum balance notification
level. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 notifies
the user when the funds available in the stored-value account falls
below the minimum balance notification level. In some examples, the
minimum balance notification level is pre-defined by the user. In
some embodiments, if the electronic device 100 receives user input
activating the notification indicating that the current balance of
the stored-value account is below the minimum balance notification
level, the electronic device displays, on the display of the
electronic device, the user interface for user entry of value to
add (e.g., to fund) to the stored-value account using the payment
account. Optionally, the electronic device provides the user with
the option to switch between payment accounts for adding value to
the stored-value account.
[0384] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 11C, the user
interface for user entry of value to add concurrently includes a
virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150), one or more suggested amounts
(e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) displayed above the virtual numeric
keypad (e.g., 1150), and the current balance (e.g., 1142B) of the
stored-value account. For example, in the embodiment illustrated in
FIG. 11C, the suggested amounts are $10 (1150A), $25 (1150B), and
$50 (1150C). In some embodiments, the user interface for user entry
of value to add also concurrently includes an indication of the
amount to be added (e.g., 1142C, amount to be funded) to the
current balance (e.g., 1142B) of the stored-value card. For
example, before the user enters a desired amount to be added to the
virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150), the amount to be added is
presented as $0 (e.g., zero dollars) (e.g., 1142C).
[0385] In some embodiments, if the stored-value account is a
transit account, the electronic device 100 displays (e.g., in
response to detecting activation of the add-value option 1146B), on
the display of the electronic device, a user interface for funding
the transit account using the payment account. In some embodiments,
the user interface for funding the transit account concurrently
includes one or more suggested amounts (e.g., to add to the
available balance of the transit account) and a start date and an
end date of a recommended transit plan for the transit account. In
some examples, the user interface for funding the transit account
does not include display of a current balance of the stored-value
account. In some examples, the electronic device 100 receives input
selecting the recommended transit plan for adding funds to the
stored-value account using the payment account. In some
embodiments, in accordance with receiving the input selecting the
recommended transit plan and receiving an indication that selection
of the transit plan is complete (e.g., detecting activation of the
fund-value option 1142D), the electronic device 100 displays the
proposed transaction to add funds (e.g., the recommend transit
plan) to the stored-value account from the payment account. In some
examples, the user interface that includes the proposed transaction
to add funds to the stored-value account using the payment account
includes a request for authentication (e.g., request for biometric
authentication, fingerprint authentication, passcode
authentication) to authorize the payment.
[0386] In some embodiments, if the stored-value account is a
transit account, in accordance with a determination that a transit
plan of the stored-value account is due for renewal, the electronic
device 100 displays (e.g., on a display) and/or generates (e.g.,
visual, audio, and/or haptic output generated by the device) a
notification (e.g., a display on a lock screen of the electronic
device) indicating that the transit plan of the transit account is
due for renewal. In some examples, activation (e.g., by the user)
of the notification indicating that the transit plan is due for
renewal causes the electronic device 100 to display the user
interface for funding the transit account using the payment
account. In doing so, the electronic device 100 informs the user of
the need to renew the transit plan. In some examples, activation of
the notification causes display of an add-value user interface
(e.g., the user interface for user entry of value to add) with the
option to add value to the stored-value card, such as described
with reference to FIGS. 11C-11M.
[0387] In some embodiments, if the stored-value account is a
transit account, the electronic device 100 detects the proximity of
the electronic device to a transit station (e.g., using current
location information from a GPS of the electronic device). In some
examples, the electronic device 100 also (or alternatively)
determines an expected destination (e.g., of the user) based on one
or more context factors. For example, context factors includes:
time of day, day of week, travel history, recently requested or
received directions, and/or recently accessed physical addresses.
In some examples, in accordance with a determination that the
stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for travel from
the transit station to the expected destination (e.g., based on a
determined cost to travel from the transit station to the expected
destination), the electronic device 100 displays and/or generates
(e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic output generated by the device)
(e.g., displays on the display of the electronic device 100) a
notification for the user that the stored-value account (e.g., the
transit account) does not have sufficient funds for travel from the
transit station to the expected destination. In some examples,
activation (e.g., by the user) of the notification indicating that
the stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for travel
from the transit station to the expected destination causes the
electronic device 100 to display the representation of the
stored-value account that includes the activatable add-value option
(e.g., 1146B), such as described with reference to FIGS. 11A-11B.
Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 notifies the user
when the stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for
travel from the transit station to the expected destination, which
permits the user to add funds to the stored-value account in
anticipation of payment for the trip using the stored-value
account. In some examples, subsequent to notifying the user that
the stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for travel
from the transit station to the expected destination, the user
interface for user entry of value to add to the stored-value
account, such as described with reference to FIG. 11C-11G, is
displayed. In some examples, the user interface for user entry of
value to add is displayed to notify the user that the stored-value
account does not have sufficient funds for travel from the transit
station to the expected destination. In some examples, in
accordance with a determination that the stored-value account does
have sufficient funds for travel from the transit station to the
expected destination, the electronic device 100 forgoes generating
the notification that the stored-value account does not have
sufficient funds for travel from the transit station to the
expected destination.
[0388] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIGS. 11D-11E, the
electronic device 100 receives input (e.g., from the user) at the
virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150) of an amount for adding value
to (e.g., to fund) the stored-value account using the payment
account. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input at
the virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150) of an amount for adding
value to the stored-value account using the payment account, the
electronic device 100 updates the display of the one or more
suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) based on the input
received at the virtual numeric keypad. For example, in response to
the user entering a "2" as the first digit of the desired value to
the added, the suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) change
from $10, $25, and $50 to $2 (affordance 1150A), $20 (affordance
1150B), and $200 (affordance 1150C), as illustrated in FIG. 11D.
Thus, as illustrated in FIG. 11E, the user can alternatively select
the suggested amount of $20 (by selecting the affordance 1150B)
instead of making two selections of entering a "2" followed by
three "0"s in order to enter an amount of $20.00 (e.g., at 1142C)
to be added to the current balance (e.g., 1142B) of the
stored-value account. In some examples, in response to receiving
the input at the virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150), the
electronic device 100 updates the display of the current amount
(e.g., 1142B) to indicate a projected balance, should the entered
value be added to the stored-value account. In some examples, in
accordance with receiving the input at the virtual numeric keypad
(e.g., 1150) and receiving an indication that the user-selection of
an amount to add is complete (e.g., receiving activation of a
"fund" affordance 1142D), the electronic device 100 displays, on
the display of the electronic device, the proposed transaction to
add funds to the stored-value account from the payment account.
[0389] In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more
suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) is based on a
previous amount used (e.g., in a previous transaction by the user)
for adding value to the stored-value account using the payment
account. In some examples, at least one of the one or more
suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) are based on one or
more of: previous activities funding the stored-value account,
previous payment activities using the stored-value account,
previous transit trips conducted using the stored-value account,
and/or an expected future transit trip. This provides the user with
relevant suggested amounts for adding funds to the stored-value
account.
[0390] In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more
suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) is based on a current
day of the current month. For example, if the user typically adds
the maximum permissible amount to the stored-value account at the
beginning of each month (or several previous months), one of the
one or more suggested amounts reflects the maximum permissible
amount. This provides the user with relevant suggestions for
amounts for adding value to the account. Similarly, if the current
day of the month is on or near a day of the month on which a
transit pass is due to be purchased, one of the suggested amounts
is optionally an amount equal to the cost of the transit pass.
[0391] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 11F, if the
input received at the virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150)
corresponds to an amount ($2,000) exceeding a maximum permissible
amount (e.g., $100) for adding value to the stored-value account
using the payment account, the electronic device 100 updates the
display of the one or more suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B,
1150C). In some examples, the display of the one or more suggested
amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) is updated to reflect the
maximum permissible amount (e.g., $100) that is allowed to be added
to the stored-value account in one add-value transaction. For
example, if the maximum permissible amount is 100 (e.g., dollars),
and the user enters a value of 2,000 (e.g., dollars), one of the
suggested amounts (e.g., the suggested amount affordance 1150C
illustrated in FIG. 11F) is updated to indicate 100 (e.g.,
dollars). This provides the user with a quick option to fund the
stored-value account with the maximum permissible amount without
having prior knowledge of the maximum permissible amount. In some
examples, in addition to (or instead of) reflecting the maximum
permissible amount, one of the one or more suggested amounts (e.g.,
1150A, 1150B, 1150C) is updated to reflect an indication that it is
the maximum. For example, the suggested amount affordance 1150C in
FIG. 11F is updated to indicate "Maximum" (or the like) instead of
a numeric monetary value.
[0392] In some embodiments, the user interface for user entry of
value to add to the stored-value account using the payment account
concurrently includes a graphical depiction (e.g., 1142A) of a card
corresponding to the stored-value account. In some embodiments, if
the received input at the virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150)
corresponds to an amount exceeding a maximum permissible amount for
adding value to the stored-value account using the payment account,
in response to receiving the input at the virtual numeric keypad,
the electronic device 100 animates the graphical depiction (e.g.,
1142A) of the card corresponding to the stored-value account such
that the graphical depiction of the card shakes or moves (e.g.,
from side-to-side) for a certain period of time. In this way, the
electronic device 100 informs the user that the amount received as
input exceeds the maximum permissible amount. In some examples, the
graphical depiction (e.g., 1142A) of the card shaking for a certain
period of time is similar to (or the same as) an animation that is
used at the electronic device 100 to indicate that a password or a
passcode has been entered incorrectly.
[0393] As illustrated in FIG. 11G, the electronic device 100
detects, via the one or more input devices, activation of the
fund-account option (e.g., 1142D, a fund-account affordance) to add
value to the stored-value account using the payment account of the
electronic wallet application. In response to detecting activation
of the fund-account option (e.g., 1142D), the electronic device 100
displays, on the display of the electronic device, a user interface
requesting authentication (e.g., biometric authentication,
fingerprint authentication, passcode authentication). In some
examples, the user interface requesting authentication includes the
proposed transaction to add funds to the stored-value account from
the payment account. In some embodiments, the user interface
requesting authentication is a transaction user interface of an
electronic wallet application that is different from an add-value
application of the user interface for user entry of value to add,
where the representation of the stored-value account is displayed
in the add-value application. In some embodiments, the user
interface requesting authentication is displayed on top of (all of
or a portion of) the user interface for user entry of value to
add.
[0394] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 11H, the user
interface (e.g., 1152) requesting (e.g., from the user)
authentication (e.g., biometric authentication, fingerprint
authentication, passcode authentication) corresponds to a user
interface sheet of an electronic wallet application that is
different from an add-value application of the user interface for
user entry of value to add. In some embodiments, the user interface
sheet corresponding to the user interface requesting authentication
is displayed on top of the user interface for user entry of value
to add and covers a portion (or all) of the display of the
electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the user interface
sheet corresponding to the user interface requesting authentication
is moved onto the display of the electronic device 100 from an edge
(e.g., bottom side) of the display. For example, the user interface
sheet slides into view on the display of the electronic device 100
by shifting up from the bottom of the display to the center of the
display. In some embodiments, the user interface sheet corresponds
to the transaction user interface of an electronic wallet
application that is different from the add-value application, where
the representation of the stored-value account is displayed in the
add-value application.
[0395] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 11I, prior to
receiving authentication information (e.g., from the user), the
electronic device 100 displays the user interface (e.g., 1152)
requesting authentication (e.g., biometric authentication,
fingerprint authentication, passcode authentication), including a
prompt (e.g., 1152F) for the user to provide authorization to add
value to the stored-value account from the payment account. In some
examples, the electronic device 100 prompts the user to provide
authorization to add value to the stored-value account from the
payment account via audio. Thus, the electronic device 100 informs
the user that authorization is required and, in some examples,
prompts the user of what type of information (e.g., passcode,
fingerprint) to provide to authorize the transaction. In some
examples, the user interface (e.g., 1152) requesting authentication
(e.g., biometric authentication, fingerprint authentication,
passcode authentication) also concurrently displays one or more of:
the card to be funded (e.g., 1152A), the payment amount (e.g.,
1152B), the payment account (e.g., 1152C), a contact information
associated with the user (e.g., 1152D), a name of the merchant of
the card to be funded (e.g., 1152E), and an amount of tax.
[0396] As illustrated in FIG. 11J, while displaying the proposed
transaction to add funds to the stored-value account from the
payment account (e.g., the user interface 1152 requesting
authentication from the user), the electronic device 100 receives
(e.g., from the user) authentication information. In some examples,
the authentication information is received using a fingerprint
reader of the electronic device 100, and thus the authentication
information is a fingerprint information. In some examples,
additionally or alternatively, the authentication information is
received using the one or more input devices of the electronic
device 100 other than the fingerprint reader (e.g., the
authentication information is passcode information or a
double-press of a hardware button of the electronic device).
[0397] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 11K, in response
to receiving the authentication information and in accordance with
a determination that the authentication information is not
consistent with enrolled authentication information for performing
payment transactions using the payment account, the electronic
device 100 forgoes adding value to the stored-value account using
the payment account. Thus, the electronic device 100 provides
additional security by not funding the stored-value account when
the authentication information is not consistent with enrolled
authentication information. Additionally, in some embodiments, the
user interface (e.g., 1152) requesting authentication displays an
indication (e.g., 1152G) that the authentication was not
successful. Additionally, in some embodiments, the user interface
(e.g., 1152) requesting authentication displays an indication
(e.g., 1152H) instructing the user to again provide authentication
information.
[0398] As illustrated in FIG. 11L, in response to receiving the
authentication information and in accordance with a determination
that the authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information for performing payment transactions
using the payment account, the electronic device 100 adds value to
the stored-value account using the payment account. In some
embodiments, the user interface (e.g., 1152) requesting
authentication provides an indication (e.g., 11521) that the
received authentication information was approved and thus the
authentication was successful.
[0399] In some embodiments, adding value to (e.g., funding) the
stored-value account using the payment account is part of recurring
transactions to add value to the stored-value account using the
payment account. For example, prior to receiving authorization to
add value to the stored-value card, the electronic device 100
receives activation of an option to cause the value to be added to
the stored-value card on a recurring (e.g., monthly, weekly, daily)
basis. Thus, the user can schedule recurring funding for the
stored-value account.
[0400] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIGS. 11L-11M,
subsequent to adding value to the stored-value account using the
payment account, the electronic device 100 updates display of the
current balance (e.g., 1142B, 1154B) of the stored-value account to
reflect the newly value added to the stored-value account. Thus,
the electronic device 100 informs the user of the updated current
balance (e.g., 1142B, 1154B) of the stored-value account, thereby
helping the user to make an informed decision about using the
stored-value account in a subsequent transaction (e.g., for payment
in a subsequent transaction, to add additional value to the
stored-value account).
[0401] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 11M, subsequent
to adding value to the stored-value account using the payment
account, the user interface (e.g., 1152) requesting authentication
is no longer displayed on the display of the electronic device 100.
Instead, in some examples, the electronic device 100 presents an
indication (e.g., 1156) that the value has been added to the
stored-value account, and thus that the funding is complete.
Further, in some examples, the electronic device 100 displays an
indication (e.g., 1154A) of the added value that has been added to
the stored-value account by the respective completed funding
transaction. Thus, the user is assured that the funding of the
stored-value account is complete, and is also reminded of the
amount of funds that has been added to the funds in the
stored-value account.
[0402] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 11N, subsequent
to adding value to the stored-value account using the payment
account, the electronic device 100 again displays the
representation of the stored-value account, such as the
representation of the stored-value account described with reference
to FIG. 11A. In some embodiments, the representation of the
stored-value account following a funding transaction includes an
indication (e.g., 1142B) of the updated balance of the stored-value
account.
[0403] FIGS. 12A-12B is a flow diagram illustrating methods of
adding value to a stored-value account provisioned on an electronic
device, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1200 is
performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500) with a display and one
or more input devices. Some operations in method 1200 are,
optionally, combined, the order of some operations is, optionally,
changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0404] As described below, method 1200 provides an intuitive way
for managing transactions. The method reduces the cognitive burden
on a user for managing transactions, thereby creating a more
efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing
devices, enabling a user to manage transactions faster and more
efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery
charges.
[0405] At block 1202, the electronic device (e.g., 100) displays,
on the display, a representation of a stored-value account that
includes an activatable add-value option (e.g., 1146B), wherein the
electronic device has an electronic wallet application that
includes the stored-value account (e.g., the funds and or data are
physically stored on the device, in the form of binary-coded data,
a stored-value transit account, a closed-loop stored-value account)
and a payment account (e.g., an account different from the
stored-value account, an account that is not a stored-value
account, an account linked to a credit account).
[0406] In some examples, a payment account number of the payment
account is unique to the electronic device. In some examples,
payment using the payment account can be authorized without
verifying the physical presence of a payment card for the payment
account (e.g., by entering the CVV printed on the payment card). In
some examples, the technique is performed without displaying, on a
display of the electronic device, a payment account number of the
payment account. In some examples, a payment account number of the
payment account to be used in the transaction is not user-provided
(e.g., the payment account number was not previously entered or
otherwise provided by the user).
[0407] In some examples, the electronic device includes a secure
element. The secure element is a hardware component (e.g., a secure
microcontroller chip) configured to securely store data or an
algorithm. In some examples, the secure element provides (or
releases) payment information (e.g., a payment account number
and/or a transaction-specific dynamic security code) corresponding
to the payment account. In some examples, the secure element
provides (or releases) the payment information in response to the
device receiving authorization, such as a user authentication that
includes authentication information for the device (e.g.,
fingerprint authentication; passcode authentication; detecting
double-press of a hardware button when the device is in an unlocked
state; and, optionally, while the device is on a user's wrist, such
as by detecting that the device is in contact with the user's
skin). For example, the device detects a fingerprint at a
fingerprint sensor (e.g., a fingerprint sensor integrated into a
button) of the device. The device determines whether the
fingerprint is consistent with a registered fingerprint. In
accordance with a determination that the fingerprint is consistent
with the registered fingerprint, the secure element provides (or
releases) payment information for the payment account or
stored-value account. In accordance with a determination that the
fingerprint is not consistent with the registered fingerprint, the
secure element forgoes providing (or releasing) payment information
for the payment account or stored-value account. In some examples,
each payment information provided by the secure element is
generated based on an algorithm. In some examples, each payment
information provided by the secure element is unique.
[0408] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device provides the user with the option to fund an
account that can be used to access the transit system.
[0409] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a gift card account. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device provides the user with the option to fund a gift
card account stored on the electronic device that can be used for
transactions with particular merchants.
[0410] In accordance with some embodiments, the representation of a
stored-value account includes a current balance (e.g., 1142B)
(e.g., available funds) of the stored-value account. Thus, the
activatable add-value option (e.g., 1146B) and the current balance
(e.g., 1142B) of the stored-value account are displayed
concurrently, providing the user with the current balance and a
mechanism to add to the current balance. In some examples, the
stored-value account stores electronic cash.
[0411] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
(e.g., 100) displays, on the display, a representation of a second
payment account that does not include an activatable add-value
option. In some examples, a second payment account of the
electronic device is not a stored-value account, and thus cannot be
funded at the electronic device. In some examples, the
representation of the second payment account includes a current
balance (e.g., money owed) for the payment account (e.g., a
revolving credit account) while the representation of the
stored-value account includes a current balance (e.g., funds
available) for the stored-value account.
[0412] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account, and the representation of the
stored-value account includes an indication (e.g., such as
described with reference to 936E of FIG. 9N) of a transit plan
(e.g., a weekly, monthly transit plan) associated with the transit
account and an indication of an expiration date of the transit
plan. Also, if the user selects options to renew the plan for a
predetermined time period (e.g., a month), the new expiration date
is shown to indicate that the expiration date is being extended
from the current expiration date to a new expiration date by at
least one month. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
informs the user of the transit plan associated with the transit
account and the expiration date of the transit plan. Accordingly,
the user can make a more informed decision for funding or otherwise
using the stored-value account.
[0413] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account, and the electronic device displays
(e.g., in response to detecting activation of add-value option
(e.g., 1146B)), on the display, a user interface for funding the
transit account using the payment account, wherein the user
interface for funding the transit account concurrently includes one
or more suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) and a start
date and an end date of a recommended transit plan. In some
examples, the user interface for funding the transit account does
not include display of a current balance of the stored-value
account. In some examples, the electronic device receives input
selecting the recommended transit plan for adding funds to (e.g.,
funding) the stored-value account using the payment account. In
some examples, in accordance with receiving the input selecting the
recommended transit plan and receiving an indication that selection
of the transit plan is complete (e.g., detecting activation of the
fund-value option 1142D), the electronic device displays the
proposed transaction to add funds (e.g., the recommend transit
plan) to the stored-value account from the payment account. In some
examples, the user interface that includes the proposed transaction
to add funds to the stored-value account using the payment account
includes a request for authentication (e.g., request for biometric
authentication, fingerprint authentication, passcode
authentication) to authorize payment.
[0414] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account, and, in accordance with a
determination that a transit plan of the stored-value account is
due for renewal, the electronic device displays and/or generates
(e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic output generated by the device)
a notification indicating that the transit plan of the stored-value
account is due for renewal. In some examples, activation of the
notification indicating that the transit plan of the stored-value
account is due for renewal causes the electronic device to display
the user interface for funding the transit account using the
payment account. Thus, the electronic device informs the user of
the need to renew the transit plan. In some examples, selection of
the notification provides an option to display an add-value user
interface with the option to add value to the stored-value card,
such as described with reference to FIGS. 11C-11M.
[0415] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account, and the electronic device detects
proximity to a transit station (e.g., using current location, via
GPS), determines an expected destination based on one or more
context factors (e.g., time of day, day of week, travel history,
recently requested or received directions, and recently accessed
physical address), and, in accordance with a determination that the
stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for travel from
the transit station to the expected destination (e.g., based on a
determined cost to travel from the transit station to the expected
destination), displays and/or generates a notification that the
stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for travel from
the transit station to the expected destination.
[0416] In accordance with some embodiments, displaying the
representation of the stored-value account that includes the
activatable add-value option (e.g., 1146B) is in response to
detecting activation of the notification that the stored-value
account does not have sufficient funds. In some examples, in
accordance with a determination that the stored-value account has
sufficient funds for travel from the transit station to the
expected destination (e.g., based on a determined cost to travel
from the transit station to the expected destination), the
electronic device forgoes generating the notification that the
stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for travel from
the transit station to the expected destination. Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device notifies the user when the
stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for travel from
the transit station to the expected destination, which permits the
user to add funds to the stored-value account in anticipation of
payment for the trip using the stored-value account. In some
examples, subsequent to notifying the user that the stored-value
account does not have sufficient funds for travel from the transit
station to the expected destination, the user interface for user
entry of value to add to the stored-value account is displayed
(e.g., in response to user-activation of a notification notifying
the user). In some examples, the user interface for user entry of
value to add to the stored-value account (e.g., as illustrated in
FIG. 11C) is displayed to notify the user that the stored-value
account does not have sufficient funds for travel from the transit
station to the expected destination.
[0417] At block 1204, while displaying the representation of the
stored-value account, the electronic device detects, via the one or
more input devices, activation of the add-value option (e.g.,
1146B) (e.g., an add-value affordance). In accordance with some
embodiments, the electronic device displays (e.g., in response to
detecting activation of the add-value option (e.g., 1146B)), on the
display, a user interface for user entry of value to add (e.g., to
fund) to the stored-value account using the payment account (such
as illustrated in FIG. 11C), wherein the user interface for user
entry of value to add concurrently includes a virtual numeric
keypad (e.g., 1150), one or more suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A,
1150B, 1150C) (e.g., $10, $25, $50 above the keypad), and the
current balance of the stored-value account (e.g., 1142B). In
accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device receives
input at the virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150) of an amount for
adding value to (e.g., funding) the stored-value account using the
payment account, and, in response to receiving the input at the
virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150), updates display of the one or
more suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) based on the
input received at the virtual numeric keypad. For example, the user
enters a 2 and the suggested amounts change from $10, 25, and $50
(as in FIG. 11C) to $2, $20, and $200 (as in FIG. 11D),
respectively. In some examples, in response to receiving the input
at the numeric keypad, the electronic device updates display of the
current amount to indicate a projected balance, should the entered
value be added to the available balance of the stored-value account
(e.g., add the amount to be added to the current balance). In some
examples, in accordance with receiving the input at the numeric
keypad and receiving an indication that input at the numeric keypad
is complete (e.g., activation of the fund-account option 1142D),
the electronic device displays the proposed transaction to add
funds to the stored-value account from the payment account.
[0418] In accordance with some embodiments, the received input at
the virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150) corresponds to an amount
exceeding a maximum permissible amount for adding value to the
stored-value account using the payment account, and updating
display of the one or more suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B,
1150C) based on the input received at the virtual numeric keypad
(e.g., 1150) includes updating display of one of the one or more
suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) to reflect the
maximum permissible amount. For example, if the maximum amount is
250 (e.g., dollars) and the user enters a value of 300, one of the
suggested amounts is updated to be 250. Thus, by detecting that the
maximum amount has been exceeded and providing access to the
maximum amount, the electronic device provides the user with a
quick option to add the maximum permissible amount without having
prior knowledge of the maximum permissible amount. In some
examples, in addition to (or instead of) reflecting the maximum
permissible amount, the one of the one or more suggested amounts is
updated to reflect an indication that it is the maximum (e.g.,
updated to indicate "Maximum").
[0419] In accordance with some embodiments, at least one of the one
or more suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) is based on a
previous amount used (e.g., in a previous transaction) for adding
value to (e.g., funding) the stored-value account using the payment
account. In some examples, at least one of the one or more
suggested amounts are based on one or more of: previous activities
funding the stored-value account, previous payment activities using
the stored-value account, previous transit trips conducted using
the stored-value account, and an expected future transit trip.
Thus, by providing the user with suggested amounts based on
previous amount, the electronic device provides the user with
relevant suggestions for amounts for adding value to the account,
thereby reducing the number of user inputs required, which improves
the efficiency of operation of the device.
[0420] In accordance with some embodiments, at least one of the one
or more suggested amounts (e.g., 1150A, 1150B, 1150C) is based on a
current day of the current month. For example, if the user
typically adds the maximum permissible amount to the stored-value
account at the beginning of each month (or for the several previous
months), then one of the one or more suggested amounts reflects the
maximum permissible amount when it is the beginning of the month.
This provides the user with relevant suggestions for amounts for
adding value to the account. Similarly, if the current day of the
month is on or near a day of the month on which a transit pass is
due to be purchased, one of the suggested amounts is optionally an
amount equal to the cost of the transit pass. Thus, by providing
the user with suggested amounts based on the current day, the
electronic device provides the user with relevant suggestions for
amounts for adding value to the account, thereby reducing the
number of user inputs required, which improves the efficiency of
operation of the device.
[0421] In accordance with some embodiments, the user interface for
user entry of value to add (e.g., fund) to the stored-value account
using the payment account further concurrently includes a graphical
depiction (e.g., 1142A) of a card corresponding to the stored-value
account, the received input at the virtual numeric keypad (e.g.,
1150) corresponds to an amount exceeding a maximum permissible
amount for adding value to the stored-value account using the
payment account, and, in response to receiving the input at the
virtual numeric keypad (e.g., 1150), the electronic device animates
the graphical depiction (e.g., 1142A) of the card corresponding to
the stored-value account to shake (e.g., from side-to-side) for a
period of time. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
informs the user that the amount received as input exceeds the
maximum permissible amount. In some examples, the graphical
depiction of the card shaking for a period of time is similar to an
animation that is used at the device to indicate that a password or
passcode has been input incorrectly.
[0422] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
receives user input of a selected amount (e.g., 1142C) (e.g., the
amount for adding value to (e.g., funding) the stored-value
account, a suggested amount of the one or more suggested amounts)
to add value to (e.g., fund) the stored-value account, and, in
response to receiving user input of the selected amount (e.g.,
1142C) (and, e.g., prior to receiving authentication information at
the electronic device), the electronic device (e.g., 100) displays,
on the display, a user interface (e.g., 1152) (e.g., of an
electronic wallet application different from a add-value
application, wherein the representation of the stored-value account
is displayed in the add-value application) requesting (e.g., from
the user) authentication (e.g., biometric authentication,
fingerprint authentication, passcode authentication). In some
examples, the user interface requesting authentication also
includes the proposed transaction to add funds to the stored-value
account from the payment account.
[0423] At block 1206, the electronic device detects, via the one or
more input devices, activation of a fund-account option (e.g.,
1142D) (e.g., a fund-account affordance) to add value to the
stored-value account using the payment account of the electronic
wallet application.
[0424] At block 1208, while displaying a proposed transaction to
add funds to the stored-value account from the payment account, at
block 1212, the electronic device receives (e.g., using a
fingerprint reader of the electronic device, using the one or more
input devices) authentication information (e.g., fingerprint
authorization, passcode authorization, double-press of a mechanical
button of the electronic device) at the electronic device.
[0425] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1210, prior to
receiving the authentication information, the electronic device
displays and/or generates (e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic
output generated by the device) a prompt (e.g., 1152F) (e.g., to
the user) to provide authorization to add value to the stored-value
account from the payment account. Thus, the electronic device
informs the user that authorization is required and, in some
examples, prompts the user what information (e.g., passcode,
fingerprint) to provide to authorize the transaction.
[0426] At block 1214, in response to receiving the authentication
information and, at block 1216, in accordance with a determination
that the authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information for performing payment transactions
using the payment account, at block 1218, the electronic device
adds value to (e.g., funds) the stored-value account using the
payment account. In some examples, the electronic device includes a
secure element, and wherein adding value to the stored-value
account using the payment account includes storing, in the secure
element of the electronic device, information for accessing the
stored value of the stored-value account. In some examples, when
value is added to the stored-value account, information for
retrieving the value from the stored-value account is stored in the
secure element of the electronic device to ensure that the stored
value is not accessible in the absence of a properly processed
payment transaction that retrieves the information from the secure
element. By checking for valid authentication, the operability of
the device is enhanced by providing additional security for funding
the stored-value account, which helps to prevent unauthorized
transactions.
[0427] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to adding
value to (e.g., funding) the stored-value account using the payment
account, the electronic device updates display of the current
balance (e.g., 1142B) of the stored-value account to reflect the
value added to the stored-value account (e.g., 1154B). Thus, the
electronic device informs the user as to the updated current
balance of the stored-value account. This helps the user make
informed decisions about use of the stored-value account (e.g., to
use the account for payment in a subsequent transaction, to add
additional value to the stored-value account). Thus, the electronic
device, by informs the user as to the updated current balance of
the stored-value account, informs the user of the current balance
available, thereby prompting the user to add additional funds, if
desired.
[0428] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1220, in
accordance with a determination that the authentication information
is not consistent with enrolled authentication information for
performing payment transactions using the payment account, at block
1222, the electronic device forgoes adding value to (e.g., forgoes
funding) the stored-value account using the payment account. Thus,
the electronic device provides additional security by not funding
the stored-value account when the authentication information is not
consistent with enrolled authentication information. By checking
for valid authentication, the operability of the device is enhanced
by providing additional security for funding the stored-value
account, which helps to prevent unauthorized transactions.
[0429] In accordance with some embodiments, adding value to (e.g.,
funding) the stored-value account using the payment account is part
of recurring transactions to add value to the stored-value account
using the payment account. For example, prior to receiving
authorization to add value to the stored-value card, the electronic
device receives activation of an option to cause the value to be
added to the stored-value card on a recurring (e.g., monthly,
weekly, daily) basis. Thus, the user can schedule recurring funding
for the stored-value account.
[0430] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
detects that a current balance of the stored-value account is below
a minimum balance (e.g., a user-defined minimum balance)
notification level, and, in response to detecting that the current
balance of the stored-value account is below the minimum balance
notification level, displays and/or generates (e.g., visual, audio,
and/or haptic output generated by the device) a notification (e.g.,
on the display of the electronic device) that the current balance
of the stored-value account is below the minimum balance
notification level. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
notifies the user when the funds available in the stored-value
account falls below the minimum balance notification level.
[0431] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
receives user input activating the notification, and, in response
to receiving the user input activating the notification, displays,
on the display, the user interface for user entry of value to add
(e.g., funding) to the stored-value account using the payment
account. Optionally, the electronic device provides the user with
the option to switch between payment accounts for adding value to
the stored-value account.
[0432] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1200 (e.g., FIGS. 12A-12B) are also applicable in
an analogous manner to the methods described above and below. For
example, methods 800, 1000, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000 optionally
include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1200. For example, the
user interface of FIG. 7A may correspond to the user interfaces of
FIGS. 9A and 15B. For another example, accounts provisioned using
the techniques of method 800 and 1000 can be used to perform the
techniques described with reference to methods 1200, 1400, 1600,
1800, and 2000. For another example, the technique of method 1200
can be used to add funds to the stored-value accounts described
with respect to methods 800, 1000, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000. For
another example, a funded account can be moved to or from different
devices, as discussed with respect to methods 1800 and 2000. For
brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0433] FIGS. 13A-13N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
transferring credentials of a stored-value account to a terminal
using an electronic device (e.g., 100) with a display, one or more
short-range communication radios (e.g., NFC radios), and an
electronic wallet application that includes a stored-value account
(e.g., a stored value transit account, a stored-value gift card),
in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these
figures are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIGS. 14A-14B.
[0434] In some embodiments, the stored-value account provisioned on
the electronic device 100 is a stored-value transit account. The
stored-value account provisioned on the electronic device 100 can
be used to make a payment at a contactless transaction terminal
that is external to the electronic device. The electronic device
100 communicates with the contactless transaction terminal using
the one or more short-range communication radios (e.g., NFC radios)
on the electronic device. In some examples, the stored-value
transit account stores a transit plan (or transit pass)
information. In some examples, the transit plan is a monthly or
weekly transit plan. In some examples, the stored-value transit
account stores electronic cash. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device 100 provides the user with details about the
stored-value account as it pertains to a transit system. Further,
in some examples, the electronic device 100 provides the user with
access to the transit system using the stored-value account.
[0435] As illustrated in FIG. 13A-13B, the electronic device 100
displays, on the display of the electronic device, an indication
(e.g., 1358B) of an available credit of the stored-value account.
In some examples, the available credit of the stored-value account
is a stored value (e.g., funds) that is physically stored on the
electronic device 100 in the form of binary-coded data. In some
examples, the available credit is a commuter plan (e.g., a transit
plan) that is physically stored on the electronic device 100 in the
form of binary-coded data. In some embodiments, as illustrated in
FIG. 13A, the electronic device 100 concurrently displays, on the
display of the electronic device, a graphical depiction (e.g.,
1358A) of the stored-value account with an indication (e.g., 1358B)
of the available credit. Thus, the user can quickly and easily
identify the stored-value account to which the available credit
corresponds. This is particularly helpful to the user when the
electronic device includes multiple accounts (e.g., in an
electronic wallet application of the electronic device).
[0436] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 requests
authentication (e.g., biometric authentication, fingerprint
authentication, passcode authentication) to transfer credentials of
the stored-value account to the contactless transaction terminal.
In some examples, the electronic device requests the authentication
prior to transferring credentials of the stored-value account to
the contactless transaction terminal and prior to replacing display
of the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit with
display of an indication of the transaction corresponding to the
transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction terminal. In
some examples, transferring the credentials of the stored-value
account corresponds to transferring the stored-value funds out of
the stored-value account. In some examples, transferring the
credentials of the stored-value account corresponds to transmitting
an account number of the stored-value account to the contactless
communication terminal. In some embodiments, the electronic device
100 requests authentication to transfer the credentials of the
stored-value account to the contactless transaction terminal by
presenting an indication (e.g., 1358C) requesting the
authentication to transfer the credentials of the stored-value
account to the contactless transaction terminal, as illustrated by
FIG. 13A. In some examples, the indication requesting the
authentication is part of information displayed on the display of
the electronic device 100. In some examples, the indication
requesting the authentication is audio played at a speaker of the
electronic device 100. In some examples, the indication requesting
the authentication is a haptic vibration caused at the electronic
device 100.
[0437] In some embodiments, subsequent to requesting
authentication, the electronic device 100 receives authentication
information (e.g., detects a fingerprint or detects input of a
passcode) from the user. For example, if the indication (e.g.,
1358C) requesting authentication requests for a biometric (e.g.,
fingerprint) authentication, as illustrated in FIG. 13A, the user
can provide the requested biometric authentication by touching a
fingerprint reader of the electronic device 100 to provide the
user's biometric information, as illustrated in FIG. 13B. Thus, in
this example, the electronic device receives authentication
information that is based on biometric information. In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 transfers (e.g., using NFC,
via one or more radios of the electronic device) the credentials of
the stored-value account to the contactless transaction terminal in
accordance with a determination that the received authentication
information is consistent with enrolled authentication information
(e.g., enrolled biometric information, an enrolled fingerprint, an
enrolled passcode) that is enabled to authorize transactions.
[0438] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the authentication information is not consistent with enrolled
authentication information that is enabled to authorize
transactions, the electronic device 100 forgoes transferring (e.g.,
foregoes transmitting via NFC) the credentials of the stored-value
account to the contactless transaction terminal. Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device 100 provides additional security
for transferring credentials of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal by checking for authorization
prior to allowing the transfer.
[0439] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 13C, in
accordance with a determination that the authentication information
is consistent with enrolled authentication information that is
enabled to authorize transactions, the electronic device 100
concurrently displays, on the display of the electronic device, the
graphical depiction (e.g., 1358A) of the stored-value account with
the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit (e.g.,
available funds) and an indication (e.g., 1358D) requesting the
user to proceed with a transaction by placing the electronic device
near a contactless transaction terminal. Thus, the user is made
aware that the authentication was successful, and that the
electronic device 100 is ready to be used in a transaction with a
contactless transaction terminal. In some embodiments, the
electronic device 100 displays the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the
available credit at a first location (e.g., 1360A) of the display.
In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 does not display the
indication of the available credit (or any indication of amount) at
a second location (e.g., 1360B) of the display.
[0440] As illustrated in FIG. 13D, when the user places the
electronic device 100 near a contactless transaction terminal
(e.g., 1390A) that is separate from the electronic device (e.g.,
places the electronic device into a field of the contactless
transaction terminal 1390A), the electronic device transfers (e.g.,
transmits), using the one or more short-range communication radios
(e.g., NFC radios), the credentials of the stored-value account to
the contactless transaction terminal. In some examples,
transferring the credentials of the stored-value account
corresponds to transferring the stored-value funds out of the
stored-value account. In some examples, transferring the
credentials of the stored-value account corresponds to transmitting
an account number of the stored-value account to the contactless
communication terminal.
[0441] In some embodiments, determining that the transaction has
been performed with the contactless transaction terminal (e.g.,
1390A) using the credentials of the stored-value account includes
detecting that the available credit of the stored-value account has
changed. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 detects
the transaction by monitoring the available credit (e.g., the
available funds) of the stored-value account (e.g., the available
funds of the stored-value account have been reduced). In some
examples, determining that the transaction has been performed using
the credentials of the stored-value account includes detecting that
a transit pass credential has been transmitted (e.g., to the
contactless transaction terminal 1390A).
[0442] Based on a transaction being performed with the contactless
transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A) using the credentials of the
stored-value account that has been transferred to the contactless
transaction terminal using the one or more short-range
communication radios, the electronic device 100 replaces the
display of the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit
with display of an indication of the transaction corresponding to
the transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction
terminal. For example, the transaction corresponding to the
transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction terminal is
a commuter plan used. For another example, the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal is a cost of the most recent transaction. For
another example, the transaction corresponding to the transfer of
credentials to the contactless transaction terminal is a trip in
progress indication.
[0443] FIGS. 13E-13G illustrate exemplary user interfaces of the
electronic device 100 replacing display of the indication (e.g.,
1358B) of the available credit (e.g., available funds) with display
of an indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction corresponding to
the transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction terminal
(e.g., 1390A). In some embodiments, prior to transfer of
credentials to the contactless transaction terminal, the indication
(e.g., 1358B) of the available credit (e.g., a stored value or a
commuter plan) of the stored-value account is displayed at the
first location (e.g., 1360A) of the display of the electronic
device 100 (as illustrated in FIG. 13C). In some embodiments, as
illustrated by FIG. 13G, the electronic device 100 replaces the
display of the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit at
the first location (e.g., 1360A) of the display of the electronic
device with display of an indication (e.g., 1358E) of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the
contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A) and displays the
indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit at the second
location (e.g., 1360B) of the display. By replacing the indication
(e.g., 1358B) of the available credit with the indication (e.g.,
1358E) of the transaction at the first location (e.g., 1360A) of
the display, the electronic device 100 informs the user that a
transaction was performed with the contactless transaction terminal
using the credentials of the stored-value account. Further, in some
embodiments, such as the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 13E-13G,
the electronic device 100 concurrently displays, on the display of
the electronic device, the graphical depiction (e.g., 1358A) of the
stored-value account with the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the
available credit and an indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials. This allows the user
to quickly and easily identify the stored-value account to which
the available credit corresponds. This is particularly helpful to
the user when the electronic device 100 includes multiple accounts,
for example within an electronic wallet application of the
electronic device.
[0444] In some embodiments, replacing the display of the indication
(e.g., 1358B) of the available credit with the display of the
indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction corresponding to the
transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction terminal
(e.g., 1390A) at the first location (e.g., 1360A) of the display of
the electronic device 100 is in response to detecting that the
available credit of the stored-value account has changed. Thus, the
electronic device 100 informs the user of the transaction after
detecting that the available credit of the stored-value account has
changed.
[0445] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIGS. 13E-13G, the
electronic device 100 replaces the display of the indication (e.g.,
1358B) of the available credit with the display of the indication
(e.g., 1358E) of the transaction corresponding to the transfer of
credentials to the contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390) at
the first location (e.g., 1360A) of the display by, concurrently:
sliding (e.g., via a direct linear path) in a first direction
(e.g., horizontally to the right, horizontally to the left), on the
display of the electronic device, the indication (e.g., 1358B) of
the available credit from the first location (e.g., 1360A) to the
second location (e.g., 1360B) that is different from the first
location, and sliding (e.g., via a direct linear path) in the first
direction (e.g., to the right, to the left), onto the display of
the electronic device (e.g., from off of the display to onto the
display), the indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction to the
first location (e.g., 1360A). By sliding the indication (e.g.,
1358B) of the available credit and the indication (e.g., 1358E) of
the transaction, the electronic device 100 indicates to the user
that a transaction has been performed with the contactless
transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A) using the credentials of the
stored-value account. Further, in some examples, the user can look
to the same location on the display of the electronic device 100
for pertinent information. For example, the indication (e.g.,
1358B) of the available credit is displayed at a location and,
subsequently, the indication of the available credit slides over to
create space for display of the indication (e.g., 1358E) of the
transaction at the same location.
[0446] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 13G, after
transferring the credentials of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A), the electronic
device 100 concurrently displays, on the display of the electronic
device, the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit, the
indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction corresponding to the
transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction terminal,
and an indication (e.g., 1356, "Complete," "Payment Completed!")
that the transfer of credentials of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal is complete. Thus, the electronic
device 100 simultaneously informs the user of the available credit
(e.g., available funds) on the account, the indication of the
transaction (e.g., the amount paid or transferred for the
transaction), and that the transaction is complete. In some
examples, the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit is
presented at the second location (e.g., 1360B) of the display. In
some examples, the indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A) is displayed at the first
location (e.g., 1360A) of the display. In some examples, the
indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction corresponding to the
transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction terminal
(e.g., 1390A) includes an amount (e.g., "$8.00") corresponding to
the transfer of credentials.
[0447] In some embodiments, as also illustrated in FIGS. 13F-13G,
the electronic device 100 updates the indication (e.g., 1358B) of
the available credit (e.g., available funds) to reflect the
available credit on the stored-value account after the transfer of
credentials (e.g., changes from $50.00 to $42.00). In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 updates the indication
(e.g., 1358B) of the available credit while replacing the display
of the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit with the
display of the indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction, such as
described with reference to FIGS. 13E-13G). In some examples, the
non-updated available credit transforms into the updated available
credit. In some examples, the non-updated available credit fades
out and the updated available credit fades in. In some examples,
the non-updated credit is updated in a slot-machine-like fashion
using simulated mechanical reels that spin and stop to reveal the
updated available credit. Thus, the electronic device 100 informs
the user as to the updated available credit of the stored-value
account.
[0448] FIGS. 13H-13I illustrate, in accordance with some
embodiments, a user interface displaying a representation of a
history of transactions performed using the stored-value account on
the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, subsequent to
transferring the credentials of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A), the electronic
device 100 displays a representation of a history of transactions
performed using the stored-value account on the electronic device
100, as illustrated in FIG. 13H. In some embodiments, the
representation of the history of transactions includes a menu
(e.g., 1340) that includes a plurality of selectable affordances
(e.g., 1340A, 1340B, 1340C). In some examples, the menu (e.g.,
1340) includes an information affordance (e.g., 1340A). In some
examples, the menu (e.g., 1340) includes a transactions affordance
(e.g., 1340B). In some examples, the menu (e.g., 1340) includes a
devices affordance (e.g., 1340C).
[0449] In some embodiments (e.g., when the transactions affordance
1340B is selected, as illustrated in FIG. 13H), the representation
of the history of transactions displays one or more representations
of transit trips (e.g., 1362A, 1362B, 1362C). In some examples, the
electronic devices 100 displays an indication (e.g., 1362B) of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials of a first
trip of the one or more of transit trips (e.g., 1362A, 1362B,
1362C). In some examples, the electronic device 100 also
concurrently displays a description (e.g., travel from zone 2 to
zone 3) corresponding to the transfer of credentials of the first
trip. In some examples, the electronic device 100 concurrently
displays indications of transactions and descriptions of trips
corresponding to a plurality of transit trips. In some examples,
the electronic device 100 displays the history of transit trips in
response to receiving user input requesting display of the history
of transit trips. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100
provides a historical view of transactions to the user.
[0450] In some embodiments, the displayed representation of the
history of transactions (e.g., of the stored-value account)
includes one or more representations of transit trips (e.g., 1362A,
1362B, 1362C) indicated as being covered by a transit plan or a
transit pass (e.g., 1362C). In some examples, the displayed history
of transit trips (e.g., 1362A, 1362B, 1362C) also includes one or
more representations of transit trips not indicated as being
covered by the transit plan or transit pass (e.g., 1362B), such as
transit trips where a cost is calculated on a per-trip basis rather
than being included in a monthly or weekly transit plan. Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device 100 provides a historical view
of transactions covered by the transit plan to the user, enabling
the user to differentiate amongst transit trips covered and not
covered by the transit plan.
[0451] In some embodiments, the displayed representation of the
history of transactions (e.g., of the stored-value account)
includes one or more representations of transit trips (e.g., 1362A,
1362B, 1362C) that are in progress and the one or more
representations of transit trips that are in progress are indicated
(e.g., 1362A) as being in progress. For example, an in-progress
transit trip is an en-route trip for which the value of the trip
will not be computed until the user reaches the destination and
exits the transit system at the destination (e.g., "tags off" the
transit system). Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100
provides the user with a view of the transactions that are
currently in progress.
[0452] In some embodiments, the indication (e.g., 1362A) of the
transit trip that is in progress is at the top of the list (e.g.,
1362A, 1362B, 1362C) of the history of transactions (e.g., of the
stored-value account). In some embodiments, subsequent to
displaying the list (e.g., 1362A, 1362B, 1362C) of the history of
transactions including the indication (e.g., 1362A) of transit trip
that is in progress at the top of the list of the history of
transactions, the electronic device 100 transfers, using the one or
more short-range communication radios, the credentials of the
stored-value account to a second contactless transaction terminal
for a non-transit transaction. For example, the electronic device
100 transfers stored-value funds out of the stored-value account or
transmits an account number of the stored-value account to the
second contactless transaction terminal for the non-transit
transaction. Then, in some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 13I,
the electronic device 100 moves (e.g., shifts down) the display of
the indication (e.g., 1362A) of transit trip that is in progress in
the list (e.g., 1362A, 1362B, 1362C) of the history of transactions
(e.g., of the stored-value account) and displays an indication
(e.g., 1362D) of the non-transit transaction at a location
previously occupied by the indication (e.g., 1362A) of the transit
trip that is in progress. Thus, for example, the electronic device
100 displays the indication (e.g., 1362D) of the non-transit
transaction at the top of the list (e.g., 1362A, 1362B, 1362C) of
the history of transactions, as illustrated in FIG. 13I.
[0453] FIGS. 13J-13K illustrate, in accordance with some
embodiments, exemplary user interfaces for displaying a
stored-value account (such as a stored value account that is a
transit account), on a lock screen of the electronic device 100
while the electronic device is "tagged on" (e.g., the stored-value
account is entered into and in use a transit system, but has not
yet been used to exit the transit system (e.g., the trip is in
progress)). In some embodiments, in accordance with transferring
the credentials of the stored-value account to a contactless
transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A) of a transit system (e.g., the
electronic device 100 is "tagging on" in the transit system), the
stored-value account is marked by the electronic device as being in
a tagged on state for an in-progress transit trip. In some
embodiments, in accordance with the stored-value account being in
use in a transit system (e.g., tagged on in the transit system) and
in accordance with the electronic device 100 being in a locked
state, the electronic device displays, on the lock screen on the
display of the electronic device (e.g., as illustrated in FIG.
13J), an indication (e.g., 1364) of the stored-value account (or of
the in-progress trip associated with the stored-value account). In
some examples, in accordance with the stored-value account not
being tagged on (e.g., after the stored-value account is tagged
off) and in accordance with the electronic device 100 being in a
locked state, the electronic device forgoes displaying, on the lock
screen on the display of the electronic device, the indication
(e.g., 1364) of the stored-value account.
[0454] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 13K, the user
can access the stored-value account on the electronic device 100 by
activating (e.g., by selecting, by swiping in a certain direction)
the indication (e.g., 1364) of the stored-value account (or of the
in-progress trip associated with the stored-value account)
displayed on the lock screen of the electronic device. Thus, the
electronic device 100 provides the user with quick access to the
stored-value account when the electronic device is in a locked
state. In some embodiments, other items from the electronic wallet
application of the electronic device 100 are displayed on the lock
screen of the electronic device when the other items are
contextually relevant. For example, a stored-value account that is
a transit account is determined to be contextually relevant when
the user has used the transit account to tag on to a transit
system.
[0455] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 13L, in response
to detecting activation of the indication (e.g., 1364) of the
stored-value account illustrated in FIGS. 13J-13K, the electronic
device 100 displays a virtual boarding pass. In some embodiments,
the virtual boarding pass is displayed as part of the electronic
wallet application of the electronic device 100. In some
embodiments, the virtual boarding pass includes one or more details
about the in-progress transit trip associated with the stored-value
account. In some examples, the one or more details about the
in-progress transit trip include a graphical depiction (e.g.,
1358A) of the stored-value account used for the in-progress
transit. In some examples, the one or more details about the
in-progress transit trip include an indication (e.g., 1366A) of the
available credit of the stored-value account used for the
in-progress transit. In some examples, the one or more details
about the in-progress transit trip include an indication (e.g.,
1366) of the time at which the stored-value account used for the
in-progress transit was tagged on to the transit system.
[0456] In some embodiments, the one or more details about the
in-progress transit trip include a request (e.g., 1366C) for
authentication (e.g., biometric authentication, fingerprint
authentication, passcode authentication) to obtain authorization
for payment when the electronic device 100 is "tagged off" the
transit system. In some embodiments, to tag off the transit system
(e.g., to end the in-progress transit trip), the electronic device
100 transfers (e.g., transmits), using the one or more short-range
communication radios (e.g., NFC radios), credentials of the
stored-value account to a third contactless transaction terminal
(e.g., 1390B) for the transit trip, as illustrated in FIG. 13M. In
some embodiments, the virtual boarding pass is deleted once the
stored-value account is "tagged off," which indicates that the
transit trip has been completed (e.g., the transit trip is no
longer in progress). In some embodiments, the virtual boarding pass
is identified as inactive, complete, or expired once the
stored-value account is "tagged off," which indicates that the
transit trip has been completed (e.g., the transit trip is no
longer in progress). Thus, the electronic device 100 provides the
user with quick access to the stored-value account (e.g., by
detecting activation of the indication 1364 of the stored-value
account) when the electronic device is in a locked state.
[0457] In some embodiments, the electronic device receives a
request to display a device-status user interface (e.g., a lock
screen, a notification center, a control center, or other status
user interface). In response to receiving the request to display
the device-status user interface, displaying the device-status user
interface, including: in accordance with a determination that the
device is using the stored-value account for an in-progress transit
trip (e.g., based on having entered a transit system using the
transit account and not exited the transit system, or having
recently purchased a ticket on the transit system), displaying
information about the use of the transit account for the
in-progress transit trip in the device-status user interface; and
in accordance with a determination that the device is not using the
stored value account for an in-progress transit trip, displaying
the device-status user interface without displaying information
about the transit account for a transit trip.
[0458] In some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of
the indication (e.g., 1364) of the stored-value account, the
electronic device 100 displays a card detail view of the
stored-value account that includes information about recent
transactions for which the stored-value account was used, as
illustrated in FIG. 13N and as described with reference to FIGS.
13H-131. In some embodiments, the card detail view of the
stored-value account is displayed after the electronic device has
been "tagged off" the transit system (e.g., as illustrated in FIG.
13M).
[0459] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 13N, in response
to transferring the credentials of the stored-value account to the
third contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390B) for the
transit trip that is in progress (e.g., in response to making a
final payment for the transit trip), the electronic device 100
moves (e.g., shifting down) the display of the indication (e.g.
1362D) of the non-transit transaction to accommodate moving the
display of the indication (e.g., 1362A) of the transit trip that
was in progress to the top of the list (e.g., 1362A-1362D) of the
history of transactions. In some examples, the display of the
indication (e.g., 1362A) of the transit trip that was in progress
is updated to reflect the cost of the completed trip. Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device 100 provides the user with a
historical view of transactions displayed chronologically, enabling
the user to more easily view and understand how the stored-value
account has been used in previous transactions.
[0460] FIGS. 14A-14B are a flow diagram illustrating methods
transferring credentials of a stored-value account to a terminal,
in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1400 is performed at an
electronic device (e.g., 100, 300, 500) with a display, one or more
short-ranged communication radios, and an electronic wallet
application. Some operations in method 1400 are, optionally,
combined, the order of some operations is, optionally, changed, and
some operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0461] As described below, method 1400 provides an intuitive way
for managing transactions. The method reduces the cognitive burden
on a user for managing transactions, thereby creating a more
efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing
devices, enabling a user to manage transactions faster and more
efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery
charges.
[0462] At block 1402, the electronic device displays, on the
display, an indication (e.g., 1358B) of an available credit (e.g.,
a stored value or commuter plan) of the stored-value account (e.g.,
the funds and or data are physically stored on the electronic
device, in the form of binary-coded data.).
[0463] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a stored-value transit account. In some examples,
information for retrieving the value from the stored-value account
is stored in the secure element of the electronic device to ensure
that the stored value is not accessible in the absence of a
properly processed payment transaction that retrieves the
information from the secure element. In some examples, the
stored-value transit account stores transit plan (or transit pass)
information. In some examples, the transit plan is a monthly or
weekly transit plan. In some examples, the stored-value transit
account stores electronic cash. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device can provide the user with details about the
stored-value account as it pertains to a transit system. In
addition, in some examples, the electronic device provides the user
with access to the transit system using the stored-value
account.
[0464] At block 1412, the electronic device transfers, using the
one or more short-range communication radios, credentials (e.g.,
transfer of stored-value funds out of the stored-value account;
transmitting an account number of the stored-value account) of the
stored-value account to a contactless transaction terminal (e.g.,
1390A) that is separate from the electronic device. Alternatively,
or in addition, the electronic device detects a transaction. In
some examples, the electronic device includes a secure element, and
wherein transferring credentials of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal includes releasing, from the
secure element of the electronic device, information for accessing
the credentials of the stored-value account. For example, the
electronic device determines that the balance of the stored-value
account has changed (e.g., has decreased). In some examples, using
the stored-value account to participate in a transaction includes
releasing information (e.g., transaction information, payment
information) from a secure element of the electronic device.
[0465] In accordance with some embodiments, in response to
transferring the credentials of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A) (and/or in response
to detecting the transaction), the electronic device concurrently
displays, on the display: the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the
available credit, the indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A), and an indication (e.g., 1356)
(e.g., "Payment completed!") that the transfer of credentials of
the stored-value account to the contactless transaction terminal
(e.g., 1390A) is complete. Thus, the electronic device
simultaneously informs the user of the available credit on the
account, the indication of the transaction (e.g., amount
paid/transferred for the transaction), and that the transaction is
complete. Thus, the electronic device, by concurrently displaying
the indication of the available credit and the indication of the
transaction, informs the user that the electronic device has
automatically detected a transaction.
[0466] In accordance with some embodiments, a determination that
the transaction was performed using the credentials of the
stored-value account includes detecting that the available credit
of the stored-value account has changed. Thus, in some examples,
the electronic device detects the transaction by monitoring the
available credit of the stored-value account. In some examples, a
determination that the transaction was performed using the
credentials of the stored-value account includes detecting that a
transit pass credential was transmitted (e.g., to the contactless
transaction terminal).
[0467] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
receives a request to display a device-status user interface (e.g.,
a lock screen, a notification center, a control center, or other
status user interface). In response to receiving the request to
display the device-status user interface, displaying the
device-status user interface, including: in accordance with a
determination that the device is using the stored-value account for
an in-progress transit trip (e.g., based on having entered a
transit system using the transit account and not exited the transit
system, or having recently purchased a ticket on the transit
system), displaying information about the use of the transit
account for the in-progress transit trip in the device-status user
interface; and in accordance with a determination that the device
is not using the stored value account for an in-progress transit
trip, displaying the device-status user interface without
displaying information about the transit account for a transit
trip. Thus, the electronic device communicates the state of the
device (e.g., whether or not a transit account is currently in use
for a transit trip) to the user by displaying information about the
transit account for an in-progress transit trip.
[0468] In accordance with some embodiments, while using (e.g., in
use in a transit system, such as when the stored-value account has
been used to enter a transit system but has not yet been used to
exit the transit system) the stored-value account (e.g., marks the
stored-value account as in the tagged on state) for an in progress
transit trip in accordance with transferring the credentials of the
stored-value account to the contactless transaction terminal (e.g.,
1390A), and, in accordance with the stored-value account being in
use in a transit system (e.g., when the stored-value account has
been used to enter a transit system but has not yet been used to
exit the transit system) and in accordance with the electronic
device being in a locked state, the electronic device displays, on
a lock screen of the display, an indication (e.g., 1364) of the
stored-value account (or of the in progress trip associated with
the stored-value account). In some examples, in accordance with the
stored-value account not being tagged on (e.g., after the
stored-value account is tagged off) and in accordance with the
electronic device being in a locked state, the electronic device
forgoes displaying, on the lock screen of the display, the
indication of the stored-value account. Thus, the electronic device
provides the user with quick access to the stored-value account
(e.g., through detecting activation of the indication of the
stored-value account) when the electronic device is locked. In some
embodiments, other items from the wallet application are displayed
on the lock screen when they are contextually relevant, and the
transit card is determined to be contextually relevant when the
user has used the card.
[0469] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
detects activation of the indication (e.g., 1364) of the
stored-value account, and, in response to detecting activation of
the indication (e.g., 1364) of the stored-value account, displays a
card detail view for the stored-value account that includes
information about recent transactions (e.g., 1364A-1362D) for which
the stored-value account was used (and, optionally information
about the transit trip and/or a value balance in the stored-value
account).
[0470] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
detects activation of the indication (e.g., 1364) of the
stored-value account, and, in response to detecting activation of
the indication (e.g., 1364) of the stored-value account, displays a
virtual boarding pass (e.g., in an electronic wallet application of
the electronic device), the virtual boarding pass including one or
more details (e.g., 1366A, 1366B) about the in progress transit
trip associated with the stored-value account. In some examples,
the virtual boarding pass is deleted once the stored-value account
is tagged off, which indicates that the transit trip is completed
(e.g., is no longer in progress). Thus, the electronic device
provides the user with quick access to the stored-value account
(e.g., through detecting activation of the indication of the
stored-value account) when the electronic device is locked.
[0471] At block 1414, the electronic device replaces (e.g., in
response to transferring the credentials), based on a transaction
performed with the contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A)
using the credentials of the stored-value account that were
transferred to the contactless transaction terminal using the one
or more short-range communication radios, display of the indication
(e.g., 1358B) of the available credit with display of an indication
(e.g., 1358E) of the transaction corresponding to the transfer of
credentials to the contactless transaction terminal (e.g., commuter
plan used, cost of last transaction, trip in progress indication).
The electronic device indicates to the user that the transaction
has been performed by automatically replacing display of the
indication of the available credit with display of the indication
of the transaction when a transaction is performed and without
requiring further user input.
[0472] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1402,
displaying, on the display, the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the
available credit (e.g., a stored value or commuter plan) of the
stored-value account includes, at block 1404, displaying, at a
first location (e.g., 1360A) on the display, the indication (e.g.,
1358B) of the available credit (e.g., a stored value or commuter
plan) of the stored-value account. In accordance with some
embodiments, at block 1414, replacing display of the indication
(e.g., 1358B) of the available credit with display of the
indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction corresponding to the
transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction terminal
(e.g., 1390A) includes, at block 1416, displaying, at a second
location (e.g., 1360B) on the display, the indication (e.g., 1358B)
of the available credit, wherein the second location is different
from the first location (e.g., 1360A), and, at block 1418,
displaying, at the first location (e.g., 1360A) on the display, the
indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction corresponding to the
transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction terminal
(e.g., 1390A). Thus, by replacing the indication of the available
credit with the indication of the transaction, the electronic
device informs the user that a transaction was performed with the
contactless transaction terminal using the credentials of the
stored-value account.
[0473] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1414,
replacing display of the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available
credit with display of the indication (e.g., 13658E) of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the
contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A) includes, at block
1420, concurrently, at block 1422, sliding (e.g., via a direct
linear path) in a first direction (e.g., horizontally to the right,
horizontally to the left), on the display, the indication (e.g.,
1358B) of the available credit from a first location (e.g., 1360A)
to a second location (e.g., 1360B) that is different from the first
location, and, at block 1424, sliding (e.g., via a direct linear
path) in the first direction (e.g., to the right, to the left),
onto the display (e.g., from off of the display to onto the
display), the indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A). Thus, by sliding the indication
of the available credit and the indication of the transaction, the
electronic device indicates to the user that a transaction was
performed with the contactless transaction terminal using the
credentials of the stored-value account. Further, in some examples,
the user can look to the same location on the display for pertinent
information. For example, the available credit is displayed at a
location and then the available credit slides over to create space
for display of the indication of the transaction at the same
location (e.g., because after a transaction the indication of the
transaction is more relevant than the available credit).
[0474] In accordance with some embodiments, replacing display of
the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit with display
of the indication (e.g., 1358E) of the transaction corresponding to
the transfer of credentials to the contactless transaction terminal
(e.g., 1390A) is in response to detecting that the available credit
of the stored-value account has changed.
[0475] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
updates (e.g., while replacing display of the indication of the
available credit with display of the indication of the transaction)
the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available credit to reflect the
transfer of credentials. In some examples, the non-updated
available credit morphs into the updated available credit. In some
examples, the non-updated available credit fades out and the
updated available credit fades in. In some examples, the
non-updated credit is updated in a slot-machine-like fashion using
simulated mechanical reels that spin and stop to reveal the updated
available credit. Thus, the electronic device informs the user as
to the updated available credit of the account.
[0476] In accordance with some embodiments, prior to transferring,
at block 1412, using the one or more short-range communication
radios, credentials (e.g., transfer of stored-value funds out of
the stored-value account; transmitting an account number of the
stored-value account) of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal and prior to replacing, at block
1414, display of the indication (e.g., 1358B) of the available
credit with display of the indication (e.g., 1358E) of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials, the
electronic device, at block 1406, presents an indication (e.g.,
display a notification on a display of the electronic device,
playing audio at a speaker of the electronic device, causing a
haptic output at the electronic device) requesting authentication
(e.g., biometric authentication, fingerprint authentication,
passcode authentication) to transfer credentials of the
stored-value account to the contactless transaction terminal (e.g.,
1390A) and, at block 1408, receives (e.g., responsive to the
request for authentication) authentication information (e.g.,
detecting a fingerprint, detecting input of a passcode), wherein,
at block 1410, transferring (e.g., using near-field communications,
using NFC) credentials of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A) is in accordance
with a determination that the authentication information is
consistent with enrolled authentication information (e.g., enrolled
biometric information, an enrolled fingerprint, an enrolled
passcode) that is enabled to authorize transactions.
[0477] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the authentication information is not consistent with enrolled
authentication information that is enabled to authorize
transactions, the electronic device forgoes transferring the
credentials of the stored-value account to the contactless
transaction terminal. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
provides additional security for transferring credentials of the
stored-value account to the contactless transaction terminal by
checking for authorization prior to the transfer. Thus, the
operability of the electronic device is enhanced by providing added
security to help prevent unauthorized use of funds by checking for
valid authentication prior to transferring credentials to the
transaction terminal.
[0478] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
concurrently displays, on the display, a graphical depiction (e.g.,
1358A) of the stored-value account with the indication (e.g.,
1358B) of the available credit and the indication (e.g., 1358E) of
the transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials. Thus,
the user can quickly and easily identify the stored-value account
to which the available credit corresponds. This is particularly
helpful to the user when the electronic device includes multiple
accounts (e.g., in an electronic wallet application of the
electronic device).
[0479] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to
transferring, using the one or more short-range communication
radios, credentials (e.g., transfer of stored-value funds out of
the stored-value account; transmitting an account number of the
stored-value account) of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390A), the electronic
device displays, on the display, a history of transactions, the
history of transactions including one or more (or a plurality of)
representations of transit trips (e.g., 1362A, 1362B, 1362C). In
some examples, the electronic device displays an indication of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials of a first
trip of the one or more (or a plurality) transit trips. In some
examples, the electronic device also concurrently displays a
description (e.g., travel from zone 2 to zone 3) corresponding to
the transfer of credentials of the first trip. In some examples,
the electronic device concurrently displays indications of
transactions and descriptions of trips corresponding to a plurality
of transit trips. In some examples, the electronic device displays
the history of transit trips in response to receiving user input
requesting display of the history of transit trips. Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device provides a historical view of
transactions to the user.
[0480] In accordance with some embodiments, the displayed history
of transactions (e.g., of the stored-value account) includes one or
more representations of transit trips indicated as being covered by
a transit plan (or transit pass) (e.g., 1362C). In some examples,
the displayed history of transit trips also includes one or more
representations of transit trips not indicated as being covered by
the transit plan (or transit pass), such as transit trips where a
cost is calculated on a per-trip basis rather than being included
in a monthly or weekly transit plan. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device provides a historical view of transactions
covered by the transit plan to the user, enabling the user to
differentiate among representations of transit trips covered and
not covered by the transit plan.
[0481] In accordance with some embodiments, the displayed history
of transactions (e.g., of the stored-value account) includes one or
more representations of transit trips that are in progress and the
one or more representations of transit trips that are in progress
include a displayed status indication that indicates that the one
or more transit trips are in progress (e.g., 1362A) (e.g., en-route
trips whose value will not be computed until the user reaches their
destination and tags off). Thus, in some examples, the electronic
device provides the user with a view of transactions that are in
progress.
[0482] In accordance with some embodiments, an indication (e.g.,
1362A) of a transit trip that is in progress is at the top of a
list of the history of transactions (e.g., of the stored-value
account), and, subsequent to displaying the history of transactions
(e.g., of the stored-value account) including the indication (e.g.,
1362A) of transit trip that is in progress at the top of the list
of the history of transactions, the electronic device transfers,
using the one or more short-range communication radios, credentials
(e.g., transfer of stored-value funds out of the stored-value
account; transmitting an account number of the stored-value
account) of the stored-value account to a second contactless
transaction terminal for a non-transit transaction. In accordance
with some embodiments, the electronic device moves (e.g., shifting
down) the display of the indication (e.g., 1362A) of transit trip
that is in progress in the list of the history of transactions
(e.g., of the stored-value account) and displays an indication
(e.g., 1362D) of the non-transit transaction at a location
previously occupied by the indication of the transit trip that is
in progress (e.g., displaying the non-transit transaction at the
top of the list of the history of transactions). In accordance with
some embodiments, the electronic device transfers, using the one or
more short-range communication radios, credentials (e.g., transfer
of stored-value funds out of the stored-value account; transmitting
an account number of the stored-value account) of the stored-value
account to a third contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390B)
for the transit trip that is in progress (e.g., to tag off) to end
the trip. In accordance with some embodiments, in response to
transferring credentials of the stored-value account to the third
contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1390B) for the transit trip
that is in progress (e.g., making a final payment for the transit
trip), the electronic device moves (e.g., shifting down) the
display of the indication (e.g., 1362D) of the non-transit
transaction to accommodate moving the display of the indication
(e.g., 1362A) of the transit trip that was in progress to the top
of the list of the history of transactions. In some examples, the
display of the indication of transit trip that was in progress is
also updated to reflect the cost of the completed trip. Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device provides a historical view of
transactions that are displayed chronologically, enabling the user
to better understand how the stored-value account has previously
been used.
[0483] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1400 (e.g., FIGS. 14A-14B) are also applicable in
an analogous manner to the methods described above and below. For
example, methods 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 1800, and 2000 optionally
include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1400. For example, the
user interface of FIG. 7A may correspond to the user interfaces of
FIGS. 9A and 15B. For another example, accounts provisioned using
the techniques of method 800 and 1000 can be used to perform the
techniques described with reference to methods 1200, 1400, 1600,
1800, and 2000. For another example, the technique of method 1200
can be used to add funds to the stored-value accounts described
with respect to methods 800, 1000, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000. For
another example, a funded account can be moved to or from different
devices, as discussed with respect to methods 1800 and 2000. For
brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0484] FIGS. 15A-15M illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
making an account available for use without checking authentication
using an electronic device (e.g., 100) with one or more short-range
communication radios (e.g., NFC radios) and an account information
application that includes a first account (e.g., an express transit
account), in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces
in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described
below, including the processes in FIGS. 16A-16B.
[0485] In accordance with some embodiments, a user specified
particular accounts that can be used in transactions without
checking authentication under certain circumstances. For example, a
user can specify a particular transit account of an electronic
device such that funds from the transit account are provided to a
terminal when funds are requested, without the electronic device
requiring the user to provide fingerprint authorization after the
terminal requests the funds. This allows a user to use the
electronic device to quickly participate in transaction (e.g., make
payments, transmit information corresponding to the transit
account), with fewer user inputs.
[0486] In some embodiments, the first account of the account
information application of the electronic device 100 is a
stored-value account. In some examples, the funds of the first
account are physically stored on the electronic device 100 in the
form of binary-coded data. In some examples, the first account is a
closed-loop stored-value account. In some examples, the
stored-value account stores electronic cash. Thus, for example, the
electronic device 100 can transmit (e.g., to a transaction
terminal) information (e.g., account number or funds) corresponding
to the first account using NFC (and without using an IP network or
Internet connection).
[0487] In some embodiments, the first account of the account
information application of the electronic device 100 is an
identification account. In some examples, the first account is a
user identification account. In some examples, the first account is
a personal identification account. In some examples, the first
account is a government-issued personal identification account. In
some examples, the first account is a government-issued driver's
license account. In some examples, the first account is a
government-issued passport account. In some examples, the first
account is a company identification account or a school
identification account. In some examples, the electronic device 100
is configured to store only a single identification account. In
some examples, the electronic device 100 uses the first account to
transmit identifying information of the identification account,
rather than to transmit payment information.
[0488] In some embodiments, the first account of the account
information application of the electronic device 100 is an express
transit account. In some embodiments, the account information
application includes a second account that is different from the
first account. For example, the first account is an express transit
account and the second account is not an express transit account.
In some embodiments, the first account and the second account are
of different account types. For example, the first type of request
corresponds to the first account (or to the type of the first
account) and the second type of request corresponds to the second
account (or to the type of the second account). In some
embodiments, the first account is designated as an express transit
account and the second account is not designated as an express
transit account. In some embodiments, the first account is a
transit account and the second account is a payment account. In
some embodiments, the first account is a stored-value account and
the second account is not a stored-value account. In some
embodiments, the first account and the second account are of the
same account type. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100
is a personal electronic device of the user and is configured to
provide access to private information specific to the user that is
stored on the personal electronic device (e.g., and accessible by
the account information application), the private information
including information for authorizing transactions (such as
payments) with a plurality of different accounts. In some examples,
the multiple accounts enable the user to select between the
accounts for various transactions.
[0489] FIG. 15A illustrates a user interface for a lock screen of
the electronic device 100 with an indication (e.g., 1568) informing
a user of an action that unlocks the electronic device, in
accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the
electronic device 100 unlocks in response to detecting a gesture.
In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 unlocks in response
to receiving authentication information (e.g., fingerprint
information detected by a fingerprint sensor, password received at
a (virtual) keyboard) that corresponds to authentication
information enabled to unlock the electronic device.
[0490] In some embodiments, in response to (or subsequent to) the
user unlocking the electronic device 100 (e.g., by the electronic
device detecting a slide input on a touch-sensitive surface of the
device, such as on the lock screen of the electronic device, as
illustrated in FIG. 15A), the electronic device displays a user
interface with one or more affordances (e.g., 1502A-1502D, 1504) as
illustrated in FIG. 15B. The one or more affordances (e.g.,
1502A-1502D, 1504) include representations of one or more accounts
(e.g., 1502A-1502B) of the account information application of the
electronic device 100.
[0491] In some examples, the electronic device 100 displays an
affordance (e.g., 1502A) that includes an indication of a
previously provisioned account (e.g., a payment account). In this
example, the affordance (e.g., 1502A) corresponds to an American
Express account. In some examples, the electronic device 100 also
displays an affordance (e.g., 1502B) that includes an indication of
an additional previously provisioned account (e.g., another payment
account). In this example, the affordance (e.g., 1502B) corresponds
to a MasterCard account that is different from the American Express
account. When the electronic device 100 detects activation of the
affordance that includes an indication of a previously provisioned
account (e.g., 1502A) or the affordance that includes an indication
of an additional previously provisioned account (e.g., 1502B), for
example by detecting a touch input on a touch-sensitive surface of
the electronic device, at a location corresponding to a respective
affordance, the electronic device displays information
corresponding to the respective account. In some embodiments, the
electronic device 100 displays an affordance (e.g., 1502C) for
provisioning an account on the electronic device 100 (or for
another device different from the electronic device 100).
[0492] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays an
affordance (e.g., 1502E) that includes an indication of an
additional previously provisioned account that is a stored-value
account. In some examples, the stored-value action is a transit
account. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays an
affordance (e.g., 1502D), which, when activated, causes the
electronic device to display a user interface for user-selection of
an account to be made available for use without checking
authentication, such as described with reference to FIGS. 15D-15F.
Thus, the electronic device 100 enables the user to select a
preferred account for use as an express transit account.
[0493] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 displays a
selection affordance (e.g., 1504) which provides the user with an
option to turn off express transit cards. For example, by turning
off express transit cards, no account provisioned on the electronic
device 100 is designated as an express transit card. In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives user input
indicating a desire not to have accounts be made available for use
without checking authentication (e.g., by receiving user input
selecting a "no account" option for use without checking
authentication, by moving a selection affordance to the "OFF"
position, as illustrated with respect to the selection affordance
1504). In response to receiving the user input indicating the
desire not to have accounts be made available for use without
checking authentication, the electronic device 100 designates an
account of the virtual card (or all accounts of the electronic
device 100) to not be made available for use without checking
authentication. Thus, the electronic device 100 provides the user
with the option to disable (or enable) an express transit mode
(e.g., using the selection affordance 1504) by which funds are
transmitted in particular transactions without requiring
authentication. In some embodiments, when the express transit
feature is enabled (e.g., by moving the selection affordance 1504
to the "ON" position), the electronic device 100 provides faster
access to an account designated as an express transit account. In
some embodiments, when the express transit feature is disabled
(e.g., by moving the selection affordance 1504 to the "OFF"
position), the electronic device 100 provides added security for
accounts provisioned on the electronic device.
[0494] In some embodiments, as illustrated by FIG. 15C, the
electronic device 100 detects input (e.g., from the user)
activating the affordance (e.g., 1502D) which, when activated,
causes the electronic device to display a user interface for
user-selection of an account to be made available for use without
checking authentication, as illustrated in and described with
reference to FIGS. 15D-15F. In some embodiments, the user interface
for user-selection of an account to be made available for use
without checking authentication includes representations of a
plurality of accounts stored by (or accessible by) the account
information application, including one or more additional accounts
that are not transit accounts (e.g., payment accounts, loyalty
accounts), represented by user-selectable representations (e.g.,
1570A-1570D) for each of the plurality of accounts. In some
embodiments, the user interface for user-selection of an account to
be made available for use without checking authentication also
includes a user-selectable representation (e.g., 1570E) designating
none of the plurality of accounts as selected by the user to be
made available for use without checking authentication, as
illustrated in FIG. 15D. In some embodiments, the first account is
one of the plurality of transit accounts stored by (or accessible
by) the account information application (e.g., represented by the
user-selectable indication 1570C).
[0495] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 15E, prior to
detecting, by the one or more short-range communication radios, a
wireless signal (e.g., from a transaction terminal that indicates
that information about a payment account is requested), the
electronic device 100 receives user input on the representation
(e.g., 1570C) of the first account to select the first account
(e.g., from among the plurality of transit accounts) as an account
to be made available for use without checking authentication. Thus,
in some examples, the electronic device 100 receives a user
selection of the representation (e.g., 1570C) of the first account
to be an express transit account that can be used in transactions
with contactless transaction terminals without checking for
authentication (e.g., without checking for authentication after
detecting a wireless signal from the contactless transaction
terminal and prior to transmitting information to the contactless
transaction terminal).
[0496] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 15F, in response
to receiving the user input selecting the representation (e.g.,
1570C) of the first account as an account to be made available for
use without checking authentication, the electronic device 100
designates the first account to be made available for use without
checking authentication. Thus, the electronic device 100 permits
the user to specify which transit card should be designated as an
express transit card, which can then be used without checking
authentication when performing transactions in which a detected
wireless signal corresponds to a first type of request, such as a
request from a contactless transaction terminal or a request from
for funds from a transit account. In some examples, only one card
of the electronic device can be identified as an express transit
card at a time. In some examples, multiple cards of the electronic
device can be concurrently identified as express transit cards.
[0497] At FIG. 15G, the electronic device is in a locked state.
Thus, some functions of the electronic device are inaccessible
until the electronic device is unlocked.
[0498] As illustrated in FIG. 15H, (and, for example, while
remaining in the locked state), the electronic device 100 detects,
by the one or more short-range communication radios, a wireless
signal. In some embodiments, the wireless signal is received from a
contactless transaction terminal (e.g., 1590) used to access (or
depart) a transit system, such as described with reference to FIGS.
13D-13M. In some embodiments, the detected wireless signal requests
information about a payment account from the electronic device 100.
In some embodiments, the detected wireless signal is from a
transaction terminal (e.g., 1590, a contactless transaction
terminal that is separate from the electronic device 100).
[0499] In accordance with (or in response to) a determination
(e.g., based on the content of the detected wireless signal) that
the detected wireless signal (e.g., from transaction terminal 1590)
corresponds to a first type of request (e.g., a request from a
transaction terminal 1590, a request for funds from a transit
account), the electronic device 100 transmits (e.g., to the
transaction terminal) information (e.g., account number, funds)
corresponding to the first account without checking authentication.
Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 transmits (e.g.,
to the transaction terminal 1590) information corresponding to the
first account without receiving authentication information from the
user, such as fingerprint authentication or passcode
authentication, subsequent to detecting the wireless signal, even
while the electronic device remains in the locked state. In some
examples, this allows the transmission of the information
corresponding to the first account between the electronic device
100 to the transaction terminal (e.g., 1590) to occur more quickly
and without requiring the user to unlock the device or provide
authentication. In some embodiments, this first type of request may
be referenced to as an "Express Transit" request.
[0500] In some embodiments, the first type of request (e.g., the
"Express Transit" request) is a type of request for which
transmission of account information has been pre-authorized (e.g.,
before detecting the wireless signal) to be made automatically
available without authentication (e.g., without biometric or
passcode authentication by the user). In some embodiments,
transmitting the information (e.g., payment information, account
number, funds) corresponding to the first account without checking
for authentication includes transmitting the information
corresponding to the first account without the electronic device
requiring (or receiving) user input subsequent to detecting, by the
one or more short-range communication radios of the electronic
device 100, the wireless signal. In some embodiments, by not
requiring user input subsequent to detecting the wireless signal,
the electronic device 100 does not need to request, and thus does
not receive, authentication information (e.g., fingerprint
authentication or passcode authentication) from the user. In some
embodiments, to not require user input subsequent to detecting the
wireless signal, the electronic device 100 bypasses the
authentication routines that are typically used for payment
transactions. In some examples, this reduces the number of inputs
required from the user and received by the electronic device,
thereby speeding up the transaction process and reducing the power
consumption of the electronic device.
[0501] In some embodiments, the information corresponding to the
first account includes an account number (e.g., a unique account
number) of the first account (e.g., a transit account, a
stored-value transit account). In some examples, the electronic
device 100 transmits the account number to a transaction terminal
(e.g., at a first transit station) to allow the user to enter a
transit boarding area (e.g., tag on to a transit system), for
example as described with reference to FIG. 13D. In some examples,
the electronic device 100 subsequently transmits the account number
to a second transaction terminal (e.g., at a second transit
station) to allow the user to exit a transit arrival area (e.g.,
tag off a transit system), for example as described with reference
to FIG. 13M. Thus, the transit system can determine the entry and
exit stations of the user and charge the first account in
accordance with the transit price associated with the entry and
exit transit stations (e.g., based on distance or number of
stations traveled). In some examples, the electronic device 100
transmits funds (instead of the account number) to the second
transaction terminal (e.g., at the second transit station) to allow
the user to exit the transit arrival area (e.g., tag off the
transit system). Thus, the transit system determines the entry and
exit stations of the user and the electronic device 100 can perform
a corresponding payment using the first account.
[0502] In some embodiments, the first account is a stored-value
account and the information corresponding to the first account
includes funds (e.g., electronic cash or currency such as dollars,
yen, euros, francs, yuans, and hones) from the first account. In
some examples, the electronic device 100 transmits (e.g.,
transfers) the funds to a transaction terminal (e.g., at a transit
station) to allow the user to exit the transit arrival area (e.g.,
exit the transit station). Thus, in some examples, the electronic
device 100 transmits funds using NFC and without using an IP
network or Internet connection, which conserves power and allows
the transaction to occur even when an IP network or Internet
connection is not available. In some embodiments, the first account
is a payment account (e.g., a revolving credit account, a debit
account) and the information corresponding to the first account
includes payment account information (e.g., account number, credit
card number) of the first account. In some examples, the electronic
device 100 transmits payment account information to a transaction
terminal (e.g., at a transit station) to allow the user to exit the
transit arrival area (or the station). In some examples, the
transaction terminal uses the payment account information to
retrieve funds from a corresponding account. In some examples, the
first account is a transit commuter account (e.g., a monthly
unlimited transit pass, a 10-ride pass) and the information
corresponding to the first account includes transit pass
information (e.g., account number) of the first account. In some
examples, the electronic device 100 transmits transit tokens to a
transaction terminal (e.g., at a transit station) to allow the user
to enter (e.g., tag on the transit system) or exit (e.g., tag off
the transit system) a transit area (or station). In some examples,
the first account is a stored-value transit account that, for
example, stores transit passes that are transferred to the
transaction terminal. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
100 is enabled to provide the user with access to a transit (e.g.,
bus, train, rail, ferry) network.
[0503] In some embodiments, the determination that the wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request is based on
contextual information of the electronic device that corresponds to
the time when the wireless signal was detected by the electronic
device, such as a location, detection of other wireless signals,
time of day, or direction of travel of the electronic device 100.
In some embodiments, the determination that the signal corresponds
to the first type of request is based on one or more of: the
content of the wireless signal received from a terminal (e.g., that
is separate from the electronic device 100), detection of one or
more wireless signals different from the wireless signal (e.g., one
or more beacons placed near the terminal, such as one or more
iBeacons.TM. or short-range communication location/proximity
beacons), and/or location information (e.g., GPS or other location
information that corresponds to the electronic device being at a
certain location). In some examples, the location information
corresponds to a transit location (e.g., a subway station). In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses heuristics to determine
that the user signal corresponds to the first type of request. In
some embodiments, the determination includes determining that the
electronic device is at a physical location associated with public
transportation, such as a transit station, a train station, and the
like. In some examples, the determination that the signal
corresponds to the first type of request includes determining that
the electronic device 100 is heading towards a physical location,
such as heading towards a train station platform. Thus, the
electronic device 100 can use various techniques (either alone or
in combination) to determine that the request is of the first
type.
[0504] In some embodiments, the determination that the wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request includes a
determination that a set of one or more contextual conditions has
been met. In some examples, a first contextual condition of the set
of one or more contextual conditions is met if content of the
wireless signal (e.g., from the transaction terminal) includes a
predetermined value (e.g., a "003" code). In some examples, a
second contextual condition of the set of one or more contextual
conditions is met if a current physical location of the electronic
device 100 (e.g., determined using GPS and/or one or more
iBeacons.TM.) corresponds to a predetermined location, for example
as a transit station. Thus, the electronic device 100 can use the
current location (either alone or in combination with other
techniques) to determine that the request is of the first type. In
some examples, a third contextual condition of the set of one or
more contextual conditions is met if the electronic device 100 is
within range of or within a certain proximity to one or more
wireless signals different from the wireless signal (e.g., one or
more beacons placed near the terminal, such as one or more
iBeacons.TM. or short-range communication location/proximity
beacons). Thus, this technique allows the electronic device 100
(either alone or in combination with other techniques) to determine
that the request is of the first type. The above-described
contextual conditions of the set of one or more contextual
conditions enable, for example, the electronic device 100 to more
accurately determine that the request is of the first type.
[0505] In some embodiments, a fourth contextual condition of the
set of one or more contextual conditions is met if the wireless
signal includes a request for an amount of funds that does not
exceed a fund threshold. In some examples, the fund threshold is a
maximum per-transaction amount. In some examples, the fund
threshold is an amount of funds such that transmitting the
requested amount of funds would not cause the total transmission of
funds, such as from the first account or from one or more accounts,
to exceed a maximum per-day amount. In some examples, the fund
threshold is an amount selected (e.g., set, pre-configured) by the
user. In some embodiments, if the request for the amount of funds
exceeds the fund threshold, the electronic device 100 checks for
authentication before proceeding. This enables the electronic
device 100 to avoid making payments that exceed an amount specified
by the user without receiving authorization from the user.
[0506] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 15I, in
accordance with the determination that the detected wireless signal
(e.g., from transaction terminal 1590) corresponds to the first
type of request (e.g., a request from a transaction terminal 1590,
a request for funds from a transit account) and after transmitting
(e.g., to the transaction terminal) the information (e.g., account
number, funds) corresponding to the first account without checking
authentication, the electronic device 100 presents a user interface
indicating that the transaction is complete (e.g., without checking
authentication). In some examples, the user interface indicating
that the transaction is complete includes a graphical depiction
(e.g., 1572A) of the account (e.g., the first account) used to
complete the transaction. In some examples, the user interface
indicating that the transaction is complete includes an indication
(e.g., 1572B) of an available balance of the account (e.g., the
first account) used to complete the transaction. In some examples,
the user interface indicating that the transaction is complete
includes an indication (e.g., 1572C) of the transaction amount. In
some examples, the user interface indicating that the transaction
is complete without checking authentication includes a graphical
depiction (e.g., 1556) informing the user that the transaction is
complete.
[0507] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 15I, the
electronic device 100 does not present (or generate) any indication
requesting authentication (e.g., fingerprint authentication or
passcode authentication) (e.g., subsequent to entering the locked
state in FIG. 15G and prior to transmitting (e.g., to the
transaction terminal) information (e.g., account number, funds)
corresponding to the first account). For example, when the device
is conducting an express transit transaction, the electronic device
100 does not display a notification on the display of the
electronic device requesting authentication, does not play audio at
a speaker of the electronic device indicating a request for
authentication, and does not cause a haptic vibration at the
electronic device indicating a request for authentication. This
way, the electronic device 100 conserves battery power by not
generating any indication requesting authentication.
[0508] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 is in a
locked state or an unlocked state. In the locked state, the
electronic device 100 is powered on and operational but is
prevented from performing a predefined set of operations in
response to user input. The predefined set of operations may
include navigation between user interfaces, activation or
deactivation of a predefined set of functions, and activation or
deactivation of certain applications. The locked state may be used
to prevent unintentional or unauthorized use of some functionality
of the electronic device 100 or activation or deactivation of some
functions on the electronic device (e.g., access to sensitive
personal information and settings for removing content from the
device and/or deleting applications). In the unlocked state, the
electronic device 100 is power on and operational and is not
prevented from performing at least a portion of the predefined set
of operations that cannot be performed while in the locked state.
When the electronic device 100 is in the locked state, the device
is said to be locked. When the electronic device 100 is in the
unlocked state, the device is said to be unlocked. In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 in the locked state may
respond to a limited set of user inputs, including input that
corresponds to an attempt to transition the device to the unlocked
state or input that corresponds to powering the device off.
[0509] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 is in a
locked state prior to detecting the wireless signal and continues
to remain in the locked state while transmitting (e.g., to a
transaction terminal 1590) the information (e.g., account number,
funds) corresponding to the first account without checking for
authentication. Thus, the electronic device 100 does not require
the user to unlock the electronic device to transmit (e.g., to the
transaction terminal 1590) the information corresponding to the
first account. This allows for, among other benefits, better
efficiency in transmitting the information and requires fewer user
inputs than other techniques, as well as removing any delay in
processing authentication information to verify the identity of the
user of the electronic device 100 (e.g., delay in comparing a
detected fingerprint to stored fingerprint information or delay in
comparing an entered password or passcode to a stored password or
passcode). In some examples, the electronic device 100 remains in
the locked state while proceeding with the transaction. Thus, for
example, the transaction can proceed without unnecessarily
providing user-access to other functions of the electronic device
100, thereby maintaining extra security. Further, the transaction
can proceed with fewer inputs from the user because, for example, a
user input to unlock the electronic device 100 is not required to
proceed with the transaction.
[0510] In some embodiments, the determination that the wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request includes a
determination that a set of one or more unlock conditions has been
met. In some examples, a first unlock condition of the set of one
or more unlock conditions is met if the electronic device 100 has
been unlocked (e.g., at least once), from a locked state as
illustrated in FIG. 15A, within a certain previous amount of time.
For example, the first unlock condition is met if the electronic
device 100 has been unlocked at least once in the past 24 hours
(prior to transmitting information (e.g., account number, funds)
corresponding to the first account or prior to detecting the
wireless signal). For another example, the first unlock condition
is met if the electronic device 100 has been unlocked at least once
in the past 5 hours. In some examples, a second unlock condition of
the set of one or more unlock conditions is met if the electronic
device 100 has been unlocked (e.g., at least once during the
current day) after a predetermined time on the day that the
wireless signal is detected. For example, the second unlock
condition is met for the current day if the electronic device 100
has been unlocked at a certain specific time or time range during
the current day (and before the determination that the wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request). For another
example, the second unlock condition is met for the current day if
the electronic device 100 has been unlocked at any time during the
current day (and before the determination that the wireless signal
corresponds to the first type of request). Thus, in this example,
the second unlock condition is met and satisfied for the entire day
after the first time the user unlocks the electronic device 100 in
the morning of that day. However, in this example, the second
unlock condition will no longer be satisfied after midnight of the
next day; the user must again unlock the electronic device 100
again at some time during the next day. In some examples, a third
unlock condition of the set of one or more unlock conditions is met
if the electronic device 100 has been (e.g., at least once during
the current day) unlocked after a restart (e.g., reboot) of the
electronic device. For example, the third unlock condition is met
if the electronic device 100 has been unlocked (e.g., at least once
during the current day) subsequent to the most recent restart
(e.g., reboot) of the electronic device. Thus, in this example, the
third unlock condition is no longer met after the electronic device
100 restarts unless the user unlocks the device subsequent to the
restart. The embodiments and examples described with respect to the
set of one or more unlock conditions provide a measure of security
by having the electronic device 100 confirm within a certain
previous amount of time that the authorized user (e.g., the owner
of the electronic device) is in possession of the device.
[0511] FIGS. 15J-15L illustrate the electronic device 100 checking
for authentication before proceeding with a transaction in
accordance with some embodiments. In accordance with (or in
response to) a determination (e.g., based on the content of the
detected wireless signal) that the detected wireless signal
corresponds to a second type of request, the electronic device
checks for authentication before proceeding with a transaction
corresponding to the wireless signal. The second type of request is
a request that is different from the first type of request. In some
examples, this provides additional security for transactions
corresponding to the second type of request. This second type of
request may be referenced to as a "non-Express Transit"
request.
[0512] In some embodiments, the second type of request is a type of
request for which transmission of account information has not been
pre-authorized to be made automatically available without
authentication. In some examples, the electronic device 100
differentiates between different signal types (e.g., between the
first type of request and the second type of request) and, when
appropriate, automatically transmits (e.g., to a transaction
terminal 1590) the information (e.g., account number, funds)
corresponding to the first account without checking for
authentication. Thus, fewer inputs are required from the user,
thereby enabling the user to experience fewer delays when moving
through and making a payment at an entry transmit terminal of a
high-speed payment transaction system, such as a heavily-used
public transit system.
[0513] FIGS. 15J-15K illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
requesting user authentication if the detected wireless signal
corresponds to the second type in accordance, with some
embodiments. In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 15J, the
electronic device 100 presents a graphical depiction (e.g., 1574A)
of an account corresponding to the second type of request for which
transmission of account information has not been pre-authorized to
be made automatically available without authentication, an
indication (e.g., 1574B) of the available balance of the account
corresponding to the second type of request or which transmission
of account information has not been pre-authorized to be made
automatically available without authentication, and an indication
(e.g., 1574C) requesting authentication (e.g., fingerprint
authentication or passcode authentication). For example, the
electronic device 100 displays a notification on the display of the
electronic device or plays audio at a speaker of the electronic
device to present the indication requesting authentication.
[0514] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the request is of the second type, the electronic device 100
receives (e.g., in response to the request for authentication)
authentication information (e.g., detecting a fingerprint or
detecting input of a passcode from the user), as illustrated in
FIG. 15K. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination
that the authentication information (e.g., received from the user)
is consistent with enrolled authentication information (e.g., an
enrolled fingerprint, an enrolled passcode) that is enabled to
authorize transactions, the electronic device 100 presents an
indication (e.g., 1574D) to place the electronic device 100 near a
transaction terminal to proceed with the transaction, as
illustrated in FIG. 15L. The electronic device 100 proceeds with
the transaction when the electronic device is placed within
communication range of the transaction terminal.
[0515] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
the authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information (e.g., an enrolled fingerprint, an
enrolled passcode) that is enabled to authorize transactions, the
electronic device 100 proceeds with the transaction. In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 proceeds with the
transaction using the first account by, for example, transmitting
the information (e.g., the account number, funds) corresponding to
the first account to the transaction terminal. In some embodiments,
the electronic device 100 proceeds with the transaction using
information, such as the account number or funds, corresponding to
a second account (e.g., transmitting information, such as the
account number or funds, corresponding to the second account to the
transaction terminal). In some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the authentication information is not consistent
with enrolled authentication information that is enabled to
authorize transactions, electronic device 100 forgoes proceeding
with the transaction (e.g., forgoes transmitting information, such
as the account number or funds, corresponding to the first account,
second account, or any other account to the transaction terminal).
Thus, under certain circumstances, the user-provided information is
checked against the enrolled authentication information to provide
an additional level of security (e.g., such as to confirm that an
authorized user is performing the operation).
[0516] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 proceeds with
the transaction by transmitting (e.g., to a transaction terminal)
the information (e.g., account number, funds) corresponding to the
first account. Thus, the same account can be used for both express
transit transactions (without authentication) and regular payment
transactions (with authentication, such as fingerprint
authentication or passcode authentication), depending on context.
For example, the context is whether the signal corresponds to the
first type of request or to a second type of request. Thus, the
electronic device 100 allows for, for the same account, faster
transmission of information if the signal corresponds to the first
type of request, and provides additional security if the request
corresponds to the second type of request.
[0517] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 must perform
a second communication (for payment) (e.g., with a second
transaction terminal) using the first account. For example, a
second communication for payment with a second transaction terminal
is required when the user to exits a destination transit station.
In some embodiments, the first account used for the second
communication is a stored-value account and the information
corresponding to the first account includes an account number
(e.g., a unique account number) of the first account (e.g., a
transit account, a stored-value transit account). In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 detects (e.g., subsequent to
detecting the (first) wireless signal), by the one or more
short-range communication radios, a second wireless signal that
includes a request for an amount of funds. In some embodiments, the
detected second wireless signal is from a second transaction
terminal (e.g., a second contactless transaction terminal that is
separate from the electronic device 100). In some embodiments, in
accordance with (or in response to) a determination (e.g., based on
the content of the detected second wireless signal) that the
detected second wireless signal corresponds to the first type of
request, the electronic device 100 transmits (e.g., to the second
transaction terminal) funds from the first account without checking
for authentication. For example, the electronic device 100
transmits funds from the first account to the second transaction
terminal without receiving authentication information subsequent to
detecting the second wireless signal, thereby allowing the
transmission of funds to occur more quickly. Thus, the electronic
device 100 provides information to the transaction terminal and
subsequently provides funds to the second transaction terminal
(e.g., at the destination transit station) to allow the user to
exit the transit arrival area (e.g., at the destination transit
station). In some examples, in accordance with (or in response to)
a determination (e.g., based on the content of the detected second
wireless signal) that the detected second wireless signal
corresponds to a third type of request (different from the first
type of request), the electronic device 100 checks for
authentication before proceeding with a transaction corresponding
to the second wireless signal.
[0518] In some embodiments, the information corresponding to the
first account includes an account number (e.g., a unique account
number) of the first account (e.g., a transit account, a
stored-value transit account). In some embodiments, the electronic
device 100 detects (e.g., subsequent to detecting the wireless
signal), by the one or more short-range communication radios, a
second wireless signal that includes a request for an amount of
funds. In some examples, the detected second wireless signal is
from a second transaction terminal. In some embodiments, subsequent
to detecting the second wireless signal that includes the request
for an amount of funds, the electronic device 100 determines an
expected cost. For example, the expected cost is based on a transit
entry location detected in response to detecting the wireless
signal and a transit exit location detected in response to
detecting the second wireless signal. In some embodiments, in
accordance with (or in response to) a determination (e.g., based on
the content of the second wireless signal) that the second wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request, and in accordance
with a determination that the requested amount of funds does not
exceed a pre-authorized transaction amount (e.g., the requested
amount of funds corresponds to an expected cost or the requested
amount of funds is equal to or less than an expected cost), the
electronic device 100 transmits (e.g., to the transaction terminal)
funds from the first account (e.g., to the second transaction
terminal) without checking for authentication. Additionally, in
some embodiments, further in accordance with a determination that
the requested amount of funds exceeds the pre-authorized
transaction amount (e.g., the requested amount of funds does not
correspond to an expected cost or the requested amount of funds is
more than an expected cost), the electronic device 100 displays
and/or generates (e.g., visual, audio, and/or haptic output
generated by the device) an indication for the user that the
requested amount of funds does not correspond to an expected cost.
For example, the electronic device 100 provides the indication by
displaying a notification on the display of the electronic device,
by performing a haptic alert at the electronic device, or by
playing audio at the electronic device. Further, in some examples,
the electronic device 100 requests second authentication
information from the user. Further, in some embodiments, the
electronic device 100 checks, for example subsequent to generating
the indication that the requested amount of funds does not
correspond to an expected cost, or subsequent to detecting the
second wireless signal, or in response to the determination that
the request amount of funds exceeds the pre-authorized transaction
amount, for authentication to proceed with the transaction (e.g.,
by transmitting, to the second transaction terminal, funds based on
the requested amount of funds from the first account). Thus, when
the requested amount of funds does not correspond to the expected
cost, the electronic device 100 forgoes transmitting (e.g., to the
second transaction terminal) funds unless the user provides
authentication. In some examples, checking for authentication
includes an audio, visual, or haptic prompt to the user requesting
authentication. In some examples, checking for authentication
includes receiving user input from the user, such as a fingerprint
or a password. This allows, for example, the electronic device 100
to avoid transmitting an unexpected amount of funds without
receiving user approval.
[0519] In some embodiments, in accordance with (or in response to)
the determination (e.g., based on the content of the detected
second wireless signal) that the second wireless signal corresponds
to the first type of request, and in accordance with the
determination that the requested amount of funds exceeds the
pre-authorized transaction amount (e.g., the requested amount of
funds does not correspond to an expected cost or the requested
amount of funds is more than an expected cost), the electronic
device 100 receives (e.g., in response to the request for
authentication) second authentication information. Further, in some
embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second
authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information that is enabled to authorize
transactions, the electronic device 100 proceeds with the
transaction. Further, in some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the second authentication information is not
consistent with enrolled authentication information that is enabled
to authorize transactions, the electronic device 100 forgoes
proceeding with the transaction.
[0520] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 15M, after
transmitting (e.g., to a transaction terminal) the information
(e.g., account number, funds) corresponding to the first account,
the electronic device 100 concurrently displays, on the display of
the electronic device, the indication (e.g., 1574B) of the
available credit (e.g., available funds), an indication (e.g.,
1574E) of the transaction corresponding to the transmission (e.g.,
to a transaction terminal) of the information (e.g., account
number, funds) corresponding to the first account, and an
indication (e.g., 1556, "Complete," "Payment Completed!") that the
transmission (e.g., to a transaction terminal) the information
(e.g., account number, funds) corresponding to the first account is
complete. Thus, the electronic device 100 simultaneously informs
the user of the available credit on the account, the indication of
the transaction (e.g., the amount paid or transferred for the
transaction), and that the transaction is complete.
[0521] FIGS. 16A-16B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of
making an account available for use without checking
authentication, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1600 is
performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500) with one or more
short-range communication radios and an account information
application that includes a first account. Some operations in
method 1600 are, optionally, combined, the order of some operations
is, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally,
omitted.
[0522] As described below, method 1600 provides an intuitive way
for managing transactions. The method reduces the cognitive burden
on a user for managing transactions, thereby creating a more
efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing
devices, enabling a user to manage transactions faster and more
efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery
charges.
[0523] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1602, the
first account (e.g., 1572A) is a stored-value account (e.g., the
funds of the first account are physically stored on the electronic
device, in the form of binary-coded data). In some examples, the
first account is a closed-loop stored-value account. In some
examples, the stored-value account stores electronic cash, and, as
a result, the electronic device transmits (e.g., to a transaction
terminal) information (e.g., account number, funds) corresponding
to the first account without a network or Internet connection. In
accordance with some embodiments, the first account (e.g., 1572A)
is an identification account. In some examples, the first account
is a user identification account, a personal identification
account, a company identification account, a school identification
account, a company identification account, a school identification
account, a government-issued personal identification account, a
government-issued driver's license account, a government-issued
passport account, and the like. In some examples, the electronic
device is configured to store (at a maximum) a single
identification account. In some examples, the electronic device
uses the first account to transmit identifying information of the
identification account, rather than payment information. In some
examples, information for retrieving the value/data from the first
account is stored in the secure element of the electronic device to
ensure that the stored value/data is not accessible in the absence
of a properly processed transaction that retrieves the information
from the secure element.
[0524] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1604, the
account information application includes a second account (e.g.,
not an express transit account) that is different from the first
account (e.g., 1572A) (e.g., an express transit account). In some
embodiments, the first account and the second account are of
different account types. For example, the first type of request
corresponds to the first account (or to the type of the first
account) and the second type of request corresponds to the second
account (or to the type of the second account). In some
embodiments, the first account is designated as an express transit
account and the second account is not designated as an express
transit account. In some embodiments, the first account is a
transit account and the second account is a payment account. In
some embodiments, the first account is a stored-value account and
the second account is not a stored-value account. In some
embodiments, the first account and the second account are of the
same account type. In some embodiments, the electronic device is a
personal electronic device of the user and is configured to provide
access to private information (e.g., payment information) specific
to the user that is stored on the personal electronic device (e.g.,
and accessible by the account information application), the private
information including information for authorizing transactions
(such as payments) with a plurality of different accounts. In some
examples, the multiple accounts enable the user to select between
the accounts for various transactions. In some examples,
information for retrieving the value/data from the second account
is stored in the secure element of the electronic device to ensure
that the stored value/data is not accessible in the absence of a
properly processed transaction that retrieves the information from
the secure element.
[0525] At block 1608, the electronic device detects, by the one or
more short-range communication radios, a wireless signal (e.g., a
signal that indicates that information about a payment account is
requested). In some embodiments, the detected wireless signal is
from a transaction terminal (e.g., a contactless transaction
terminal that is separate from the electronic device). In some
embodiments, the detected wireless signal is an NFC signal detected
while the electronic device is within communication range of the
transaction terminal.
[0526] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account is
one of a plurality of transit accounts stored by (or accessible by)
the account information application and the account information
application stores one or more additional accounts that are not
transit accounts (e.g., payment accounts, loyalty accounts), and,
prior to detecting, by the one or more short-range communication
radios, the wireless signal, the electronic device receives user
input selecting the first account (e.g., 1572A) (e.g., from among
the plurality of transit accounts) as an account to be made
available for use without checking authentication. For example, the
electronic device displays representations of the plurality of
transit accounts (including the first account) and receives a user
selection of the representation of the first account to be an
express transit account that can be used in transactions with
transaction terminals without checking for authentication (e.g.,
after detecting the wireless signal and prior to transmitting
information). In accordance with some embodiments, in response to
receiving user input selecting the first account (e.g., 1572A) as
an account to be made available for use without checking
authentication, the electronic device designates the first account
to be made available for use without checking authentication. Thus,
the device permits the user to specify which transit card should be
designated as an express transit card, which the electronic device
can use without checking for authentication for transactions in
which the detected wireless signal corresponds to the first type of
request. In some examples, only one card can be identified as an
express transit card at a time (although the user is provided with
the opportunity to select a different card via a settings user
interface). Transit transactions are frequently conducted in
crowded transit stations with users (or other passengers) who are
in a hurry to make a transit connection. Even with the most
accurate and reliable authentication systems there is always some
possibility of a false negative result where a valid user is not
properly authenticated (e.g., because the user's fingerprint is not
correctly identified or the user enters an incorrect password,
passcode, or pattern). Using an express transit transaction model
where security is provided by establishing the identity of the
transaction terminal as a transit transaction terminal (e.g.,
established by a transaction terminal signal or other contextual
information) instead of user authorization for the specific
transaction reduces the likelihood that the user (or other
passengers) will be inconveniences by false negative results of
authentication while conducting a transit transaction with the
device.
[0527] At block 1610, in accordance with (and/or in response to) a
determination (e.g., a determination based on the content of the
wireless signal) that the wireless signal corresponds to a first
type of request (e.g., a request from a transaction terminal, a
request for funds from a transit account), at block 1616, the
electronic device transmits (e.g., to a transaction terminal)
information (e.g., account number, funds) corresponding to the
first account (e.g., 1572A) without checking for authentication
(e.g., without receiving fingerprint authentication and without
receiving passcode authentication). In some examples, the
electronic device includes a secure element, and wherein
transmitting information corresponding to the first account without
checking for authentication includes releasing, from the secure
element of the electronic device, information for accessing the
information corresponding to the first account. In some examples,
using the first account to participate in a transaction includes
releasing information (e.g., transaction information, payment
information) from a secure element of the electronic device. For
example, the electronic device transmits the information
corresponding to the first account to the transaction terminal
without receiving authentication information subsequent to
detecting the wireless signal. In some examples, this allows the
transmission of the information to occur more quickly. This first
type of request may be referenced as an Express Transit request.
Transit transactions are frequently conducted in crowded transit
stations with users (or other passengers) who are in a hurry to
make a transit connection. Even with the most accurate and reliable
authentication systems there is always some possibility of a false
negative result where a valid user is not properly authenticated
(e.g., because the user's fingerprint is not correctly identified
or the user enters an incorrect password, passcode, or pattern).
Using an express transit transaction model where security is
provided by establishing the identity of the transaction terminal
as a transit transaction terminal (e.g., established by a
transaction terminal signal or other contextual information)
instead of user authorization for the specific transaction reduces
the likelihood that the user (or other passengers) will be
inconveniences by false negative results of authentication while
conducting a transit transaction with the device.
[0528] In accordance with some embodiments, transmitting
information (e.g., account number, funds) corresponding to the
first account (e.g., 1572A) without checking for authentication
includes transmitting the information corresponding to the first
account without requiring (or receiving) user input subsequent to
detecting, by the one or more short-range communication radios, the
wireless signal. In some embodiments, without requiring user input
subsequent to detecting the wireless signal includes without
requesting and without receiving authentication information (e.g.,
fingerprint authentication or passcode authentication). In some
embodiments, this is achieved by completely bypassing the
authentication routines that are typically used for payment
transactions. In some examples, this reduces the number of inputs
required from the user and speeds up the transmitting process.
Bypassing the authentication step saves time and removes the
possibility that the transaction will fail due to a failed
authentication, thereby increasing the speed and reliability of the
transaction, which is particularly important for the transit
transactions that are performed when entering a busy transit
station.
[0529] In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with the
determination (e.g., the determination based on the content of the
wireless signal) that the wireless signal corresponds to the first
type of request (e.g., a request from a transaction terminal, a
request for funds from a transit account), the electronic device
forgoes presenting any indication (e.g., 1574C) requesting
authentication (e.g., fingerprint authentication or passcode
authentication). For example, when the device is conducting an
express transit transaction the device does not display a
notification on a display of the electronic device requesting
authentication, does not play audio at a speaker of the electronic
device indicating a request for authentication, and does not cause
a haptic vibration at the electronic device indicating a request
for authentication. Thus, the device conserves battery by not
providing any indication requesting authentication.
[0530] In some embodiments, the electronic device is in a locked
state or an unlocked state. In the locked state, the electronic
device is powered on and operational but is prevented from
performing a predefined set of operations in response to the user
input. The predefined set of operations may include navigation
between user interfaces, activation or deactivation of a predefined
set of functions, and activation or deactivation of certain
applications. The locked state may be used to prevent unintentional
or unauthorized use of some functionality of the electronic device
or activation or deactivation of some functions on the electronic
device (e.g., access to sensitive personal information and settings
for removing content from the device and/or deleting applications).
In the unlocked state, the electronic device is power on and
operational and is not prevented from performing at least a portion
of the predefined set of operations that cannot be performed while
in the locked state. When the device is in the locked state, the
device is said to be locked. When the device is in the unlocked
state, the device is said to be unlocked. In some embodiments, the
device in the locked state may respond to a limited set of user
inputs, including input that corresponds to an attempt to
transition the device to the unlocked state or input that
corresponds to powering the device off.
[0531] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1606, the
electronic device is in a locked state prior to detecting the
wireless signal and continues to remain in the locked state while
transmitting (e.g., to a transaction terminal) information (e.g.,
account number, funds) corresponding to the first account without
checking for authentication. Thus, the electronic device does not
require the user to unlock the device to transmit the information
corresponding to the first account. This provides, among other
benefits, a more efficient process for transmitting the information
and requires fewer user inputs than some other techniques, as well
as removing any delay in processing authentication information to
verify the identity of the user of the device (e.g., delay in
comparing a detected fingerprint to stored fingerprint information
or delay in comparing an entered password or passcode to a stored
password or passcode). In some examples, the electronic device
remains in the locked state while proceeding with the transaction.
This allows, for example, the technique to operate without
unnecessarily providing user-access to some functions of the
electronic device, therefore providing extra security. Thus by not
requiring the electronic device to be unlocked, the electronic
device requires fewer user inputs (e.g., inputs to unlock the
device are not required), thereby reducing the time it takes to
complete the task and saving battery power.
[0532] In accordance with some embodiments, the information
corresponding to the first account (e.g., 1572A) includes an
account number (e.g., a unique account number) of the first account
(e.g., a transit account, a stored-value transit account). In some
examples, the electronic device transmits the account number to a
transaction terminal (e.g., at a first transit station) to allow
the user to enter a transit boarding area (e.g., tagging on). In
some examples, the electronic device subsequently transmits the
account number to a second transaction terminal (e.g., at a second
transit station) to allow the user to exit a transit arrival area
(e.g., tagging off). Thus, the transit system can determine the
entry and exit stations for the user and charge the first account
of the user according to the entry and exit transit stations (e.g.,
based on distance traveled). In some examples, the electronic
device subsequently transmits funds (rather than the account
number) to the second transaction terminal (e.g., at the second
transit station) to allow the user to exit the transit arrival area
(e.g., tagging off). Thus, the transit system can determine the
entry and exit stations for the user and the electronic device can
make a corresponding payment using the first account.
[0533] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account
(e.g., 1572A) is a stored-value account and the information
corresponding to the first account includes funds (e.g., electronic
cash, currency, such as dollars, yen, euros, francs, yuans, and
hones) from the first account. In some examples, the electronic
device transmits (e.g., transfers) the funds to a transaction
terminal (e.g., at a transit station) to allow the user to exit the
transit arrival area (or the station). Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device can transmit funds using NFC and without using an
IP network or Internet connection, which conserves power and allows
the feature to function when an IP network or Internet connection
is not available.
[0534] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account
(e.g., 1572A) is a payment account (e.g., a revolving credit
account, a debit account) and the information corresponding to the
first account includes payment account information (e.g., account
number, credit card number) of the first account. In some examples,
the electronic device transmits payment account information to a
transaction terminal (e.g., at a transit station) to allow the user
to exit the transit arrival area (or the station). In some
examples, the transaction terminal uses the payment account
information to retrieve funds from a corresponding account.
[0535] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account
(e.g., 1572A) is a transit commuter account (e.g., a monthly
unlimited transit pass, a 10-ride pass) and the information
corresponding to the first account includes transit pass
information (e.g., account number) of the first account. In some
examples, the electronic device transmits transit tokens to a
transaction terminal (e.g., at a transit station) to allow the user
to enter (e.g., tag on) or exit (e.g., tag off) a transit area (or
station). In some examples, the first account is a stored-value
transit account that, for example, stores transit passes that are
transferred to the transaction terminal. Thus, in some examples,
the electronic device is enabled to provide the user with access to
a transit (e.g., bus, train, rail, ferry) network.
[0536] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account
(e.g., 1572A) is a stored-value account and the information
corresponding to the first account includes an account number
(e.g., a unique account number) of the first account (e.g., a
transit account, a stored-value transit account), and the
electronic device detects (e.g., subsequent to detecting the
wireless signal), by the one or more short-range communication
radios, a second wireless signal that includes a request for an
amount of funds. In some embodiments, the detected second wireless
signal is from a second transaction terminal (e.g., a second
contactless transaction terminal that is separate from the
electronic device). In accordance with some embodiments, in
accordance with (or in response to) a determination (e.g., the
determination based on the content of the second wireless signal)
that the second wireless signal corresponds to the first type of
request (e.g., a request from a transaction terminal, a request for
funds from a transit account), the electronic device transmits
(e.g., to the second transaction terminal) funds (based on the
amount of funds) from the first account without checking for
authentication (e.g., without receiving fingerprint authentication
and without receiving passcode authentication). For example, the
electronic device transmits the funds from the first account to the
second transaction terminal without receiving authentication
information subsequent to detecting the second wireless signal. In
some examples, this allows the transmission of the funds to occur
more quickly. Thus, the electronic device provides information to
the transaction terminal and subsequently provides funds to the
second transaction terminal (e.g., at the second transit station)
to allow the user to exit the transit arrival area. In some
examples, in accordance with (or in response to) a determination
(e.g., the determination based on the content of the second
wireless signal) that the second wireless signal corresponds to a
third type of request (different from the first type of request),
the electronic device checks for authentication before proceeding
with a transaction corresponding to the second wireless signal.
[0537] In accordance with some embodiments, the information
corresponding to the first account includes an account number
(e.g., a unique account number) of the first account (e.g., a
transit account, a stored-value transit account), and the
electronic device detects (e.g., subsequent to detecting the
wireless signal), by the one or more short-range communication
radios, a second wireless signal that includes a request for an
amount of funds. In some embodiments, the detected second wireless
signal is from a second transaction terminal. In some embodiments,
subsequent to detecting the second wireless signal that includes
the request for an amount of funds, the electronic device
determines an expected cost (e.g., based on a transit entry
location detected in response to detecting the wireless signal and
a transit exit location detected in response to detecting the
second wireless signal). In some examples, the electronic device
determines the expected cost of the transit trip based on the
starting location and ending location of the trip.
[0538] In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with (or
in response to) a determination (e.g., the determination based on
the content of the second wireless signal) that the second wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request (e.g., a request
from a transaction terminal, a request for funds from a transit
account), and in accordance with a determination that the requested
amount of funds does not exceed a pre-authorized transaction amount
(e.g., the requested amount of funds corresponds to an expected
cost (e.g., the requested amount of funds is equal to or less than
an expected cost)), the electronic device transmits (e.g., to the
transaction terminal) funds (based on the amount of funds) from the
first account (e.g., to the second transaction terminal) without
checking for authentication (e.g., without receiving fingerprint
authentication and without receiving passcode authentication). In
accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the requested amount of funds exceeds the
pre-authorized transaction amount (e.g., the requested amount of
funds does not correspond to an expected cost (e.g., the requested
amount of funds is more than an expected cost)), the electronic
device displays and/or generates feedback (e.g., visual, audio,
and/or haptic output generated by the device) indicating that the
requested amount of funds does not correspond to an expected cost
(e.g., by displaying a notification on a display of the electronic
device, by performing a haptic alert at the electronic device, by
playing audio at the electronic device). In some examples, the
electronic device requests second authentication information from
the user.
[0539] In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the requested amount of funds exceeds the
pre-authorized transaction amount, the electronic device also
checks (e.g., subsequent to providing the indication that the
requested amount of funds does not correspond to an expected cost,
subsequent to detecting the second wireless signal, in response to
the determination that the request amount of funds exceeds the
pre-authorized transaction amount) for authentication (e.g.,
receiving fingerprint authentication or passcode authentication) to
proceed with the transaction (e.g., transmitting (e.g., to the
second transaction terminal) funds (based on the requested amount
of funds) from the first account). Thus, when the requested amount
of funds does not correspond to an expected cost, the electronic
device forgoes transmitting (e.g., to the second transaction
terminal) funds unless the user provides authentication. In some
examples, checking for authentication includes an audio, visual, or
haptic prompt to the user requesting authentication. In some
examples, checking for authentication includes receiving user input
from the user, such as a fingerprint or a password. This allows,
for example, the electronic device to avoid transmitting an
unexpected amount of funds without first receiving user
approval.
[0540] In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with (or
in response to) the determination (e.g., the determination based on
the content of the second wireless signal) that the second wireless
signal corresponds to the first type of request (e.g., a request
from a transaction terminal, a request for funds from a transit
account), and in accordance with the determination that the
requested amount of funds exceeds the pre-authorized transaction
amount (e.g., the requested amount of funds does not correspond to
an expected cost (e.g., the requested amount of funds is more than
an expected cost)), the electronic device receives (e.g.,
responsive to the request for authentication) second authentication
information (e.g., detecting a fingerprint, detecting input of a
passcode). Further, in accordance with some embodiments, in
accordance with a determination that the second authentication
information is consistent with enrolled authentication information
(e.g., an enrolled fingerprint, an enrolled passcode) that is
enabled to authorize transactions, the electronic device proceeds
with the transaction. Further, in accordance with some embodiments,
in accordance with a determination that the second authentication
information is not consistent with enrolled authentication
information that is enabled to authorize transactions, the
electronic device forgoes proceeding with the transaction.
[0541] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request is
based on contextual information of the electronic device that
corresponds to the time when the wireless signal was detected by
the electronic device (e.g., location, detection of other wireless
signals, time of time, direction of travel). For example, the
determination that the signal corresponds to the first type of
request is based on one or more of: the content of the wireless
signal received from a terminal (e.g., separate from the electronic
device), detection of one or more wireless signals different from
the wireless signal (e.g., one or more beacons placed near the
terminal, such as one or more iBeacons.TM. or short-range
communication location/proximity beacons), location information
(e.g., GPS or other location information that corresponds to the
electronic device being at a location, such as a transit location
(for example, a London Underground station, a subway station) and
is, for example, headed toward a the trains). For example, the
electronic device uses heuristics to determine that the user signal
corresponds to the first type of request. In some examples, the
determination includes determining that the electronic device is at
a physical location associated with public transportation, such as
a transit station, a train station, and the like. In some examples,
the determination includes determining that the electronic device
is heading toward a physical location, such as heading towards a
train station platform. Thus, the electronic device can use various
techniques (either alone or in combination) to determine that the
request is of the first type. This provides, for example, added
assurance that the request is of the first type.
[0542] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination
(e.g., the determination based on the content of the wireless
signal) that the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of
request (e.g., a request from a transaction terminal 1590, a
request for funds from a transit account) includes a determination
that a set of one or more contextual conditions has been met,
wherein a first contextual condition of the one or more contextual
conditions is met when content of the wireless signal (e.g., from
the transaction terminal 1590) includes a predetermined value
(e.g., a "003" code). Thus, the electronic device can use this
technique (either alone or in combination other techniques) to
determine that the request is of the first type. This provides, for
example, added assurance that the request is of the first type.
[0543] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination
(e.g., the determination based on the content of the wireless
signal) that the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of
request (e.g., a request from a transaction terminal, a request for
funds from a transit account) includes a determination that a set
of one or more contextual conditions has been met, wherein a second
contextual condition of the one or more contextual conditions is
met when a physical location of the electronic device (e.g.,
determined using GPS and/or one or more iBeacons.TM.) that
corresponds to the time when the wireless signal was detected by
the electronic device corresponds to a predetermined location
(e.g., such as a transit station). Thus, the electronic device can
use the current location (either alone or in combination other
techniques) to determine that the request is of the first type.
This provides, for example, added assurance that the request is of
the first type.
[0544] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination
(e.g., the determination based on the content of the wireless
signal) that the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of
request (e.g., a request from a transaction terminal, a request for
funds from a transit account) includes a determination that a set
of one or more contextual conditions has been met, wherein a third
contextual condition of the one or more contextual conditions is
met when the electronic device is within range (and/or proximity)
of one or more wireless signals different from the wireless signal
(e.g., one or more beacons placed near the terminal, such as one or
more iBeacons.TM. or short-range communication location/proximity
beacons). Thus, in some examples, the electronic device uses this
technique (either alone or in combination other techniques) to
determine that the request is of the first type. This provides, for
example, added assurance that the request is of the first type.
[0545] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination
(e.g., the determination based on the content of the wireless
signal) that the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of
request (e.g., a request from a transaction terminal, a request for
funds from a transit account) includes a determination that a set
of one or more contextual conditions has been met, wherein a fourth
contextual condition of the one or more contextual conditions is
met when the wireless signal includes a request for an amount of
funds that does not exceed a fund threshold (e.g., the requested
amount of funds does not exceed a maximum per-transaction amount,
transmitting the requested amount of funds would not cause the
total transmission of funds, such as from the first account or from
one or more accounts, to exceed a maximum per-day amount). In some
examples, the fund threshold is a user-selected amount. For
example, if the request for the amount of funds exceeds the fund
threshold, the electronic device checks for authentication before
proceeding. Thus, the electronic device can avoid making payments
that exceed an amount specified by the user without receiving
authorization from the user.
[0546] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more unlock
conditions has been met, wherein a first unlock condition of the
set of one or more unlock conditions is met when the electronic
device has been (e.g., at least once) unlocked (e.g., receiving
fingerprint authentication to unlock the electronic device or
receiving passcode authentication to unlock the device based on
user input with an input device of the electronic device such as
touch inputs on a touch-screen to enter a passcode, or a touch on a
fingerprint sensor of the electronic device to provide a
fingerprint) within a previous amount of time (e.g., at least once
in the last 24 hours, at least once in the last 4 hours). Thus, the
electronic device has added assurance that an authorized user is in
possession of the electronic device and the electronic device does
not need to check for authentication, thereby reducing the number
of required user inputs and conserving battery power.
[0547] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more unlock
conditions has been met, wherein a second unlock condition of the
set of one or more unlock conditions is met when the electronic
device has been (e.g., at least once, in the current day) unlocked
(e.g., receiving fingerprint authentication to unlock the
electronic device or receiving passcode authentication to unlock
the device based on user input with an input device of the
electronic device such as touch inputs on a touch-screen to enter a
passcode, or a touch on a fingerprint sensor of the electronic
device to provide a fingerprint) after a predetermined time of day
on the day that the wireless signal is detected (e.g., time of day
in the current day, at least once each day after midnight). In some
examples, the second unlock condition is met for the current day
when the electronic device has been unlocked at any time during the
current day (and before the determination that the wireless signal
corresponds to the first type of request). Thus, the second unlock
condition is met throughout the day after the first time a user
unlocks the device in the morning of that day. However, in this
example, the second unlock condition is no longer met after
midnight, and thus the user must again unlock the device. Thus, the
electronic device has added assurance that an authorized user is in
possession of the electronic device and the electronic device does
not need to check for authentication, thereby reducing the number
of required user inputs and conserving battery power.
[0548] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more unlock
conditions has been met, wherein a third unlock condition of the
set of one or more unlock conditions is met when the electronic
device has been (e.g., at least once, in the current day) unlocked
(e.g., receiving fingerprint authentication to unlock the
electronic device or receiving passcode authentication to unlock
the device based on user input with an input device of the
electronic device such as touch inputs on a touch-screen to enter a
passcode, or a touch on a fingerprint sensor of the electronic
device to provide a fingerprint) after a restart. As a result, the
third unlock condition is met when the device has been unlocked
subsequent to the immediately preceding restart of the device.
However, the third unlock condition is no longer met after the
device restarts, until the user unlocks the device again. Thus, the
electronic device has added assurance that an authorized user is in
possession of the electronic device and the electronic device does
not need to check for authentication, thereby reducing the number
of required user inputs and conserving battery power.
[0549] At block 1618, in accordance with (or in response to) a
determination (e.g., the determination based on the content of the
wireless signal) that the wireless signal corresponds to a second
type of request (different from the first type of request), at
block 1622, the electronic device checks for authentication (e.g.,
1574C) before proceeding with a transaction corresponding to the
wireless signal. Thus, by checking for authentication, the
electronic device provides added security for transactions
corresponding to the second type of request, thereby helping to
avoid fraudulent transactions. This second type of request may be
referenced as a non-Express Transit request.
[0550] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1612, the
first type of request is a type of request for which transmission
of account information has been pre-authorized (e.g., before
detecting the wireless signal) to be made automatically available
without authentication (e.g., without biometric or passcode
authentication by the user), and, at block 1620, the second type of
request is a type of request for which transmission of account
information has not been pre-authorized to be made automatically
available without authentication. In some examples, the electronic
device differentiates between different signal types and, when
appropriate, automatically transmits (e.g., to a transaction
terminal) information (e.g., account number, funds) corresponding
to the first account without checking for authentication. This
enables the technique to require fewer inputs from the user and
results in the technique being faster and more efficient so that
users do not experience delays when moving through high-speed
payment transaction scenarios, such as moving through a
heavily-used public transit terminal.
[0551] In accordance with some embodiments, checking for
authentication includes presenting an indication (e.g., 1574C)
(e.g., display a notification on a display of the electronic
device, playing audio at a speaker of the electronic device,
causing a haptic vibration at the electronic device) requesting
authentication (e.g., fingerprint authentication or passcode
authentication), receiving (e.g., responsive to the request for
authentication) authentication information (e.g., detecting a
fingerprint, detecting input of a passcode), and, in accordance
with a determination that the authentication information is
consistent with enrolled authentication information (e.g., an
enrolled fingerprint, an enrolled passcode) that is enabled to
authorize transactions, proceeding with the transaction. In some
embodiments, the technique proceeds with the transaction using the
first account (e.g., transmitting information, such as account
number or funds, corresponding to the first account to the
transaction terminal). In some embodiments, the technique proceeds
with the transaction using information, such as account number or
funds, corresponding to a second account (e.g., transmitting
information, such as account number or funds, corresponding to the
second account to the transaction terminal). In some embodiments,
in accordance with a determination that the authentication
information is not consistent with enrolled authentication
information that is enabled to authorize transactions, the
electronic device forgoes proceeding with the transaction (e.g.,
forgo transmitting information, such as account number or funds,
corresponding to the first account, second account, or any account
to the transaction terminal). Thus, under certain circumstances,
the user-provided information is verified against enrolled
information to provide an additional level of security (e.g., such
as to confirm that an authorized user is performing the
operation).
[0552] In accordance with some embodiments, proceeding with the
transaction includes transmitting (e.g., to a transaction terminal)
information (e.g., an account number or funds) corresponding to the
first account (e.g., 1572A). Accordingly, the same account can be
used for both express transit transactions (without authentication)
and regular payment transactions (with authentication, such as
fingerprint authentication or passcode authentication), depending
on context (e.g., based on the signal corresponding to the first
type of request or to a second type of request). Therefore, the
electronic device provides, for the same account, quicker
transmission of information when the signal corresponds to the
first type of request, and further provides added security when the
request corresponds to the second type of request.
[0553] In accordance with some embodiments, proceeding with the
transaction includes transmitting (e.g., to a transaction terminal)
information (e.g., an account number or funds) corresponding to a
second account different from the first account. Accordingly,
different accounts can be used for an express transit transaction
(without authentication) and a regular payment transaction (with
authentication, such as fingerprint authentication or passcode
authentication), depending on context (e.g., based on the signal
corresponding to the first type of request or to a second type of
request). Therefore, the electronic device provides quicker
transmission of information corresponding to the first account when
the signal corresponds to the first type of request, and further
provides a security when the request corresponds to the second type
of request.
[0554] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1600 (e.g., FIGS. 16A-16B) are also applicable in
an analogous manner to the methods described above and below. For
example, methods 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1800, and 2000 optionally
include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1600. For example, the
user interface of FIG. 7A may correspond to the user interfaces of
FIGS. 9A and 15B. For another example, accounts provisioned using
the techniques of method 800 and 1000 can be used to perform the
techniques described with reference to methods 1200, 1400, 1600,
1800, and 2000. For another example, the technique of method 1200
can be used to add funds to the stored-value accounts described
with respect to methods 800, 1000, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000. For
another example, a funded account can be moved to or from different
devices, as discussed with respect to methods 1800 and 2000. For
brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0555] FIGS. 17A-17H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
moving a transaction account from one device to another device
using an electronic device (e.g., 100) with a display and one or
more input devices, in accordance with some embodiments. The user
interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes
described below, including the processes in FIG. 18.
[0556] In accordance with some embodiments, a transaction account
(such as a stored-value account) can only be stored on a single
electronic device at any time. The description corresponding to
FIGS. 17A-17H provide techniques for a user to initiate a process
to cause a transaction account to be moved between various devices.
This is helpful, for example, when a user has a stored-value
account on a device (such as a smartphone) but the user wants to
participate in a transaction using the stored-value account using a
different device (such as a smartwatch). By moving the stored-value
account to the respective device, the user can participate in the
transaction using the preferred device. This allows, for examples,
a user that will be going for a run with their smartwatch to
transfer a stored-value account from their smartphone to their
smartwatch, and to leave their smartphone at home when going for
the run.
[0557] FIGS. 17A-17B illustrate a representation of a transaction
account displayed on the display of the electronic device 100, in
accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the
transaction account is a stored-value account. In some embodiments,
as illustrated in FIG. 17A, the representation of the transaction
account includes a graphical depiction (e.g., 1742A) of the
transaction account. The graphical depiction (e.g., 1742A) of the
transaction account enables the user to differentiate the
transaction account from a different account provisioned on the
electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the representation of
the transaction account includes an indication (e.g., 1742B) of the
available credit (e.g., available funds, commuter plan) of the
transaction account.
[0558] In some embodiments, the transaction account is a payment
account. In some examples, the payment account corresponds to a
revolving credit account or a debit account. In some embodiments,
as illustrated in FIG. 17A, the transaction account is transit
account. In some examples, the transit account stores a transit
plan (or transit pass) information. In some examples, the transit
plan is a monthly or weekly transit plan. In some embodiments, the
transaction account is a stored-value account. For example, the
funds are physically stored on the electronic device 100 in the
form of binary-coded data. In some examples, the transaction
account is a closed-loop stored-value payment account. In some
examples, the stored-value account stores electronic cash.
[0559] In some embodiments, the representation of the transaction
account includes a menu (e.g., 1740) that includes a plurality of
selectable affordances (e.g., 1740A, 1740B, 1740C). In some
examples, the menu (e.g., 1740) includes an information affordance
(e.g., 1740A). In some examples, the menu (e.g., 1740) includes a
transactions affordance (e.g., 1740B). In some examples, the menu
(e.g., 1740) includes a devices affordance (e.g., 1740C). In some
embodiments, the representation of the transaction account includes
an activatable transfer-account option (e.g., 1746A). In some
embodiments (e.g., in response to user-selection of the information
affordance (e.g., 1740A), as illustrated in FIG. 17A), the
representation of the transaction account displays an activatable
add-value option (e.g., 1746B) which, when activated, causes
display of the user interface described with reference to FIGS.
11C-11G. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 presents
a user interface that provides the user with options to add value
to the transaction account or to move the transaction account
to/from another device. In some embodiments (e.g., in response to
user-selection of the information affordance (e.g., 1740A), as
illustrated in FIG. 17A), the representation of the transaction
account displays a transfer-account option (e.g., 1746B). Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device 100 provides the user with the
option to move accounts from one device to another device.
[0560] In some embodiments (e.g., in response to user-selection of
the information affordance (e.g., 1740A), as illustrated in FIG.
17A), the representation of the transaction account includes
display of: an indication (e.g., 1744) of which device the
stored-value account currently resides, features and/or data (e.g.,
current balance, transit pass information) of the transaction
account, a selection affordance (e.g., 1748A) for enabling or
disabling notification, a selection affordance (e.g., 1748B) for
enabling or disabling having the transaction account be made
available for use without checking authentication, such as
described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15M, and a selection
affordance (e.g., 1748C) for designating or not designating the
transaction account to be available for use for transactions made
at two or more devices (e.g., associated with the user account),
although payment credentials of the transaction account are stored
at only one of the two or more devices at a time (e.g., a
restriction of the transaction account being a stored-value
account), such as described with reference to FIGS. 19A-19H.
[0561] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives user
input indicating a desire to receive or not to receive
notifications about transactions associated with the transaction
account (e.g., by moving a selection affordance to the "ON" or
"OFF" position, as illustrated with respect to selection affordance
1748A). In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives
user input indicating a desire to have the transaction account be
made available for use without checking authentication (e.g., by
moving a selection affordance to the "OFF" position, as illustrated
with respect to selection affordance 1748B), such as described with
reference to FIGS. 15A-15M. Thus, the electronic device 100
provides the user with the option to designate or not designate the
transaction account as an express transit account (e.g., using the
selection affordance 1748B), by which funds are transmitted in
particular transactions without requiring authentication. In some
embodiments, when the transaction account is designated as an
express transit account (e.g., by moving the selection affordance
1748B to the "ON" position), the electronic device 100 provides
faster access to the stored-value account. In some embodiments,
when the stored-value account is not designated as an express
transit account (e.g., by moving the selection affordance 1748B to
the "OFF" position), the electronic device 100 provides added
security for accounts provisioned on the electronic device. In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives user input
designating the transaction account as an account to be available
for use (e.g., by moving a selection affordance to the "ON" or
"OFF" position, as illustrated with respect to selection affordance
1748C) at two or more devices of the plurality of devices (e.g.,
associated with the user account). In some examples, the
transaction account is designated to be available for use for
transactions made at two or more devices (e.g., associated with the
user account), although credentials of the transaction account are
stored at only one of the two or more devices at a time (e.g., a
restriction of the transaction account being a stored-value
account), such as described with reference to FIGS. 19A-19H. Thus,
in some examples, the electronic device 100 requests credentials of
the transaction account when the user has specified that the
transaction account be made available at the electronic device.
[0562] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 17B, the
electronic device 100 receives (e.g., from the user) activation of
the transfer-account option (e.g., 1746A). In some embodiments,
representations of the plurality of devices are displayed in
response to receiving activation of the transfer-account option
(e.g., 1746A), as illustrated in FIG. 17C.
[0563] As illustrated in FIG. 17C, the electronic device 100
displays, on the display of the electronic device, representations
of the plurality of devices (e.g., phone 1776A, smartwatch 1776B,
tablet 1776C) associated with a user account. For example, the
plurality of devices associated with the user account includes
devices that are logged into a service under the same user account
as the electronic device and, optionally, devices that are
associated with accounts that are linked to the user account, such
as accounts that are part of a family sharing plan. For another
example, the plurality of devices associated with the user account
includes devices amongst which payment accounts can be moved. The
representations of the plurality of devices include a first
representation (e.g., 1776A) of a first device (e.g., the
electronic device 100, the phone) and a second representation
(e.g., 1776B, 1776C) of a second device, wherein the first device
is associated with the transaction account and the second device is
not associated with the transaction account. In the exemplary
embodiment illustrated in FIG. 17C, the phone (e.g., represented by
1776A) is associated with the transaction account (as illustrated
in FIGS. 17A-17B by indication 1744) and the smartwatch (e.g.,
represented by 1776B) and the tablet (e.g., represented by 1776C)
are not associated with the transaction account. Thus, in this
embodiment, the phone is the first device, and the smartwatch or
the tablet is the second device. In some examples, a respective
transaction account is provisioned on the first device. In some
examples, the respective transaction account is not provisioned on
the second device. In some examples, the first device is also
associated with a second transaction account that is not a
stored-value account, such as a revolving credit transaction
account. In some embodiments, a representation of a device that is
not associated with the transaction account is selectable by the
user, such as 1776B and 1776C. In some embodiments, a
representation of a device that is associated with the transaction
account is not selectable by the user, such as 1776A. Thus, in the
exemplary embodiment illustrated in FIG. 17C, the representation
(e.g., 1776A) of the phone is not selectable by the user and the
representation (e.g., 1776B) of the smartwatch and the
representation (e.g., 1776C) of the tablet are selectable by the
user.
[0564] In some embodiments, the representations (e.g., 1776A,
1776B, 1776C) of the plurality of devices (e.g., computers, phones,
and smartwatches) associated with the user account includes
representations of devices that are logged into a service under the
same user account as the electronic device 100. For example, the
service that the plurality of devices are logged into include a
data synchronization service that synchronizes data between
devices, a content authorization service that authorizes the
devices to access purchased content, or a subscription service such
as a purchased applications and music subscription service. In some
examples, the representations of the plurality of devices
associated with the user account do not include representations of
devices that are not logged into the service under the same user
account as the electronic device 100. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device 100 displays representations of the devices that
are configured for use with the user account, rather than, for
example, the user's family member's account.
[0565] In some embodiments, the representations (e.g., 1776A,
1776B, 1776C) of the plurality of devices (e.g., computers, phones,
and smart watches) associated with the user account includes
representations of devices logged into a service using respective
user accounts that are associated with the user account with which
the electronic device 100 is logged into the service. In some
examples, the representations of the plurality of devices
associated with the user account do not include representations of
devices that are not logged into the service using respective user
accounts that are associated with the user account with which the
electronic device 100 is logged into the service. Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device 100 displays representations of the
devices that are configured for use with the accounts associated
with the user account, for example the user's family members'
accounts.
[0566] As illustrated in FIG. 17D, the electronic device 100
receives, via the one or more input devices (e.g., a
touch-sensitive surface), a selection corresponding to the
displayed representation of the second device (e.g., selection of
the representation 1776B of the smartwatch). In some embodiments,
the second device is not associated with the transaction
account.
[0567] As illustrated in FIG. 17E, in accordance with (or in
response to) receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device (e.g., of the representation
1776B of the smartwatch), the electronic device 100 causes (e.g.,
by transmitting information of the transaction account to the
second device) the transaction account to become associated with
the second device. For example, the electronic device 100
associates the second device (e.g., represented by 1776B) with the
respective transaction account in response to or in accordance with
receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device. In some examples, the
electronic device 100 causes the transaction account to be
provisioned on the second device (e.g., represented by 1776B). In
some examples, the electronic device 100 enables the second device
(e.g., represented by 1776B) to provision the transaction account
on the second device.
[0568] In some embodiments, causing the transaction account to
become associated with (e.g., provision, enable provisioning) the
second device (e.g., represented by 1776B) includes restricting the
transaction account to a maximum payment amount at the second
device. In some examples, causing the transaction account to become
associated with the second device (e.g., represented by 1776B)
includes restricting the second device to a maximum payment amount
using the transaction account. In some embodiments, causing the
transaction account to become associated with (e.g., provision,
enable provisioning) the second device (e.g., represented by 1776B)
includes restricting the transaction account at the second device
to require, from the first device (e.g., a phone represented by
1776A, the electronic device 100), respective pre-approvals for
proposed payments to be made at the second device. In some
examples, the electronic device 100 is the first device (e.g.,
represented by 1776B). In some examples, a representation of the
transaction account is available at the second device (e.g.,
represented by 1776B) and a user can request to make a payment
using the transaction account (e.g., by selecting the
representation of the transaction account for the payment) at the
second device. In some examples, in response the request to make
the payment using the transaction account at the second device
(e.g., represented by 1776B), the second device transmits (e.g., to
the electronic device 100, or to the first device (e.g.,
represented by 1776A)) a request for pre-approval for making the
payment using the transaction account. For example, the request
includes an amount for pre-approval.
[0569] In some embodiments, a user interface is presented to the
user at the electronic device 100 (or at the first device (e.g.,
represented by 1776A)) to approve or disapprove the request for
pre-approval. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 (or
the first device (e.g., represented by 1776A)) transmits a response
based on user input approving or disapproving the pre-approval. In
some embodiments, at the second device (e.g., represented by
1776B), in accordance with receiving a response indicating
approval, the second device transmits (e.g., to a contactless
payment terminal) payment information corresponding to the
transaction account, and in accordance with receiving a response
indicating disapproval, the second device forgoes transmitting
(e.g., to a contactless payment terminal) payment information
corresponding to the transaction account. Thus, the electronic
device 100 enables the user to make the transaction account
available with pre-approval conditions. This is particularly
helpful, for example, if the user wants a family member of the user
to have access to the transaction account while maintaining the
ability to approve individual transactions.
[0570] As also illustrated in FIG. 17E, in accordance with (or in
response to) receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device (e.g., represented by 1776B),
the electronic device 100 also causes (e.g., by transmitting
information of the transaction account to the first device) the
transaction account to become disassociated (e.g., de-provisioned,
removed) from the first device (e.g., represented by 1776A). In
some examples, the first device is the electronic device 100. In
some examples, the second device is the electronic device. In some
examples, the electronic device is a third device that is different
from the first device and the second device.
[0571] In some embodiments, the first device is the electronic
device 100 that causes the transaction account to become associated
with the second device and disassociated with the first device.
Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 enables the user
to move the transaction account from the electronic device to a
different device (e.g., push the transaction account from the
electronic device to the second device). In some embodiments, the
second device is the electronic device that causes the transaction
account to become associated with the second device and
disassociated with the first device. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device 100 enables the user to move the transaction
account from a different device to the electronic device (e.g.,
pull the transaction account from the first device to the
electronic device). In some examples, the electronic device 100 is
a third device that causes the transaction account to become
associated with the second device and disassociated with the first
device.
[0572] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that
a time condition has been met, the electronic device 100 causes
(e.g., by transmitting information of the transaction account to
the second device) the transaction account to become disassociated
from the second device. For example, the time condition is a
user-specified time period for which the transaction account
remains on the second device until the user-specified time period
expires, at which point the transaction account is returned to the
first device. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 causes
(e.g., by transmitting information of the transaction account to
the first device) the transaction account to become associated with
the first device. In some examples, the first device is the
electronic device. In some examples, the second device is the
electronic device 100. Thus, in some examples, the electronic
device 100 can transfer the transaction account back to the first
device from the second device. Thus, the electronic device 100
enables the transaction account to be made available for use for a
particular time period. This is particularly helpful, for example,
if the user wishes to have a family member have access to the
transaction account for a certain amount of time, such as a day,
week, or month, but not longer. In some examples, causing (e.g., by
transmitting information of the transaction account to the second
device) the transaction account to become associated with the
second device includes restricting the transaction account to be
associated with the second device for a maximum time period.
[0573] FIGS. 17F-17H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
transferring the transaction account back from the second device
(e.g., represented by 1776B) to the first device (e.g., represented
by 1776A) in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments,
as illustrated in FIG. 17F, subsequent to causing (e.g., by
transmitting information of the transaction account to the second
device) the transaction account to become associated with the
second device (e.g., represented by 1776B) and subsequent to
causing (e.g., by transmitting information of the transaction
account to the first device) the transaction account to become
disassociated from the first device (e.g., represented by 1776A),
the electronic device 100 displays, on the display of the
electronic device, representations of the plurality of devices
(e.g., computers, phones, and smart watches). In some embodiments,
as illustrated FIG. 17F, the representation (e.g., 1776A) of the
first device is selectable, indicating that the first device is not
associated with the transaction account (e.g., the respective
transaction account is not provisioned onto the first device), and
the representation (e.g., 1776B) of the second device is not
selectable, and indicating that the second device is associated
with the transaction account (e.g., the respective transaction
account is provisioned onto the second device).
[0574] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 17G, the
electronic device 100 receives, via the one or more input devices,
a respective selection corresponding to the first device (e.g.,
represented by 1776A).
[0575] As illustrated in FIG. 17H, in some embodiments, in
accordance with (and/or in response to) receiving the respective
selection corresponding to the first device (e.g., represented by
1776A), the electronic device 100 causes (e.g., by transmitting
information of the transaction account to the second device) the
transaction account to become disassociated from the second device
(e.g., represented by 1776B). As illustrated in FIG. 17H, in some
embodiments, in accordance with (and/or in response to) receiving
the respective selection corresponding to the first device (e.g.,
represented by 1776A), the electronic device 100 causes (e.g., by
transmitting information of the transaction account to the first
device) the transaction account to become associated with the first
device (e.g., represented by 1776A) with the respective transaction
account in response to or in accordance with receiving the
selection corresponding to the first device. In some examples, the
first device is the electronic device 100. In some examples, the
second device is the electronic device 100. Thus, in some examples,
the electronic device 100 can cause the account to be moved back to
the first device from the second device.
[0576] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 is the second
device, and the electronic device, as the second device, receives
user input designating a third device (and/or first device, and/or
second device, and/or a fourth device, etc.) of the plurality of
devices associated with the user account as a device for which the
transaction account is to be made available for use. In some
embodiments, subsequent to causing (e.g., by transmitting
information of the transaction account to the second device) the
transaction account to become associated with the second device and
subsequent to causing (e.g., by transmitting information of the
transaction account to the first device) the transaction account to
become disassociated from the first device, the electronic device
100 receives a request for payment credentials of the transaction
account from the third device (e.g., a tablet) that is different
from the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, in accordance
with a determination that the third device is designated as a
device for which the transaction account is to be made available
for use, the electronic device transmits payment credentials of the
transaction account to the third device from the second device.
Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 enables the user
to select one or more devices for which the transaction account
should be made available for use, thereby reducing the need for the
user to manually request that a transaction account be moved from
one device to another device of the plurality of devices associated
with the user account.
[0577] In some examples, causing the transaction account to become
associated with the second device includes transmitting
information, such as payment credentials, to the second device that
is used by the second device to participate in transactions using
the transaction account. In some examples, this includes sending
payment account information, such as a PAN, account number, or
account expiration date, to the second device. In some examples,
causing the transaction account to become associated with the
second device includes instructing the first device to transmit
information, such as payment credentials, to the second device that
is to be stored by (e.g., in a secure element of the second device)
and used by the second device to participate in transactions using
the transaction account.
[0578] In some examples, causing the transaction account to become
disassociated from the first device includes causing the first
device to remove or delete information, such as payment
credentials, that would be used to participate in transactions
using the transaction account. In some examples, this includes
removing payment information, such as a PAN, account number, or
account expiration date, from the first device. In some examples,
causing the transaction account to become disassociated with the
first device includes instructing the first device to remove or
delete the information, such as payment credentials, that would be
used to participate in transactions using the transaction
account.
[0579] FIG. 18 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of moving a
transaction account from one device to another device, in
accordance with some embodiments. Method 1800 is performed at a
device (e.g., 100, 300, 500) with a display and one or more input
devices. Some operations in method 1800 are, optionally, combined,
the order of some operations is, optionally, changed, and some
operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0580] As described below, method 1800 provides an intuitive way
for managing transactions. The method reduces the cognitive burden
on a user for managing transactions, thereby creating a more
efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing
devices, enabling a user to manage transactions faster and more
efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery
charges.
[0581] At block 1802, the electronic device displays, on the
display, representations (e.g., 1776A, 1776B, 1776C) of a plurality
of devices (e.g., computers, phones, and smart watches) associated
with a user account (e.g., the plurality of devices are logged into
a service under the same user account and, optionally, devices
associated with accounts that are linked to the user account such
as accounts that are part of a family sharing plan; the devices
among which payment accounts can be moved), and, wherein the
representations of the plurality of devices include a first
representation (e.g., 1776A) of a first device and a second
representation (e.g., 1776b) of a second device, and, at block
1804, the first device is associated with a transaction account
(e.g., a payment transaction account or a transit transaction
account). In some examples, a respective transaction account is
provisioned on the first device and the second device is not
associated with the transaction account (e.g., the respective
transaction account is not provisioned on the second device).
[0582] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1806, the
transaction account is a stored-value account (e.g., the funds are
physically stored on the electronic device, in the form of
binary-coded data). For example, the transaction account is a
closed-loop stored-value payment account. In some examples, the
stored-value account stores electronic cash. In some examples, the
first device is also associated with a second transaction account
that is not a stored-value account, such as a revolving credit
transaction account. In some examples, information for retrieving
the value/data from the transaction account is stored in the secure
element of the electronic device to ensure that the value is not
accessible in the absence of a properly processed transaction that
retrieves the information from the secure element.
[0583] In accordance with some embodiments, the transaction account
is a payment account. In some examples, the transaction account is
a stored-value account that stores electronic cash. In some
examples, the payment account corresponds to a revolving credit
account or a debit account. In accordance with some embodiments,
the transaction account is transit account. In some examples, the
transaction account is a stored-value transit account. In some
examples, the transit account stores a transit plan (or transit
pass) information. In some examples, the transit plan is a monthly
or weekly transit plan. Thus, in some examples, the electronic
device provides the user with the option to move accounts that can
be used to provide the user with access to the transit system.
[0584] In accordance with some embodiments, the transaction account
is a stored-value account, and, prior to displaying the
representations of the plurality of devices, the electronic device
displays a representation of the account (e.g., the stored-value
account) concurrently with (e.g., adjacent to or otherwise visually
linked with the representation of the account) an activatable
add-value option (e.g., 1746B) and an activatable transfer-account
option (e.g., 1746A). In accordance with some embodiments, the
electronic device receives activation of the transfer-account
option (e.g., 1746A), wherein displaying the representations (e.g.,
1776A, 1776B, 1776C) of the plurality of devices (e.g., computers,
phones, and smart watches) associated with the user account is in
response to receiving activation of the transfer-account option
(e.g., 1746A). Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
provides a user interface that allows the user options to add value
to the transaction account or to move the transaction account to or
from another device.
[0585] In accordance with some embodiments, the representations
(e.g., 1776A, 1776B, 1776C) of the plurality of devices (e.g.,
computers, phones, and smart watches) associated with the user
account includes representations of devices that are logged into a
service (e.g., a data synchronization service that synchronizes
data between devices and/or a content authorization service that
authorizes the devices to access purchased content or subscription
services such as purchased applications and music subscriptions)
under the same user account as the user account associated with the
electronic device. In some examples, the representations of the
plurality of devices associated with the user account do not
include representations of devices that are not logged into the
service under the same user account as the electronic device. Thus,
in some examples, the electronic device displays representations of
devices that are configured for use with the user's account (e.g.,
rather than a family member's account).
[0586] In accordance with some embodiments, the representations
(e.g., 1776A, 1776B, 1776C) of the plurality of devices (e.g.,
computers, phones, and smart watches) associated with the user
account includes representations of devices logged into a service
using respective user accounts that are associated with the user
account with which the electronic device is logged into the
service. In some examples, the representations of the plurality of
devices associated with the user account do not include
representations of devices not logged into the service using
respective user accounts that are associated with the user account
with which the electronic device is logged into the service. Thus,
in some examples, the electronic device displays representations of
devices that are configured for use with other accounts that are
associated with the user's account (e.g., a family members'
account).
[0587] At block 1808, the electronic device receives, via the one
or more input devices, a selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device.
[0588] At block 1810, in accordance with (and/or in response to)
receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device, the electronic device, at
block 1816, causes (e.g., by transmitting information to the second
device) the transaction account to become associated with the
second device (e.g., provision, enable provisioning on the second
device), and, at block 1818, causes (e.g., by transmitting
information to the first device) the transaction account to become
disassociated (e.g., de-provisioned, removed) from the first
device. In some examples, causing the transaction account to become
associated with the second device includes causing the second
device to store, in a secure element of the second device,
information for retrieving value of the transaction account, and
wherein causing the transaction account to become disassociated
from the first device includes causing the first device to no
longer store, in a secure element of the first device, information
for retrieving value of the transaction account. For example, the
electronic device associates the second device with the respective
payment account in response to or in accordance with receiving the
selection corresponding to the displayed representation of the
second device. In some examples, the first device is the electronic
device. In some examples, the second device is the electronic
device. In some examples, the electronic device is a third device
that is different from the first device and the second device.
Thus, by moving the transaction account between the two devices,
the electronic device enables the user to control which device
stores the credentials of the transaction account. As a result, a
single stored-value transaction account can be used at various
devices.
[0589] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1812, the
first device is the electronic device that caused the transaction
account to become associated with the second device and
disassociated with the first device. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device enables the user to move the transaction account
from the electronic device to a different device (e.g., push the
transaction account from the electronic device to the second
device).
[0590] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 1814, the
second device is the electronic device that caused the transaction
account to become associated with the second device and
disassociated with the first device. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device enables the user to move the transaction account
from a different device to the electronic device (e.g., pull the
transaction account from the first device to the electronic
device). In some examples, the electronic device is a third device
that causes the transaction account to become associated with the
second device and disassociated with the first device. In some
examples, moving the transaction account includes releasing (or
deleting) information (e.g., transaction information, payment
information) from a secure element of the electronic device.
[0591] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
is the second device, and the electronic device receives user input
designating a third device (and/or first device and/or second
device) of the plurality of devices as a device for which the
transaction account is to be made available for use. In accordance
with some embodiments, subsequent to causing (e.g., by transmitting
information to the second device) the transaction account to become
associated (e.g., provision, enable provisioning) with the second
device and subsequent to causing (e.g., by transmitting information
to the first device) the transaction account to become
disassociated (e.g., de-provisioned, removed) from the first
device, the electronic device receives a request for payment
credentials of the transaction account from the third device (e.g.,
an electronic device, such as a phone) that is different from the
electronic device, and, in accordance with a determination that the
third device is designated as a device for which the transaction
account is to be made available for use, transmits payment
credentials of the transaction account to the third device from the
second device. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
enables the user to select one or more devices for which the
transaction account should be made available for use. In some
examples, this reduces the need for the user to manually request
that a transaction account be moved from one device to another
device.
[0592] In accordance with some embodiments, causing (e.g., by
transmitting information to the second device) the transaction
account to become associated with the second device (e.g.,
provision, enable provisioning) includes restricting the
transaction account to a maximum payment amount at the second
device. In some examples, causing the transaction account to become
associated with the second device includes restricting the second
device to a maximum payment amount using the transaction account.
Thus, by restricting the second device to a maximum payment amount,
the electronic device provides additional security against costly
transactions and provides the user with additional control over the
use of the transaction account.
[0593] In accordance with some embodiments, causing (e.g., by
transmitting information to the second device) the transaction
account to become associated with the second device (e.g.,
provision, enable provisioning) includes restricting the
transaction account at the second device to require, from the first
device (or the electronic device), respective pre-approvals for
proposed payments to be made at the second device. In some
examples, the electronic device is the first device. In some
examples, a representation of the transaction account is available
at the second device and a user can request to make a payment using
the transaction account (e.g., by selecting the representation of
the transaction account for the payment) at the second device. In
some examples, in response to the request to make the payment using
the transaction account at the second device, the second device
transmits (e.g., to the electronic device, to the first device) a
request for pre-approval for making the payment using the
transaction account. For example, the request includes an amount
for pre-approval. A user interface is presented to a user at the
electronic device (or at the first device) to approve or disapprove
the request for pre-approval. The electronic device (or the first
device) transmits a response based on user input approving or
disapproving the pre-approval. At the second device, in accordance
with receiving a response indicating approval, the second device
transmits (e.g., to a contactless payment terminal) payment
information corresponding to the transaction account, and in
accordance with receiving a response indicating disapproval, the
second device forgoes transmitting (e.g., to a contactless payment
terminal) payment information corresponding to the transaction
account. Thus, the electronic device enables the user to make the
transaction account available with pre-approval conditions. This is
particularly helpful, for example, if the user wants a family
member to have access to the transaction account, but the user
would like to approve individual transactions.
[0594] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to causing
(e.g., by transmitting information to the second device) the
transaction account to become associated with the second device
(e.g., provision, enable provisioning) and subsequent to causing
(e.g., by transmitting information to the first device) the
transaction account to become disassociated (e.g., de-provisioned,
removed) from the first device, the electronic device displays, on
the display, representations (e.g., 1776A, 1776B, 1776C) of the
plurality of devices (e.g., computers, phones, and smart watches),
wherein the first device is not associated with the transaction
account (e.g., the respective payment account is provisioned onto
the first device) and the second device is associated with the
transaction account (e.g., the respective payment account is not
provisioned on the second device) and receives, via the one or more
input devices, a respective selection corresponding to the first
device. In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with (or
in response to) receiving the respective selection corresponding to
the first device, the electronic device causes (e.g., by
transmitting information to the second device) the transaction
account to become disassociated (e.g., de-provisioned, removed)
from the second device. For example, associating the second device
with the respective payment account in response to or in accordance
with receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device. In accordance with some
embodiments, in accordance with (or in response to) receiving the
respective selection corresponding to the first device, the
electronic device also causes (e.g., by transmitting information to
the first device) the transaction account to become associated
(e.g., provisioned, enable provisioning) with the first device. In
some examples, the first device is the electronic device. In some
examples, the second device is the electronic device. Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device can move the account back to the
first device from the second device.
[0595] In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that a time condition has been met (e.g., that a time
period (such as a user-specified time period for which the
transaction account should remain on the second device before being
returned to the first device) has expired; that a time has been
reached), the electronic device causes (e.g., by transmitting
information to the second device) the transaction account to become
disassociated (e.g., de-provisioned, removed) from the second
device. For example, the second device is associated with the
respective payment account in response to or in accordance with
receiving the selection corresponding to the displayed
representation of the second device. In accordance with some
embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a time
condition has been met, the electronic device also causes (e.g., by
transmitting information to the first device) the transaction
account to become associated (e.g., provisioned, enable
provisioning) with the first device. In some examples, the first
device is the electronic device. In some examples, the second
device is the electronic device. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device automatically moves the account back to the first
device from the second device. Thus, the electronic device enables
the user to make the transaction account available for use for a
particular time period. This is particularly helpful, for example,
if the user wants a family member to have access to the transaction
account for the day, week, month, or other determined period of
time, but not for a longer period. In some examples, causing (e.g.,
by transmitting information to the second device) the transaction
account to become associated with the second device (e.g.,
provision, enable provisioning) includes restricting the
transaction account to be associated with the second device for a
maximum time period.
[0596] In some examples, transmitting information to a device to
cause the transaction account to become associated with the device
includes transmitting account information (such as a PAN, an
account number) to the device (e.g., for storage in a secure
element of the device). In some examples, transmitting information
to a device to cause the transaction account to become
disassociated from the device includes transmitting an instruction
that identifies the transaction account for disassociation to the
device (e.g., instruction to remove account information, such as a
PAN, an account number from a secure element of the device).
[0597] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
receives user input designating the transaction account as an
account to be available for use at two or more devices of the
plurality of devices. In some examples, the transaction account is
designated to be available for use in transactions at two or more
devices, although the credentials of the transaction account are
stored at only one of the two or more devices at a time (e.g., as a
restriction of the transaction account being a stored-value
account), as described with reference to FIGS. 19A-19H. Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device requests credentials of the
transaction account when the user has specified that the
transaction account be made available for use at the electronic
device.
[0598] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 1800 (e.g., FIG. 18) are also applicable in an
analogous manner to the methods described above and below. For
example, methods 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, and 2000 optionally
include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods
described above with reference to method 1800. For example, the
user interface of FIG. 7A may correspond to the user interfaces of
FIGS. 9A and 15B. For another example, accounts provisioned using
the techniques of method 800 and 1000 can be used to perform the
techniques described with reference to methods 1200, 1400, 1600,
1800, and 2000. For another example, the technique of method 1200
can be used to add funds to the stored-value accounts described
with respect to methods 800, 1000, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000. For
another example, a funded account can be moved to or from different
devices, as discussed with respect to methods 1800 and 2000. For
brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0599] FIGS. 19A-19H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for
accounts that are available for use at one or more devices of a
plurality of devices using an electronic device (e.g., 100), in
accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these
figures are used to illustrate the processes described below,
including the processes in FIGS. 20A-20B.
[0600] In accordance with some embodiments, a stored-value account
can only be physically stored (e.g., in a secure element) at one
electronic device at a time. In some examples, a user specifies
which electronic devices should have access to the stored-value
account. The electronic devices then coordinate to move the
stored-value account between the various devices specified by the
user when the need arises. For example, when a stored-value account
is stored on the user's smartwatch and the user attempts to use a
smartphone to participate in a transaction (e.g., such as an NFC
transaction) using the stored-value account, the smartphone and
smartwatch communication (e.g., via Bluetooth, via NFC) to transfer
the stored-value account from the smartwatch to the smartphone. As
a result, the user is able to use the stored-value account using
various devices without requiring the user to manually request that
the stored-value account be moved to a particular device when the
user wants to use that device to participate in a transaction using
the stored-value account.
[0601] FIGS. 19A-19B illustrate a representation of a stored-value
account (or, more generally, an account) displayed, on the display
of the electronic device 100, in accordance with some embodiments.
In some embodiments, the stored-value account is a payment account.
In some examples, the payment account corresponds to a revolving
credit account or a debit account. In some embodiments, the
stored-value account is transit account. In some examples, the
transit account stores a transit plan (or transit pass)
information. In some examples, the transit plan is a monthly or
weekly transit plan. In some examples, the funds of the
stored-value account are physically stored on the electronic device
100, in the form of binary-coded data. In some examples, the
stored-value account is a closed-loop stored-value account. In some
examples, the stored-value account stores electronic cash. In some
embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 19A, the representation of the
stored-value account includes a graphical depiction (e.g., 1942A)
of the stored-value account. The graphical depiction (e.g., 1942A)
of the stored-value account enables the user to differentiate the
stored-value account from a different account provisioned on the
electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the representation of
the stored-value account includes an indication (e.g., 1942B) of
the available credit (e.g., available funds) of the stored-value
account.
[0602] In some embodiments, the representation of the stored-value
account includes a menu (e.g., 1940) that includes a plurality of
selectable affordances (e.g., 1940A, 1940B, 1940C). In some
examples, the menu (e.g., 1940) includes an information affordance
(e.g., 1940A). In some examples, the menu (e.g., 1940) includes a
transactions affordance (e.g., 1940B). In some examples, the menu
(e.g., 1940) includes a devices affordance (e.g., 1940C). In some
embodiments (e.g., in response to user-selection of the information
affordance (e.g., 1940A), as illustrated in FIG. 19A), the
representation of the stored-value account displays an activatable
add-value option (e.g., 1946B) which, when activated, causes
display of the user interface described with reference to FIGS.
11C-11G. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 presents
a user interface that provides the user with options to add value
to the stored-value account or to move the stored-value account
to/from another device. In some embodiments (e.g., in response to
user-selection of the information affordance (e.g., 1940A), as
illustrated in FIG. 19A), the representation of the stored-value
account displays a transfer-account option (e.g., 1946B). Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device 100 provides the user with the
option to move accounts from one device to another device, such as
described with reference to FIGS. 17C-17H.
[0603] In some embodiments (e.g., in response user-selection of the
information affordance (e.g., 1940A), as illustrated in FIG. 19A),
the representation of the stored-value account displays: an
indication (e.g., 1944) of on which device the stored-value account
currently resides, of one or more devices of the plurality of
devices (e.g., associated with the user account), features and/or
data (e.g., current balance, transit pass information) of the
stored-value account, a selection affordance (e.g., 1948A) for
enabling or disabling notification, a selection affordance (e.g.,
1948B) for enabling or disabling having the stored-value account be
made available for use without checking authentication, such as
described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15M, and a selection
affordance (e.g., 1948C) for designating or not designating the
stored-value account to be available for use for transactions made
at two or more devices (e.g., associated with the user account),
although payment credentials of the stored-value account are stored
at only one of the two or more devices at a time (e.g., a
restriction of the stored-value account being a stored-value
account).
[0604] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives user
input indicating a desire to receive or not to receive
notifications about transactions associated with the stored-value
account (e.g., by moving a selection affordance to the "ON" or
"OFF" position, as illustrated with respect to selection affordance
1948A). In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives
user input indicating a desire to have the stored-value account be
made available for use without checking authentication (e.g., by
moving a selection affordance to the "OFF" position, as illustrated
with respect to selection affordance 1948B), such as described with
reference to FIGS. 15A-15M. Thus, the electronic device 100
provides the user with the option to designate or not designate the
stored-value account as an express transit account (e.g., using the
selection affordance 1948B), by which funds are transmitted in
particular transactions without requiring authentication. In some
embodiments, when the stored-value account is designated as an
express transit account (e.g., by moving the selection affordance
1948B to the "ON" position), the electronic device 100 provides
faster access to the stored-value account. In some embodiments,
when the stored-value account is not designated as an express
transit account (e.g., by moving the selection affordance 1948B to
the "OFF" position), the electronic device 100 provides added
security for accounts provisioned on the electronic device. In some
embodiments, the electronic device 100 receives user input
designating the stored-value account as an account to be available
for use (e.g., by moving a selection affordance to the "ON" or
"OFF" position, as illustrated with respect to selection affordance
1948C) at two or more devices of the plurality of devices (e.g.,
associated with the user account). In some examples, the
stored-value account is designated to be available for use for
transactions made at two or more devices (e.g., associated with the
user account), although credentials of the stored-value account are
stored at only one of the two or more devices at a time (e.g., a
restriction of the stored-value account being a stored-value
account), such as described with reference to FIGS. 19A-19H. Thus,
in some examples, the electronic device 100 requests credentials of
the stored-value account when the user has specified that the
stored-value account be made available at the electronic
device.
[0605] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 19B, the
electronic device 100 receives (e.g., from the user) selection of
the devices affordance (e.g., 1940C) from the menu (1940). In
response to detecting the selection of the devices affordance
(e.g., 1940C), the electronic device 100 presents a user interface
for designating one or more available devices as being available
for payment as illustrated in FIGS. 19C-19E, in accordance with
some embodiments.
[0606] As illustrated in FIG. 19C, in some embodiments, in response
to receiving selection of the devices affordance (e.g., 1940C) from
the menu (e.g., 1940), the electronic device 100 displays, on the
display of the electronic device, a list of selectable
representations (e.g., 1980A, 1980B, 1980C) of one or more
available devices. In the exemplary embodiment of FIG. 19C, the
electronic device displays a list of selectable representations
(e.g., 1980A, 1980B, 1980C) of three available devices. The first
representation (e.g., 1980A) is of the user's phone, the second
representation is of the user's watch (e.g., 1980B), and the third
representation is of the user's tablet (e.g., 1980C). In some
embodiments, the one or more available devices are devices that are
associated with the user account (e.g., configured for use with the
user account). In some embodiments, the one or more available
devices include devices of other accounts that are associated with
the user account, such as the user's family member's account. In
some embodiments, in response to the user selecting the devices
affordance (e.g., 1940C) from the menu (e.g., 1940) (as illustrated
in FIG. 19B), the electronic device 100 displays (or continues to
display) a graphical depiction (e.g., 1942A) of the stored-value
account and an indication (e.g., 1942B) of the available credit of
the stored-value account.
[0607] In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 19C, the
electronic device 100 presents that one or more available devices
are already designated as being available for payment. In this
embodiment, the electronic device 100 presents (e.g., displays, on
the display) that the representation (e.g., 1980B) of the watch is
selected and the representation (e.g., 1980A) of the phone and the
representation (e.g., 1980C) of the tablet are not selected. Thus,
in this embodiment, of the three available devices (the phone, the
watch, and the tablet), only the watch is currently available for
payment using the stored-value account represented by 1942A. In
some examples, no device is made available for payment using the
stored-value account represented by 1942A. For example, the user
can un-select the representations of all available devices. In some
examples, one device is made available for payment (as illustrated
in FIG. 19C). In some examples, more than one device is be made
available for payment using the stored-value account represented by
1942A. For example, in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 19D, the
user selects the representation (e.g., 1980A) of the phone. Thus,
two devices of the three available devices, the phone and the
watch, are now available for payment using the stored-value account
represented by 1942A. As illustrated in FIG. 19E, the electronic
device 100 presents to the user that the representation (e.g.,
1980A) of the phone and the representation (e.g., 1980B) of the
watch are now selected, and are available for payment using the
stored-value account represented by 1942A.
[0608] As described with reference to FIGS. 19C-19E, in some
embodiments, two devices of the user's available devices can be
made available for payment (e.g., the user's phone and watch). In
some embodiments, the available devices include the electronic
device 100. In this exemplary embodiment, the electronic device 100
is the phone and a second device is the smartwatch. In other
exemplary embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be the
smartwatch and the second device may be the phone. In other
exemplary embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be a phone and
the second device may be a different phone. In other exemplary
embodiments, the combination of devices can include any available
devices that are made available for payment by the user, such as
described with reference to FIGS. 19C-19E.
[0609] The electronic device 100 (e.g., a phone) detects that a set
of one or more payment criteria for making a payment using a
stored-value account has been met. In some embodiments, a first
payment criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met
when the electronic device receives (e.g., via one or more
short-range communication radios, such as NFC radios) a request for
payment, as illustrated in FIG. 19F. In some examples, the payment
request includes a request for payment using the stored-value
account. In some examples, the payment request is received when
there are no payment credentials available at the electronic
device. In some examples, the payment request is received from a
contactless transaction terminal, for example from a contactless
transaction terminal of an entry (or exit) point (e.g., turnstile)
of a transit system, as illustrated in FIG. 19F.
[0610] In some embodiments, a second payment criterion of the set
of one or more payment criteria is met when the electronic device
100 detects, using the one or more short-range communication radios
(e.g., NFC radios), a field (e.g., such as an NFC field of the
contactless transaction terminal). In some examples, the field
indicates that payment will be requested. In some examples, the
field indicates that payment is requested. In some examples, the
field indicates that payment is requested with a particular type of
account (e.g., the same type as the type of the stored-value
account). In some examples, the field is generated by a contactless
transaction terminal (e.g., an NFC-enabled contactless transaction
terminal). Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100
requests payment credentials when the electronic device expects
that a payment will be requested.
[0611] In some embodiments, a third payment criterion of the set of
one or more payment criteria is met when the electronic device 100
detects a context indicating that a payment will be requested. In
some examples, detecting the context includes detecting, using a
location sensor (e.g., GPS sensor), that the electronic device 100
is at a predetermined location (e.g., at a transit station). In
some examples, detecting the context includes detecting that the
electronic device 100 was previously used for payment at the
current location (e.g., using the stored-value account). Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device 100 requests payment
credentials when the electronic device expects that a payment will
be requested.
[0612] In some embodiments, a fourth payment criterion of the set
of one or more payment criteria is met when the electronic device
100 detects activation of an option (e.g., an affordance)
corresponding to the stored-value account. For example, the
electronic device 100 detects activation of an affordance
corresponding to the stored-value account on a lock screen of the
electronic device while the electronic device is in a locked state.
Thus, in some examples, the electronic device requests payment
credentials based on the user request.
[0613] In some embodiments, a fifth payment criterion of the set of
one or more payment criteria is met when the electronic device 100
determines that the stored-value account has been designated to be
made available at the electronic device (and, optionally, the
second device), as illustrated in FIG. 19E. In some examples, the
stored-value account is designated to be available for use in
transactions at both the electronic device 100 and the second
device, although the payment credentials of the stored-value
account are stored at only one device at a time (e.g., as a
restriction of the stored-value account).
[0614] In some embodiments, the stored-value account is a first
type of account, and a sixth payment criterion of the set of one or
more payment criteria is met when the electronic device 100
receives (e.g., from a contactless transaction terminal) a request
for payment using the first type of account. In some examples, the
sixth criterion is met when the request includes a request for
payment using a type of account, wherein the stored-value account
is of the requested type of account. For example, the electronic
device 100 receives a request for payment with a particular private
label payment account, and the stored-value account is a payment
account of that particular private label.
[0615] In response to detecting that the set of one or more payment
criteria for making the payment using the stored-value account has
been met (e.g., the electronic device 100 receives, via the one or
more short-range communication radios, a request for payment from a
contactless transaction terminal as illustrated in FIG. 19F), and
in accordance with a determination that payment credentials of the
stored-value account are not available in the electronic wallet
application of the electronic device 100 (e.g., a phone) and,
optionally, in accordance with a determination that payment
credentials of the stored-value account are available at a second
device (e.g., a smartwatch), the electronic device (e.g., a phone)
requests payment credentials of the stored-value account from the
second device (e.g., the smartwatch) that is different from the
electronic device. In some embodiments, requesting the payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the second device
(e.g., a smartwatch) includes transmitting a request to the second
device, where the request identifies the stored-value account that
is being requested for the transfer of credentials to the
electronic device.
[0616] Subsequent to (and/or, in response to) requesting the
payment credentials of the stored-value account from the second
device (e.g., a smartwatch), when (e.g., in accordance with the
determination that) the payment credentials of the stored-value
account are available at the second device, the electronic device
100 receives payment credentials of the stored-value account at the
electronic device from the second device. In some embodiments, the
payment credentials of the stored-value account are received at the
electronic device from the second device (e.g., an electronic
device, such as a watch corresponding to 1980B) using a
device-to-device (such as electronic device-to-second device)
communication over a short-range wireless network. In some
examples, the payment credentials are received via a local WiFi
network, a peer-to-peer WiFi network, a Bluetooth connection, an
NFC connection, or a short-range wireless network. Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device 100 and second device do not need
to rely on a separate server for communications.
[0617] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses a first
communication protocol (e.g., a Bluetooth protocol) to receive
payment credentials of the stored-value account from the second
device and uses a second communication protocol (e.g., an NFC
protocol) different from the first communication protocol to make
the payment (e.g., transfer funds out of the stored-value account,
transmit funds) to a transaction terminal (e.g., a contactless
payment terminal, contactless transaction terminal). Thus, in some
examples, the electronic device 100 and the second device use
protocols that are particular to (or beneficial or optimized)
performing respective actions.
[0618] In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses a first
set of one or more radios of the electronic device (e.g., a
Bluetooth radios) to receive payment credentials of the
stored-value account from the second device and uses a second set
of one or more radios (e.g., NFC radios, one or more short-range
communication radios) different from the first set of one or more
radios to make the payment (e.g., transfer funds out of the
stored-value account, transmit funds) to a transaction terminal
(e.g., a contactless payment terminal, a contactless transaction
terminal). Thus, in some examples, the electronic device 100 and
the second device use various hardware particular to (or beneficial
or optimized) performing respective actions.
[0619] In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
100 (e.g., a phone) from the second device (e.g., a smartwatch),
the electronic device 100 stores the payment credentials in a
secure element of the electronic device 100.
[0620] In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
100 (e.g., a phone) from the second device (e.g., a smartwatch),
the electronic device 100 presents an indication (e.g., display a
notification on a display of the electronic device, playing audio
at a speaker of the electronic device, causing a haptic vibration
at the electronic device) requesting authentication (e.g.,
biometric authentication, fingerprint authentication, passcode
authentication) for making payment using payment credentials of the
stored-value account. In some embodiments, the electronic device
100 (e.g., a phone) receives (e.g., responsive to the request for
authentication) authentication information (e.g., detecting a
fingerprint, detecting input of a passcode). In some embodiments,
in accordance with a determination that the authentication
information is consistent with enrolled authentication information
that is enabled to authorize transactions, the electronic device
100 (e.g., a phone) transfers (e.g., using the one or more
short-range communication radios, such as NFC radios) funds (e.g.,
a portion of the funds stored in the stored-value account) from the
stored-value account to a transaction terminal (e.g., a contactless
payment terminal, a contactless transaction terminal) to make the
payment. For example, the electronic device 100 transfers (or
transmitting) funds to the transaction terminal using the payment
credentials of the stored-value account. In some examples, the
electronic device 100 (e.g., a phone) makes a payment by
transferring funds to the transaction terminal. In some examples,
in accordance with a determination that the authentication
information is not consistent with enrolled authentication
information that is enabled to authorize transactions, the
electronic device 100 (e.g., a phone) forgoes transferring funds of
the stored-value account to the transaction terminal (e.g., a
payment terminal, a contactless payment terminal). Thus, the
electronic device 100 provides additional security through
authentication.
[0621] In some embodiments, such as subsequent to the electronic
device 100 receiving the payment credentials of the stored-value
account from the second device, the payment credentials of the
stored-value account are already available on the electronic device
100 (e.g., a phone). Thus, in some embodiments, the electronic
device 100 does not need to request the payment credentials of the
stored-value account from the second device (e.g., a smartwatch) to
make a payment, as the payment credentials of the stored-value
account are already on the electronic device. For example, in some
embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 19H, the electronic device 100
presents an indication (e.g., 1944) that the payment credentials of
the stored-value account (represented by the graphical depiction
1942A) is on (e.g., on the electronic wallet application of) the
electronic device (e.g., the phone). In some embodiments, in
response to detecting that the set of one or more payment criteria
for making the payment using the stored-value account have been met
and in accordance with a determination that payment credentials of
the stored-value account are available in the electronic wallet
application of the electronic device (e.g., as is the case in the
embodiment described with reference to FIG. 19H), the electronic
device 100 proceeds, or prepares to proceed, with the payment using
the payment credentials of the stored-value account that is on the
electronic wallet application of the electronic device. In some
examples, proceeding with the payment using the stored-value
account includes transferring funds from the stored-value account
to a transaction terminal (e.g., a contactless payment terminal)
(e.g., using payment credentials of the stored value account stored
in a secure element of the electronic device). In some examples,
because the payment credentials of the stored-value account are
available as part of the electronic wallet application of the
electronic device 100, the electronic device foregoes requesting
payment credentials of the stored-value account from the second
device (e.g., a smartwatch), as is the case in the exemplary
embodiment illustrated in FIG. 19H.
[0622] In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving the payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
100 (e.g., a phone) from the second device (e.g., a smartwatch),
the electronic device 100 transfers (e.g., using the one or more
short-range communication radios, such as NFC radios) funds (e.g.,
a portion of the funds stored in the stored-value account) from the
stored-value account to a transaction terminal (e.g., a contactless
transaction terminal, contactless payment terminal) to make the
payment, as indicated by FIG. 19G. For example, transferring (or
transmitting) funds to the transaction terminal uses the payment
credentials of the stored-value account, which in some examples are
stored in a secure element of the electronic device. In some
embodiments, in response to transferring funds from the
stored-value account to the transaction terminal, the electronic
device 100 transmits (or transfers) the payment credentials of the
stored-value account from the electronic device 100 (e.g., a phone)
back to the second device (e.g., a smartwatch). In some examples,
transmitting (or transferring) the payment credentials of the
stored-value account from the electronic device 100 (e.g., a phone)
to the second device (e.g., a smartwatch) causes the payment
credentials to no longer be available at the electronic device
(e.g., removed or deactivated), such as no longer be stored in the
secure element of the electronic device. Thus, in some examples,
the electronic device 100 (e.g., a phone) moves the payment
credentials of the stored-value account back to the second device
(e.g., a smartwatch) after the electronic device uses the
stored-value account for a payment, enabling the second device to
use the payment credentials of a subsequent payment
transaction.
[0623] In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving the payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
100 (e.g., a phone) from the second device (e.g., a smartwatch),
the electronic device 100 transfers (e.g., using the one or more
short-range communication radios, such as NFC radios) funds (e.g.,
a portion of the funds stored in the stored-value account) from the
stored-value account to a transaction terminal (e.g., a contactless
payment terminal, contactless transaction terminal) to make the
payment. For example, transferring (or transmitting) funds to the
transaction terminal uses the payment credentials of the
stored-value account. Thus, for example, the electronic device
makes the payment by transferring funds to the transaction
terminal. In some embodiments, in response to transferring funds
from the stored-value account to the transaction terminal, the
electronic device 100 forgoes transmitting (or forgoes
transferring) the payment credentials of the stored-value account
from the electronic device (e.g., a phone) to the second device
(e.g., a smartwatch). Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
100 retains the payment credentials of the stored-value account so
that a future payment can be made using the payment credentials of
the stored-value account without the need to request or receive the
payment credentials.
[0624] In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving the payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
100 (e.g., a phone) from the second device (e.g., a smartwatch),
the electronic device 100 receives, from the second device, a
request for payment credentials of the stored-value account. In
some embodiments, in response to receiving the request of payment
credentials of the stored-value account, the electronic device 100
transmits (or transfers) the payment credentials of the
stored-value account from the electronic device (e.g., a phone) to
the second device (e.g., a smartwatch), such that the second device
stores the payment credentials in a secure element of the second
device. In some examples, transmitting (or transferring) the
payment credentials of the stored-value account from the electronic
device 100 (e.g., a phone) to the second device (e.g., a
smartwatch) causes the payment credentials of the stored-value
account to no longer be available at the electronic device (e.g.,
removed or deactivated), for example by causing the stored-value
account to become disassociated with the electronic device.
[0625] In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving the payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
100 (e.g., a phone) from the second device (e.g., a smartwatch),
the electronic device 100 determines whether a predetermined
schedule event condition (e.g., a day of the week, a day of the
month, an hour of the day, a date, a time of the day, an interval)
is met. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination
that the predetermined schedule event condition is met, the
electronic device 100 transmits (or transfers) the payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the electronic device
(e.g., a phone) to the second device (e.g., a smartwatch). In some
examples, transmitting (or transferring) the payment credentials of
the stored-value account from the electronic device 100 (e.g., a
phone) to the second device (e.g., a smartwatch) causes the payment
credentials to no longer be available at the electronic device
(e.g., removed or deactivated), such as no longer being stored in a
secure element of the electronic device. Thus, the electronic
device 100 transmits the payment credentials back to the second
device, for example on a scheduled basis. In some examples, in
accordance with a determination that the predetermined schedule
event condition is not met, the payment credentials for the
stored-value account are not transmitted (or transferred) from the
electronic device to the second device.
[0626] In some embodiments, payment credentials of the stored-value
account are not available in the electronic device 100 and are not
(or cannot be) received from a device different from the electronic
device. For example, the payment credentials of the stored-value
account are not available at the second device (e.g., a
smartwatch). For another example, the payment credentials of the
stored-value account are received from the second device only after
a time-out condition has been met (e.g., after a predetermined
amount of time has expired). Thus, in some embodiments, in response
to detecting that the set of one or more payment criteria for
making the payment using the stored-value account have been met,
and in accordance with the determination that payment credentials
of the stored-value account are not available in the electronic
wallet application of the electronic device 100, and further in
accordance with not receiving (e.g., within a predetermined amount
of time) payment credentials of the stored-value account, the
electronic device 100 forgoes proceeding (or forgoes preparing to
proceed) with the payment using the stored-value account (e.g.,
using the payment credentials of the stored-value account).
Further, in some embodiments, the electronic device 100 presents
(e.g., displays on the display of the electronic device, plays
audio via a speaker of the electronic device, cause a haptic
vibration at the electronic device) a notification to the user
indicating that the stored-value account is not available for use
to make the payment. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
100 notifies the user if the stored-value account is either not
available at both the electronic device and the second device or if
the payment credentials of the stored-value account are not
received in a timely fashion.
[0627] FIGS. 20A-20B are a flow diagram illustrating methods for
managing accounts that are available for use at one or more devices
of a plurality of devices, in accordance with some embodiments.
Method 2000 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500) with an
electronic wallet application and, optionally, one or more radios
(e.g., short range radios and not short range radios). Some
operations in method 2000 are, optionally, combined, the order of
some operations is, optionally, changed, and some operations are,
optionally, omitted.
[0628] As described below, method 2000 provides an intuitive way
for managing transactions. The method reduces the cognitive burden
on a user for managing transactions, thereby creating a more
efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing
devices, enabling a user to manage transactions faster and more
efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery
charges.
[0629] At block 2002, the electronic device (e.g., 100) detects
that a set of one or more payment criteria for making a payment
using a stored-value account (or, more generally, an account) has
been met. In some examples, the funds for the stored-value account
are physically stored on the electronic device (e.g., 100), in the
form of binary-coded data. In some examples, the stored-value
account is a closed-loop stored-value account.
[0630] In accordance with some embodiments, a first payment
criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when
the electronic device (e.g., 100) receives (e.g., via one or more
short-range communication radios, such as NFC radios) a request for
payment (e.g., from payment terminal 1990). In some examples, the
payment request includes a request for payment using the
stored-value account. In some examples, the payment request is
received when there are no payment credentials available at the
electronic device (e.g., 100). In some examples, the payment
request is received from a contactless transaction terminal (e.g.,
1990).
[0631] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
(e.g., 100) includes one or more short-ranged communication radios,
and a second payment criterion of the set of one or more payment
criteria is met when the electronic device detects, using the one
or more short-range communication radios (e.g., NFC radios), a
field (e.g., such as an NFC field of the contactless transaction
terminal 1990). In some examples, the field indicates that payment
will be requested. In some examples, the field indicates that
payment is requested. In some examples, the field indicates that
payment is requested with a particular type of account (e.g., the
same type as a type of the stored-value account). In some examples,
the field is generated by a contactless transaction terminal (e.g.,
an NFC-enabled contactless transaction terminal 1990). Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device (e.g., 100) requests payment
credentials when the electronic device (e.g., 100) expects that a
payment will be requested.
[0632] In accordance with some embodiments, a third payment
criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when
the electronic device detects a context indicating that a payment
will be requested. In some examples, detecting the context includes
detecting, using a location sensor (e.g., GPS sensor), that the
device is at a predetermined location (e.g., at a transit station).
In some examples, detecting the context includes detection of one
or more wireless signals (e.g., one or more beacons placed near the
terminal, such as one or more iBeacons.TM. or short-range
communication location/proximity beacons). In some examples,
detecting the context includes detecting that the electronic device
was previously used for payment at the current location (e.g.,
using the stored-value account). Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device requests payment credentials when the electronic
device expects that a payment will be requested.
[0633] In accordance with some embodiments, a fourth payment
criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when
the electronic device detects activation of an option (e.g., an
affordance) corresponding to the stored-value account. For example,
the electronic device detects activation of an affordance
corresponding to the stored-value account on a lock screen of the
electronic device while the electronic device is in a locked state.
Thus, in some examples, the electronic device requests payment
credentials based on a user request.
[0634] In accordance with some embodiments, a fifth payment
criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when
the electronic device determines that the stored-value account has
been designated (e.g., via affordance 1980A) to be available at the
electronic device (and, optionally, the second device). In some
examples, the stored-value account is designated to be available
for use in transactions at both the electronic device (e.g., 100)
and the second device (e.g., watch, corresponding to affordance
1980B), although the credentials of the stored-value account are
stored at only one device at a time (e.g., as a restriction of the
stored-value account). Thus, in some examples, the electronic
device requests credentials of the account when the user has
specified that the account be made available at the electronic
device.
[0635] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a first type of account, and a sixth payment criterion
of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when the
electronic device receives (e.g., from a contactless payment
terminal 1990) a request for payment using the first type of
account. In some examples, the sixth criterion is met when the
request includes a request for payment using a type of account,
wherein the stored-value account is of the requested type of
account. For example, the electronic device (e.g., 100) receives a
request for payment with a particular private label payment
account, and the stored-value account is a payment account of that
particular private label.
[0636] At block 2004, in response to detecting that the set of one
or more payment criteria for making the payment using the
stored-value account has been met and, at block 2006, in accordance
with a determination that payment credentials of the stored-value
account are not available in the electronic wallet application of
the electronic device (and, optionally, a determination that
payment credentials of the stored-value account are available at a
second device), at block 2008, the electronic device (e.g., 100)
requests payment credentials of the stored-value account from a
second device (e.g., a second electronic device, such as a
smartwatch corresponding to affordance 1980B) that is different
from the electronic device (e.g., 100, corresponding to affordance
1980A). Thus, by requesting payment credentials when the set of one
or more payment criteria are met, the electronic device (e.g., 100)
prepares the electronic device to participate in a transaction,
thereby reducing the number of user inputs required (e.g., as
compared to the user manually requesting the payment credentials to
be moved among devices) enhances the operability of the device by
providing the device with the ability to participate in
transactions using the payment credentials.
[0637] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 2010,
requesting payment credentials of the stored-value account from the
second device (e.g., a second electronic device, such as a
smartwatch) includes transmitting a request to the second device,
wherein the request identifies the stored-value account (e.g., for
transfer of credentials of the stored-value account to the
electronic device).
[0638] In accordance with some embodiments, at block 2012, in
response to detecting that the set of one or more payment criteria
for making the payment using the stored-value account have been met
and in accordance with a determination that payment credentials of
the stored-value account are available in the electronic wallet
application of the electronic device (e.g., 100), the electronic
device proceeds (or prepares to proceed) with the payment using the
stored-value account (e.g., using credentials of the stored-value
account). In some examples, proceeding with the payment using the
stored-value account includes transferring funds (e.g., a portion
of the funds stored in the stored-value account) from the
stored-value account to a payment terminal (e.g., a contactless
payment terminal 1990). In some examples, because the payment
credentials of the stored-value account are available in the
electronic wallet application of the electronic device (e.g., 100),
the electronic device (e.g., 100) foregoes requesting payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the second device
(e.g., a second electronic device, such as a smartwatch
corresponding to affordance 1980B).
[0639] In accordance with some embodiments, in response to
detecting that the set of one or more payment criteria for making
the payment using the stored-value account have been met and in
accordance with the determination that payment credentials of the
stored-value account are not available in the electronic wallet
application of the electronic device (e.g., 100), and further in
accordance with not receiving (e.g., within a determined time)
payment credentials of the stored-value account (e.g., when the
payment credentials of the stored-value account are not available
at the second device; when the payment credentials of the
stored-value account are received from at the second device only
after a time-out condition has been met), the electronic device
(e.g., 100) forgoes proceeding (or forgoes preparing to proceed)
with the payment using the stored-value account (e.g., using
credentials of the stored-value account) and presents (e.g.,
displaying on the display, playing audio via a speakers, causing a
haptic vibration at the electronic device) a notification to the
user indicating that the stored-value account is not available for
use with the payment (e.g., in the payment transaction). Thus, in
some examples, the electronic device (e.g., 100) detects and
notifies the user if the stored-value account is either (1) not
available at the electronic device and at the second device or (2)
if the credentials of the stored-value account are not received in
a timely fashion, thereby prompting the user to take action with
respect to the transaction.
[0640] At block 2016, subsequent to (or in response to) requesting
the payment credentials of the stored-value account from the second
device when (e.g., in accordance with) the payment credentials of
the stored-value account are available at the second device, at
block 2018, the electronic device (e.g., 100) receives payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
(e.g., a phone) from the second device (e.g., a second electronic
device, such as a smartwatch). In some examples, the electronic
device includes a secure element, and subsequent to receiving the
payment credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic
device, the electronic device stores, in the secure element of the
electronic device, information for accessing a value of the
stored-value account. In some examples, when receiving the payment
credentials, information for retrieving the value/funds/data from
the stored-value account is stored in the secure element of the
electronic device to ensure that the value/funds/data is not
accessible in the absence of a properly processed transaction that
retrieves the information from the secure element.
[0641] In accordance with some embodiments, the payment credentials
of the stored-value account are received at the electronic device
(e.g., 100, a smartphone) from the second device (e.g., a second
electronic device, such as a smartwatch) using a device-to-device
(such as electronic device-to-second device) communication over a
short-range wireless network. In accordance with some embodiments,
the payment credentials of the stored-value account are received at
the electronic device using a local WiFi network, a peer-to-peer
WiFi network a Bluetooth connection, an NFC connection, or a
short-range wireless network. Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device and the second device do not rely on a separate
server for communications.
[0642] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to receiving
payment credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic
device (e.g., a phone) from the second device (e.g., a second
electronic device, such as a smartwatch), the electronic device
(e.g., 100) transfers (e.g., using the one or more short-range
communication radios, such as NFC radios) funds (e.g., a portion of
the funds stored in the stored-value account) from the stored-value
account to a transaction terminal (e.g., a contactless transaction
terminal, contactless payment terminal 1990) to make the payment.
For example, transferring (or transmitting) funds to the
transaction terminal (e.g., 1990) uses the payment credentials of
the stored-value account. For example, the electronic device (e.g.,
100) makes payment by transferring funds to the transaction
terminal (e.g., 1990). In accordance with some embodiments, in
response to transferring funds from the stored-value account to the
transaction terminal, the electronic device (e.g., 100) transmits
(or transfers) payment credentials of the stored-value account from
the electronic device back to the second device. In some examples,
transmitting (or transferring) the payment credentials of the
stored-value account from the electronic device (e.g., 100) to the
second device causes the payment credentials to no longer be
available at the electronic device (e.g., removed or deactivated).
Thus, in some examples, the electronic device (e.g., 100) moves the
payment credentials of the stored-value account back to the second
device after the electronic device uses the stored-value account
for a payment, enabling the second device to use the payment
credentials, if desired. In some examples, transferring funds from
the stored-value account includes releasing information (e.g.,
transaction information, payment information) from a secure element
of the electronic device.
[0643] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to receiving
payment credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic
device (e.g., 100, a smartphone) from the second device (e.g., a
second electronic device, such as a smartwatch), the electronic
device (e.g., 100) transfers (e.g., using the one or more
short-range communication radios, such as NFC radios) funds (e.g.,
a portion of the funds stored in the stored-value account) from the
stored-value account to a transaction terminal (e.g., 1990, a
contactless payment terminal, contactless transaction terminal) to
make the payment. For example, transferring (or transmitting) funds
to the transaction terminal (e.g., 1990) uses the payment
credentials of the stored-value account. For another example, the
electronic device (e.g., 100) makes payment by transferring funds
to the transaction terminal (e.g., 1990). In accordance with some
embodiments, in response to transferring funds from the
stored-value account to the transaction terminal, the electronic
device forgoes transmitting (or forgoes transferring) payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the electronic device
to the second device. Thus, in some examples, the electronic device
(e.g., 100) retains the payment credentials of the stored-value
account so that a future payment can be made using the payment
credentials of the stored-value account without the need to
request/receive the credentials.
[0644] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to receiving
payment credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic
device (e.g., 100, a phone) from the second device (e.g., a second
electronic device, such as a smartwatch), at block 2020, the
electronic device (e.g., 100) receives, from the second device, a
request for payment credentials of the stored-value account, and,
at block 2022, in response to receiving the request of payment
credentials of the stored-value account, at block 2024, transmits
(or transfers) payment credentials of the stored-value account from
the electronic device (e.g., 100) to the second device. In some
examples, transmitting (or transferring) the payment credentials of
the stored-value account from the electronic device (e.g., a smart
watch) to the second device causes the payment credentials to no
longer be available at the electronic device (e.g., removed or
deactivated).
[0645] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to receiving
payment credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic
device (e.g., 100, a phone) from the second device (e.g., a second
electronic device, such as a smartwatch), the electronic device
(e.g., 100) determines whether a predetermined schedule event
condition (e.g., a day of the week, a day of the month, an hour of
the day, a date, a time of the day, an interval) is met, and, in
accordance with a determination that the predetermined schedule
event condition is met, transmits (or transfers) payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the electronic device
to the second device. In some examples, transmitting (or
transferring) the payment credentials of the stored-value account
from the electronic device (e.g., 100) to the second device causes
the payment credentials to no longer be available at the electronic
device (e.g., removed or deactivated). Thus, the electronic device
(e.g., 100) transmits the payment credentials back to the second
device, such as on a scheduled basis, thereby enabling the second
device to participate in transactions using the payment credentials
without the second device requesting the payment credentials. In
some examples, in accordance with a determination that the
predetermined schedule event condition is not met, the payment
credentials for the stored-value account are not transmitted (or
transferred) from the electronic device to the second device.
[0646] In accordance with some embodiments, subsequent to receiving
payment credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic
device (e.g., 100, a phone) from the second device (e.g., a second
electronic device, such as a smartwatch), the electronic device
(e.g., 100) presents an indication (e.g., display a notification on
a display of the electronic device, playing audio at a speaker of
the electronic device, causing a haptic vibration at the electronic
device) requesting authentication (e.g., biometric authentication,
fingerprint authentication, passcode authentication) for making
payment using payment credentials of the stored-value account,
receives (e.g., responsive to the request for authentication)
authentication information (e.g., detecting a fingerprint,
detecting input of a passcode), and, in accordance with a
determination that the authentication information is consistent
with enrolled authentication information (e.g., enrolled biometric
information, an enrolled fingerprint, an enrolled passcode) that is
enabled to authorize transactions, transfers (e.g., using the one
or more short-range communication radios, such as NFC radios) funds
(e.g., a portion of the funds stored in the stored-value account)
from the stored-value account to a transaction terminal (e.g.,
1990, a contactless payment terminal, a contactless transaction
terminal) to make the payment. For example, transferring (or
transmitting) funds to the transaction terminal (e.g., 1990) uses
the payment credentials of the stored-value account. In some
examples, the electronic device (e.g., 100) makes a payment by
transferring funds to the transaction terminal (e.g., 1990). In
some examples, in accordance with a determination that the
authentication information is not consistent with enrolled
authentication information that is enabled to authorize
transactions, the electronic device (e.g., 100) forgoes
transferring funds of the stored-value account to the transaction
terminal (e.g., 1990, a payment terminal, a contactless payment
terminal). Thus, by checking for valid authentication, the
electronic device provides added security and helps deter
unauthorized transactions.
[0647] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
(e.g., 100) uses a first communication protocol (e.g., a Bluetooth
protocol) to receive payment credentials of the stored-value
account from the second device and the electronic device (e.g.,
100) uses a second communication protocol (e.g., an NFC protocol)
different from the first communication protocol to make the payment
(e.g., transfer funds out of the stored-value account) to a
transaction terminal (e.g., a contactless payment terminal,
contactless transaction terminal). Thus, in some examples, the
electronic device (e.g., 100) and the second device use protocols
that are particular to (or beneficial; or optimized) performing
respective actions, thereby enhancing the efficiency and
operability of the device.
[0648] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
(e.g., 100) includes one or more radio units, and wherein the
electronic device (e.g., 100) uses a first set of one or more
radios of the electronic device (e.g., a Bluetooth radios) to
receive payment credentials of the stored-value account from the
second device and the electronic device (e.g., 100) uses a second
set of one or more radios (e.g., NFC radios, one or more
short-range communication radios) different from the first set of
one or more radios to make the payment (e.g., transfer funds out of
the stored-value account) to a transaction terminal (e.g., a
contactless payment terminal, a contactless transaction terminal).
Thus, in some examples, the electronic device (e.g., 100) and the
second device use various types of hardware particular to (or
beneficial; or optimized) performing respective actions, thereby
enhancing the efficiency and operability of the device.
[0649] Note that details of the processes described above with
respect to method 2000 (e.g., FIGS. 20A-20B) are also applicable in
an analogous manner to the methods described above. For example,
methods 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, and 1800 optionally include
one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described
above with reference to method 2000. For example, the user
interface of FIG. 7A may correspond to the user interfaces of FIGS.
9A and 15B. For another example, accounts provisioned using the
techniques of method 800 and 1000 can be used to perform the
techniques described with reference to methods 1200, 1400, 1600,
1800, and 2000. For another example, the technique of method 1200
can be used to add funds to the stored-value accounts described
with respect to methods 800, 1000, 1400, 1600, 1800, and 2000. For
another example, a funded account can be moved to or from different
devices, as discussed with respect to methods 1800 and 2000. For
brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0650] In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 21 shows an
exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device 2100
configured in accordance with the principles of the various
described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the
functional blocks of electronic device 2100 are configured to
perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of
the device 2100 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software,
or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the
principles of the various described examples. It is understood by
persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in
FIG. 21 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to
implement the principles of the various described examples.
Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible
combination or separation or further definition of the functional
blocks described herein.
[0651] As shown in FIG. 21, an electronic device 2100 includes one
or more input device units 2104 configured to receive input, one or
more short-range communication radio units 2106 configured to
receive and transmit short-range communication, and, optionally, a
display unit 2102 configured to display a graphic user interface,
and a processing unit 2108 coupled to the one or more input device
units 2104, one or more short-range communication radio units 2106,
and, optionally, the display unit 2102. In some embodiments, the
processing unit 2108 includes a receiving unit 2112, a requesting
unit 2114, a verifying unit 2116, a providing unit 2118, a
transferring unit 2120, optionally, a display enabling unit 2110, a
comparing unit 2122, a transmitting unit 2124, a designating unit
2126, and a removing unit 2152.
[0652] The processing unit 2108 is configured to: receive (e.g.,
using the receiving unit 2112), by the one or more short-range
communication radio units 2106, a card account number of a card,
wherein the card has a stored value; request (e.g., using the
requesting unit 2114) verification information to verify ownership
of the card; receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2112), via the
one or more input device units 2104, input from a user of the
electronic device 2100 that includes verification information for
verifying ownership of the card; verify (e.g., using the verifying
unit 2116) ownership of the card by comparing the verification
information with separate information about the card that is
received separately from the verification information; and in
accordance with a determination that verification of ownership is
successful: generating (e.g., using the providing unit 2118) a
prompt to perform a value transfer operation for a value transfer;
and in conjunction with the value transfer operation, transfer
(e.g., using the transferring unit 2120) at least some of the
stored value from the card to a virtual card stored on the
electronic device 2100.
[0653] In accordance with some embodiments, the verification
information is information that is not shown on the card.
[0654] In accordance with some embodiments, the card is a
stored-value card.
[0655] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: in accordance with a determination
that the value transfer is not successful: generating (e.g., using
the providing unit 2118) a second prompt to perform the value
transfer operation for the value transfer.
[0656] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: in accordance with a determination
that verification of ownership is not successful: generating (e.g.,
using the providing unit 2118) feedback indicating that
verification of ownership was not successful.
[0657] In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that the card is registered: requesting (e.g., using
the requesting unit 2114) verification information to verify
ownership of the card includes requesting information that is not
shown on the card; and in accordance with a determination that the
card is not registered: requesting (e.g., using the requesting unit
2114) verification information to verify ownership of the card
includes requesting information that is shown on the card.
[0658] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: in accordance with a determination
that the card is not registered and prior to verifying ownership of
the card: request (e.g., using the requesting unit 2114) a
user-provided account number of the card as part of requesting
verification information to verify ownership of the card; receive
(e.g., using the receiving unit 2112) the user-provided account
number of the card as part of receiving input from the user of the
electronic device 2100 that includes verification information for
verifying ownership of the card; and compare (e.g., using the
comparing unit 2122) the user-provided account number to the card
account number as part of verifying ownership of the card by
comparing the verification information with separate information,
wherein the separate information includes the received card account
number of the card.
[0659] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
2100 does not present the card account number of the card prior to
receiving, via the one or more input device units 2104, input from
the user of the electronic device 2100 that includes verification
information for verifying ownership of the card.
[0660] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: in accordance with a determination
that the card is registered: transmit (e.g., using the transmitting
unit 2124) the card account number of the card; and receive (e.g.,
using the receiving unit 2112) the separate information.
[0661] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: forgo receiving (e.g., using the
receiving unit 2112) a user-provided account number of the
card.
[0662] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
2100 includes a display unit 2102, and the processing unit 2108 is
further configured to: subsequent to transferring at least some of
the stored value from the card to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device 2100: enable display (e.g., using the display
enabling unit 2110), on the display unit 2102, of transit plan
information of the virtual card, the transit plan information based
on the transferred at least some of the stored value.
[0663] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
2100 includes a display unit 2102, and the processing unit 2108 is
further configured to: subsequent to transferring at least some of
the stored value from the card to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device: enable display (e.g., using the display enabling
unit 2110), on the display unit 2102, of one or more of: a balance
of the virtual card, a username of an account registered to the
virtual card, and transit plan information of the virtual card.
[0664] In accordance with some embodiments, transferring (e.g.,
using the transferring unit 2120) at least some of the stored value
from the card to the virtual card stored on the electronic device
2100 includes: removing (e.g., using the removing unit 2152) the
stored value from the card; and transmitting (e.g., using the
transmitting unit 2124) a request to a server to deactivate the
card.
[0665] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device 2100 does not have another linked
transit account, designate (e.g., using the designating unit 2126)
an account of the virtual card to be made available for use without
checking authentication; and in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device 2100 has one or more other linked
transit accounts, forgo designating (e.g., using the designating
unit 2126) the account of the virtual card to be made available for
use without checking authentication.
[0666] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device 2100 does not have another linked
transit account: in accordance with receiving user input indicating
a desire not to have accounts be made available for use without
checking authentication, forgo designating (e.g., using the
designating unit 2126) the account of the virtual card to be made
available for use without checking authentication.
[0667] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: receive (e.g., using the receiving
unit 2112) user input indicating a desire not to have accounts be
made available for use without checking authentication; and in
response to receiving the user input indicating the desire not to
have accounts be made available for use without checking
authentication, designate (e.g., using the designating unit 2126)
an account of the virtual card to not be made available for use
without checking authentication.
[0668] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: receive (e.g., using the receiving
unit 2112) user input selecting an account to be made available for
use without checking authentication; and in response to receiving
the user input selecting the account to be made available for use
without checking authentication, designate (e.g., using the
designating unit 2126) the selected account to be made available
for use without checking authentication.
[0669] In accordance with some embodiments, prior to receiving the
card account number of the card and prior to verifying ownership of
the card, the virtual card is stored on the electronic device
2100.
[0670] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2108 is further configured to: subsequent to transferring at least
some of the stored value from the card to the virtual card stored
on the electronic device 2100: enable display (e.g., using the
display enabling unit 2110), on the display unit 2102, of a stored
value of the virtual card.
[0671] The operations described above with reference to FIGS. 8A-8B
are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B
or FIG. 21. For example, receiving operation 802, requesting
operation 806, receiving operation 816, verifying operation 818,
determining operation 820, providing operation 822, and
transferring operation 824 are, optionally, implemented by event
sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event
monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on
touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174
delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective
event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event
information to respective event definitions 186, and determines
whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive
surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as
activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective
predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180
activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the
event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls
data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application
internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses
a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the
application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having
ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented
based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.
[0672] In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 22 shows an
exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device 2200
configured in accordance with the principles of the various
described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the
functional blocks of electronic device 2200 are configured to
perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of
the device 2200 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software,
or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the
principles of the various described examples. It is understood by
persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in
FIG. 22 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to
implement the principles of the various described examples.
Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible
combination or separation or further definition of the functional
blocks described herein.
[0673] As shown in FIG. 22, an electronic device 2200 includes a
display unit 2202 configured to display a graphic user interface,
one or more input device units 2204 configured to receive input,
one or more short-range communication radio units 2206 configured
to receive and transmit short-range communication, and a processing
unit 2208 coupled to the display unit 2202, the one or more input
device units 2204, and the one or more short-range communication
radio units 2206. In some embodiments, the processing unit 2208
includes a display enabling unit 2210, a receiving unit 2212, a
requesting unit 2214, a verifying unit 2216, a transferring unit
2220, and, optionally, a providing unit 2218, a transmitting unit
2224, a designating unit 2226, and a removing unit 2252.
[0674] The processing unit 2208 is configured to: request (e.g.,
using the requesting unit 2214) verification information to verify
ownership of a stored-value card, wherein the stored-value card has
a stored value; receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2212), via
the one or more input device units 2204, input from a user of the
electronic device that includes verification information for
verifying ownership of the card, wherein the verification
information includes information that is not shown on the card;
enable display (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2210), on the
display unit 2202 of the electronic device 2200, of a prompt to
place the electronic device 2200 within communication range of the
stored-value card; receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2212),
by the one or more short-range communication radio units 2206,
identifying information from the stored-value card; verify (e.g.,
using the verifying unit 2216) ownership of the stored-value card
by comparing the verification information with the identifying
information; and in accordance with a determination that
verification of ownership is successful: transfer (e.g., using the
transferring unit 2220) at least some of the stored value from the
stored-value card to a virtual card stored on the electronic device
2200.
[0675] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2208 is further configured to: in accordance with a determination
that verification of ownership is not successful: generating (e.g.,
using the providing unit 2218) feedback indicating that
verification of ownership was not successful; and request (e.g.,
using the requesting unit 2214) verification information to verify
ownership of the stored-value card.
[0676] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2208 is further configured to: in accordance with the determination
that verification of ownership is successful: transfer (e.g., using
the transferring unit 2220) at least some of the stored value from
the stored-value card to a virtual card stored on the electronic
device 2200.
[0677] In accordance with some embodiments, transferring (e.g.,
using the transferring unit 2220) at least some of the stored value
from the stored-value card to the virtual card stored on the
electronic device 2200 includes: removing (e.g., using the removing
unit 2252) the stored value from the stored-value card; and
transmitting (e.g., using the transmitting unit 2224) a request to
a server to deactivate the stored-value card.
[0678] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value card
is a stored-value transit card.
[0679] In accordance with some embodiments, the virtual card is a
transit virtual card.
[0680] In accordance with some embodiments, the virtual card is a
stored-value virtual card.
[0681] In accordance with some embodiments, the verification
information is a card account number of the stored-value card.
[0682] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
2200 does not present the card account number of the stored-value
card prior to receiving (e.g., using the receiving unit 2212), via
the one or more input device units 2204, input from the user of the
electronic device 2200 that includes verification information for
verifying ownership of the card.
[0683] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2208 is further configured to: subsequent to transferring at least
some of the stored value from the stored-value card to the virtual
card stored on the electronic device 2200: enable display (e.g.,
using the display enabling unit 2210), on the display unit 2202, of
a stored value of the virtual card.
[0684] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2208 is further configured to: subsequent to transferring at least
some of the stored value from the stored-value card to a virtual
card stored on the electronic device 2200: enable display (e.g.,
using the display enabling unit 2210), on the display unit 2202, of
transit plan information of the virtual card, the transit plan
information based on the transferred at least some of the stored
value.
[0685] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2208 is further configured to: subsequent to transferring at least
some of the stored value from the stored-value card to a virtual
card stored on the electronic device 2200: enable display (e.g.,
using the display enabling unit 2210), on the display unit 2202, of
one or more of: a balance of the virtual card, a username of an
account registered to the virtual card, and transit plan
information of the virtual card.
[0686] In accordance with some embodiments, the verification
information is information that is personal to a registered user of
the stored-value card.
[0687] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2208 is further configured to: in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device 2200 does not have another linked
transit account, designate (e.g., using the designating unit 2226)
an account of the virtual card to be made available for use without
checking authentication; and in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device 2200 has one or more other linked
transit accounts, forgo designating (e.g., using the designating
unit 2226) the account of the virtual card to be made available for
use without checking authentication.
[0688] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2208 is further configured to: in accordance with a determination
that the electronic device 2200 does not have another linked
transit account: in accordance with receiving user input indicating
a desire not to have accounts be made available for use without
checking authentication, forgo designating (e.g., using the
designating unit 2226) the account of the virtual card to be made
available for use without checking authentication.
[0689] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2208 is further configured to: receive (e.g., using the receiving
unit 2212) user input indicating a desire not to have accounts be
made available for use without checking authentication; and in
response to receiving the user input indicating the desire not to
have accounts be made available for use without checking
authentication, designate (e.g., using the designating unit 2226)
an account of the virtual card to not be made available for use
without checking authentication.
[0690] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2208 is further configured to: receive (e.g., using the receiving
unit 2212) user input selecting an account to be made available for
use without checking authentication; and in response to receiving
the user input selecting the account to be made available for use
without checking authentication, designate (e.g., using the
designating unit 2226) the selected account to be made available
for use without checking authentication.
[0691] In accordance with some embodiments, prior to receiving the
card account number of the card and prior to verifying ownership of
the card, the virtual card is stored on the electronic device
2200.
[0692] The operations described above with reference to FIG. 10
are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B
or FIG. 22. For example, requesting operation 1002, receiving
operation 1004, displaying operation 1006, receiving operation
1008, verifying operation 1010, determining operation 1012, and
transferring operation 1014 are, optionally, implemented by event
sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event
monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on
touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174
delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective
event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event
information to respective event definitions 186, and determines
whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive
surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as
activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective
predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180
activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the
event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls
data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application
internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses
a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the
application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having
ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented
based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.
[0693] In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 23 shows an
exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device 2300
configured in accordance with the principles of the various
described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the
functional blocks of the device 2300 are configured to perform the
techniques described above. The functional blocks of the electronic
device 2300 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or
a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles
of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of
skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 23
are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement
the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the
description herein optionally supports any possible combination or
separation or further definition of the functional blocks described
herein.
[0694] As shown in FIG. 23, an electronic device 2300 includes a
display unit 2302 configured to display a graphic user interface,
one or more input device units 2304 configured to receive input,
and a processing unit 2308 coupled to the display unit 2302 and the
one or more input device units 2304. In some embodiments, the
processing unit 2308 includes a display enabling unit 2310, a
receiving unit 2312, a detecting unit 2328, an adding unit 2330,
and, optionally, a providing unit 2318, an updating unit 2332, an
animating unit 2334, and a determining unit 2336.
[0695] The processing unit 2308 is configured to: enable display
(e.g., on the display enabling unit 2310), on the display unit
2302, of a representation of a stored-value account that includes
an activatable add-value option, wherein the electronic device 2300
has an electronic wallet application that includes the stored-value
account and a payment account; while displaying the representation
of the stored-value account, detect (e.g., using the detecting unit
2328), via the one or more input device units 2304, activation of
the add-value option; detect (e.g., using the detecting unit 2328),
via the one or more input device units 2304, activation of a
fund-account option to add value to the stored-value account using
the payment account of the electronic wallet application; while
enabling display (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2310) of a
proposed transaction to add funds to the stored-value account from
the payment account, receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2312)
authentication information at the electronic device 2300; and in
response to receiving (e.g., using the receiving unit 2312) the
authentication information and in accordance with a determination
that the authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information for performing payment transactions
using the payment account, add (e.g., using the adding unit 2330)
value to the stored-value account using the payment account.
[0696] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2308 is further configured to: in response to receiving (e.g.,
using the receiving unit 2312) the authentication information and
in accordance with a determination that the authentication
information is not consistent with enrolled authentication
information for performing payment transactions using the payment
account, forgo adding (e.g., using the adding unit 2330) value to
the stored-value account using the payment account.
[0697] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2308 is further configured to: prior to receiving the
authentication information, generating (e.g., using the providing
unit 2318) a prompt to provide authorization to add value to the
stored-value account from the payment account.
[0698] In accordance with some embodiments, the representation of a
stored-value account includes a current balance of the stored-value
account.
[0699] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2308 is further configured to: subsequent to adding value to the
stored-value account using the payment account, update (e.g., using
the updating unit 2332) display of the current balance of the
stored-value account to reflect the value added to the stored-value
account.
[0700] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2308 is further configured to: enable display (e.g., using the
display enabling unit 2310), on the display unit 2302, of a
representation of a second payment account that does not include an
activatable add-value option.
[0701] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2308 is further configured to: enable display (e.g., using the
display enabling unit 2310), on the display unit 2302, of a user
interface for user entry of value to add to the stored-value
account using the payment account, wherein the user interface for
user entry of value to add concurrently includes: a virtual numeric
keypad, one or more suggested amounts, and the current balance of
the stored-value account; receive (e.g., using the receiving unit
2312) input at the virtual numeric keypad of an amount for adding
value to the stored-value account using the payment account; in
response to receiving the input at the virtual numeric keypad,
update (e.g., using the updating unit 2332) display of the one or
more suggested amounts based on the input received at the virtual
numeric keypad.
[0702] In accordance with some embodiments, the received input at
the virtual numeric keypad corresponds to an amount exceeding a
maximum permissible amount for adding value to the stored-value
account using the payment account; and updating (e.g., using the
updating unit 2332) display of the one or more suggested amounts
based on the input received at the virtual numeric keypad includes
updating (e.g., using the updating unit 2332) display of one of the
one or more suggested amounts to reflect the maximum permissible
amount.
[0703] In accordance with some embodiments, at least one of the one
or more suggested amounts is based on a previous amount used for
adding value to the stored-value account using the payment
account.
[0704] In accordance with some embodiments, at least one of the one
or more suggested amounts is based on a current day of the current
month.
[0705] In accordance with some embodiments, the user interface for
user entry of value to add to the stored-value account using the
payment account further concurrently includes a graphical depiction
of a card corresponding to the stored-value account; the received
input at the virtual numeric keypad corresponds to an amount
exceeding a maximum permissible amount for adding value to the
stored-value account using the payment account; and the processing
unit 2308 is further configured to: in response to receiving the
input at the virtual numeric keypad, animate (e.g., using the
animating unit 2334) the graphical depiction of the card
corresponding to the stored-value account to shake for a period of
time.
[0706] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2308 is further configured to: receive (e.g., using the receiving
unit 2312) user input of a selected amount to add value to the
stored-value account; in response to receiving user input of the
selected amount, enable display (e.g., using the display enabling
unit 2310), on the display unit 2302, of a user interface
requesting authentication.
[0707] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account.
[0708] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a gift card account.
[0709] In accordance with some embodiments, adding value to the
stored-value account using the payment account is part of recurring
transactions to add value to the stored-value account using the
payment account.
[0710] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2308 is further configured to: detect (e.g., using the detecting
unit 2328) that a current balance of the stored-value account is
below a minimum balance notification level; and in response to
detecting (e.g., using the detecting unit 2328) that the current
balance of the stored-value account is below the minimum balance
notification level, generating (e.g., using the providing unit
2318) a notification that the current balance of the stored-value
account is below the minimum balance notification level.
[0711] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2308 is further configured to: receive (e.g., using the receiving
unit 2312) user input activating the notification; and in response
to receiving (e.g., using the receiving unit 2312) the user input
activating the notification, enable display (e.g., using the
display enabling unit 2310), on the display unit 2302, of a user
interface for user entry of value to add to the stored-value
account using the payment account.
[0712] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account; and the representation of the
stored-value account includes: an indication of a transit plan
associated with the transit account, and an indication of an
expiration date of the transit plan.
[0713] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account, and the processing unit 2308 is
further configured to: display (e.g., using the display enabling
unit 2310), on the display unit 2302, a user interface for funding
the transit account using the payment account, wherein the user
interface for funding the transit account concurrently includes:
one or more suggested amounts, and a start date and an end date of
a recommended transit plan.
[0714] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account, and the processing unit 2308 is
further configured to: in accordance with a determination that a
transit plan of the stored-value account is due for renewal,
generating (e.g., using a providing unit 2318) a notification
indicating that the transit plan of the stored-value account is due
for renewal.
[0715] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a transit account, and the processing unit 2308 is
further configured to: detect (e.g., using the detecting unit 2328)
proximity to a transit station; determine (e.g., using the
determining unit 2336) an expected destination based on one or more
context factors; in accordance with a determination that the
stored-value account does not have sufficient funds for travel from
the transit station to the expected destination, generating (e.g.,
using the providing unit 2318) a notification that the stored-value
account does not have sufficient funds for travel from the transit
station to the expected destination; and enabling display (e.g.,
using the display enabling unit 2310) of the representation of the
stored-value account that includes the activatable add-value option
is in response to detecting (e.g., using the detecting unit 2328)
activation of the notification that the stored-value account does
not have sufficient funds.
[0716] The operations described above with reference to FIGS.
12A-12B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in
FIGS. 1A-1B or FIG. 23. For example, displaying operation 1202,
detecting operation 1204, detecting operation 1206, receiving
operation 1212, determining operation 1216, and adding operation
1218 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event
recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event
sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and
event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to
application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application
136-1 compares the event information to respective event
definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first
location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined
event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user
interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is
detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190
associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event
handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object
updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some
embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater
178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it
would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how
other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted
in FIGS. 1A-1B.
[0717] In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 24 shows an
exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device 2400
configured in accordance with the principles of the various
described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the
functional blocks of electronic device 2400 are configured to
perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of
the device 2400 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software,
or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the
principles of the various described examples. It is understood by
persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in
FIG. 24 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to
implement the principles of the various described examples.
Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible
combination or separation or further definition of the functional
blocks described herein.
[0718] As shown in FIG. 24, an electronic device 2400 includes a
display unit 2402 configured to display a graphic user interface,
one or more short-range communication radio units 2406 configured
to receive and transmit short-range communication, an electronic
wallet application unit 2460 configured to store one or more
accounts, and a processing unit 2408 coupled to the display unit
2402, the one or more short-ranged communication radio units 2406,
and the electronic wallet application unit 2460. In some
embodiments, the processing unit 2408 includes a display enabling
unit 2410, transferring unit 2420, a replacing unit 2438, and,
optionally, a receiving unit 2412, a detecting unit 2328, an
updating unit 2432, a presenting unit 2440, a moving unit 2442, a
tagging unit 2444, and a sliding unit 2454.
[0719] The processing unit 2408 is configured to: enable display
(e.g., using the display enabling unit 2410), on the display unit
2402, of an indication of an available credit of the stored-value
account; transfer (e.g., using the transferring unit 2420), using
the one or more short-range communication radio units 2406,
credentials of the stored-value account to a contactless
transaction terminal that is separate from the electronic device
2400; and replace (e.g., using the replacing unit 2438), based on a
transaction performed with the contactless transaction terminal
using the credentials of the stored-value account that were
transferred to the contactless transaction terminal using the one
or more short-range communication radio units 2406, display of the
indication of the available credit with display of an indication of
the transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the
contactless transaction terminal
[0720] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a stored-value transit account.
[0721] In accordance with some embodiments, enabling display (e.g.,
using the display enabling unit 2410), on the display unit 2402, of
the indication of the available credit of the stored-value account
includes: enabling display (e.g., using the display enabling unit
2410), at a first location on the display unit 2402, of the
indication of the available credit of the stored-value account; and
replacing (e.g., using the replacing unit 2438) display of the
indication of the available credit with display of the indication
of the transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials to
the contactless transaction terminal includes: enabling display
(e.g., using the display enabling unit 2410), at a second location
on the display unit 2402, of the indication of the available
credit, wherein the second location is different from the first
location, and enabling display (e.g., using the display enabling
unit 2410), at the first location on the display unit 2402, of the
indication of the transaction corresponding to the transfer of
credentials to the contactless transaction terminal.
[0722] In accordance with some embodiments, replacing (e.g., using
the replacing unit 2438) display of the indication of the available
credit with display of the indication of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal includes, concurrently: sliding (e.g., using
the sliding unit 2454) in a first direction, on the display unit
2402, the indication of the available credit from a first location
to a second location that is different from the first location, and
sliding (e.g., using the sliding unit 2454) in the first direction,
onto the display unit 2402, the indication of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal.
[0723] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2408 is further configured to: in response to transferring the
credentials of the stored-value account to the contactless
transaction terminal, concurrently enable display (e.g., using the
display enabling unit 2410), on the display unit 2402, of: the
indication of the available credit, the indication of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the
contactless transaction terminal, and an indication that the
transfer of credentials of the stored-value account to the
contactless transaction terminal is complete.
[0724] In accordance with some embodiments, a determination that
the transaction was performed using the credentials of the
stored-value account includes detecting (e.g., using the detecting
unit 2428) that the available credit of the stored-value account
has changed.
[0725] In accordance with some embodiments, replacing (e.g., using
the replacing unit 2438) display of the indication of the available
credit with display of the indication of the transaction
corresponding to the transfer of credentials to the contactless
transaction terminal is in response to detecting (e.g., using the
detecting unit 2428) that the available credit of the stored-value
account has changed.
[0726] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2408 is further configured to: update (e.g., using the updating
unit 2432) the indication of the available credit to reflect the
transfer of credentials.
[0727] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2408 is further configured to: concurrently enable display (e.g.,
using the display enabling unit 2410), on the display unit 2402, of
a graphical depiction of the stored-value account with the
indication of the available credit and the indication of the
transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials.
[0728] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2408 is further configured to: prior to transferring (e.g., using
the transferring unit 2420), using the one or more short-range
communication radio units 2406, credentials of the stored-value
account to the contactless transaction terminal and prior to
replacing (e.g., using the replacing unit 2438) display of the
indication of the available credit with display of the indication
of the transaction corresponding to the transfer of credentials:
present (e.g., using the presenting unit 2440) an indication
requesting authentication to transfer credentials of the
stored-value account to the contactless transaction terminal;
receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2412) authentication
information; and transferring (e.g., using the transferring unit
2420) credentials of the stored-value account to the contactless
transaction terminal is in accordance with a determination that the
authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information that is enabled to authorize
transactions.
[0729] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2408 is further configured to: subsequent to transferring (e.g.,
using the transferring unit 2420), using the one or more
short-range communication radio units 2406, credentials of the
stored-value account to the contactless transaction terminal,
enable display (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2410), on the
display unit 2402, of a history of transactions, the history of
transactions including one or more representations of transit
trips.
[0730] In accordance with some embodiments, the displayed history
of transactions includes one or more representations of transit
trips indicated as being covered by a transit plan.
[0731] In accordance with some embodiments, the displayed history
of transactions includes one or more representations of transit
trips that are in progress and the one or more representations of
transit trips that are in progress include a displayed status
indication that indicates that the one or more transit trips are in
progress.
[0732] In accordance with some embodiments, an indication of a
transit trip that is in progress is at the top of a list of the
history of transactions, and the processing unit 2408 is further
configured to: subsequent to enabling display (e.g., using the
display enabling unit 2410) of the history of transactions
including the indication of transit trip that is in progress at the
top of the list of the history of transactions, transfer (e.g.,
using the transferring unit 2420), using the one or more
short-range communication radio units 2406, credentials of the
stored-value account to a second contactless transaction terminal
for a non-transit transaction; move (e.g., using the moving unit
2442) the display of the indication of transit trip that is in
progress in the list of the history of transactions and enable
display (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2410) of an
indication of the non-transit transaction at a location previously
occupied by the indication of the transit trip that is in progress;
and transfer (e.g., using the transferring unit 2420), using the
one or more short-range communication radio units 2406, credentials
of the stored-value account to a third contactless transaction
terminal for the transit trip that is in progress to end the trip;
and in response to transferring credentials of the stored-value
account to the third contactless transaction terminal for the
transit trip that is in progress: move (e.g., using the moving unit
2442) the display of the indication of the non-transit transaction
to accommodate moving the display of the indication of the transit
trip that was in progress to the top of the list of the history of
transactions.
[0733] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2408 is further configured to: receive (e.g., using receiving unit
2412) a request to display a device-status user interface; in
response to receiving the request to display the device-status user
interface, enable display (e.g., using display enabling unit 2410)
of the device-status user interface, including: in accordance with
a determination that the device is using the stored-value account
for an in-progress transit trip, enable display (e.g., using
display enabling unit 2410) of information about the use of the
transit account for the in-progress transit trip in the
device-status user interface; and in accordance with a
determination that the device is not using the stored value account
for an in-progress transit trip, enable display (e.g., using
display enabling unit 2410) of the device-status user interface
without displaying information about the transit account for a
transit trip.
[0734] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2408 is further configured to: while using (e.g., using the tagging
unit 2444) the stored-value account for an in progress transit trip
in accordance with transferring the credentials of the stored-value
account to the contactless transaction terminal, and in accordance
with the stored-value account being in use in a transit system and
in accordance with the electronic device 2400 being in a locked
state: enable display (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2410),
on a lock screen of the display unit 2402, of an indication of the
stored-value account.
[0735] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2408 is further configured to: detect (e.g., using the detecting
unit 2428) activation of the indication of the stored-value
account; and in response to detecting activation of the indication
of the stored-value account, enable display (e.g., using the
display enabling unit 2410) of a card detail view for the
stored-value account that includes information about recent
transactions for which the stored-value account was used.
[0736] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2408 is further configured to: detect (e.g., using the detecting
unit 2428) activation of the indication of the stored-value
account; and in response to detecting activation of the indication
of the stored-value account, enable display (e.g., using the
display enabling unit 2410) of a virtual boarding pass, the virtual
boarding pass including one or more details about the in progress
transit trip associated with the stored-value account.
[0737] The operations described above with reference to FIGS.
14A-14B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in
FIGS. 1A-1B or FIG. 24. For example, displaying operation 1402,
transferring operation 1412, and replacing operation 1414 are,
optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180,
and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170
detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event
dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application
136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1
compares the event information to respective event definitions 186,
and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the
touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub
event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface.
When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event
recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the
detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally
utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update
the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event
handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is
displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a
person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be
implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.
[0738] In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 25 shows an
exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device 2500
configured in accordance with the principles of the various
described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the
functional blocks of electronic device 2500 are configured to
perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of
the device 2500 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software,
or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the
principles of the various described examples. It is understood by
persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in
FIG. 25 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to
implement the principles of the various described examples.
Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible
combination or separation or further definition of the functional
blocks described herein.
[0739] As shown in FIG. 25, an electronic device 2500 includes one
or more short-range communication radio units 2506 configured to
receive and transmit short-range communication, an account
information application unit 2562 configured to store one or more
accounts, and a processing unit 2508 coupled to the one or more
short-range communication radio units 2506 and the account
information application unit 2562. In some embodiments, the
processing unit 2508 includes a transmitting unit 2524, a detecting
unit 2528, a checking unit 2546, and, optionally, a receiving unit
2512, a providing unit 2518, a designating unit 2526, a presenting
unit 2540, and a proceeding unit 2548.
[0740] The processing unit 2508 is configured to: detect (e.g.,
using the detecting unit 2528), by the one or more short-range
communication radio units 2506, a wireless signal; in accordance
with a determination that the wireless signal corresponds to a
first type of request, transmit (e.g., using the transmitting unit
2524) information corresponding to the first account without
checking for authentication; and in accordance with a determination
that the wireless signal corresponds to a second type of request,
check (e.g., using the checking unit 2546) for authentication
before proceeding with a transaction corresponding to the wireless
signal.
[0741] In accordance with some embodiments, the first type of
request is a type of request for which transmission of account
information has been pre-authorized to be made automatically
available without authentication; and the second type of request is
a type of request for which transmission of account information has
not been pre-authorized to be made automatically available without
authentication.
[0742] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account is a
stored-value account.
[0743] In accordance with some embodiments, transmitting (e.g.,
using the transmitting unit 2524) information corresponding to the
first account without checking for authentication includes
transmitting (e.g., using the transmitting unit 2524) the
information corresponding to the first account without requiring
user input subsequent to detecting (e.g., using the detecting unit
2528), by the one or more short-range communication radio units
2506, the wireless signal.
[0744] In accordance with some embodiments, the account information
application unit 2562 includes a second account that is different
from the first account.
[0745] In accordance with some embodiments, checking (e.g., using
the checking unit 2546) for authentication includes: presenting
(e.g., using the presenting unit 2540) an indication requesting
authentication; receiving (e.g., using the receiving unit 2512)
authentication information; and in accordance with a determination
that the authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information that is enabled to authorize
transactions, proceeding (e.g., using the proceeding unit 2548)
with the transaction.
[0746] In accordance with some embodiments, proceeding (e.g., using
the proceeding unit 2548) with the transaction includes:
transmitting (e.g., using the transmitting unit 2524) information
corresponding to the first account.
[0747] In accordance with some embodiments, proceeding (e.g., using
the proceeding unit 2548) with the transaction includes:
transmitting (e.g., using the transmitting unit 2524) information
corresponding to a second account different from the first
account.
[0748] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2508 is further configured to: in accordance with the determination
that the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request:
forgo presenting (e.g., using the presenting unit 2540) any
indication requesting authentication.
[0749] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account is
one of a plurality of transit accounts stored by the account
information application unit 2562 and the account information
application unit 2562 stores one or more additional accounts that
are not transit accounts, and the processing unit 2508 is further
configured to: prior to detecting (e.g., using the detecting unit
2528), by the one or more short-range communication radio units
2506, the wireless signal: receive (e.g., using the receiving unit
2512) user input selecting the first account as an account to be
made available for use without checking authentication; and in
response to receiving (e.g., using the receiving unit 2512) user
input selecting the first account as an account to be made
available for use without checking authentication, designate (e.g.,
using the designating unit 2526) the first account to be made
available for use without checking authentication.
[0750] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account is an
identification account.
[0751] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
2500 is in a locked state prior to detecting the wireless signal
and continues to remain in the locked state while transmitting
(e.g., using the transmitting unit 2524) information corresponding
to the first account without checking for authentication.
[0752] In accordance with some embodiments, the information
corresponding to the first account includes an account number of
the first account.
[0753] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account is a
stored-value account and the information corresponding to the first
account includes funds from the first account.
[0754] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account is a
payment account and the information corresponding to the first
account includes payment account information of the first
account.
[0755] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account is a
transit commuter account and the information corresponding to the
first account includes transit pass information of the first
account.
[0756] In accordance with some embodiments, the first account is a
stored-value account and the information corresponding to the first
account includes an account number of the first account, and the
processing unit 2508 is further configured to: detect (e.g., using
the detecting unit 2528), by the one or more short-range
communication radio units 2506, a second wireless signal that
includes a request for an amount of funds; and in accordance with a
determination that the second wireless signal corresponds to the
first type of request, transmit (e.g., using the transmitting unit
2524) funds from the first account without checking for
authentication.
[0757] In accordance with some embodiments, the information
corresponding to the first account includes an account number of
the first account, and the processing unit 2508 is further
configured to: detect (e.g., using the detecting unit 2528), by the
one or more short-range communication radio units 2506, a second
wireless signal that includes a request for an amount of funds;
subsequent to detecting (e.g., using the detecting unit 2528) the
second wireless signal that includes the request for an amount of
funds, the electronic device 2500 determines an expected cost in
accordance with a determination that the second wireless signal
corresponds to the first type of request, and: in accordance with a
determination that the requested amount of funds does not exceed a
pre-authorized transaction amount transmitting funds from the first
account without checking for authentication; and in accordance with
a determination that the requested amount of funds exceeds the
pre-authorized transaction amount: generating feedback (e.g., using
the providing unit 2518) indicating that the requested amount of
funds does not correspond to an expected cost; and check (e.g.,
using the checking unit 2546) for authentication to proceed with
the transaction.
[0758] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2508 is further configured to: in accordance with the determination
that the second wireless signal corresponds to the first type of
request, and: in accordance with the determination that the
requested amount of funds exceeds the pre-authorized transaction
amount: receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2512) second
authentication information; and in accordance with a determination
that the second authentication information is consistent with
enrolled authentication information that is enabled to authorize
transactions, proceed (e.g., using the proceeding unit 2548) with
the transaction; and in accordance with a determination that the
second authentication information is not consistent with enrolled
authentication information that is enabled to authorize
transactions, forgo proceeding (e.g., using the proceeding unit
2548) with the transaction.
[0759] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request is
based on contextual information of the electronic device that
corresponds to the time when the wireless signal was detected by
the electronic device.
[0760] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more contextual
conditions has been met, wherein a first contextual condition of
the one or more contextual conditions is met when content of the
wireless signal includes a predetermined value.
[0761] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more contextual
conditions has been met, wherein a second contextual condition of
the one or more contextual conditions is met when a physical
location of the electronic device 2500 that corresponds to the time
when the wireless signal was detected by the electronic device
corresponds to a predetermined location.
[0762] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more contextual
conditions has been met, wherein a third contextual condition of
the one or more contextual conditions is met when the electronic
device 2500 is within range of one or more wireless signals
different from the wireless signal.
[0763] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more contextual
conditions has been met, wherein a fourth contextual condition of
the one or more contextual conditions is met when the wireless
signal includes a request for an amount of funds that does not
exceed a fund threshold.
[0764] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more unlock
conditions has been met, wherein a first unlock condition of the
set of one or more unlock conditions is met when the electronic
device 2500 has been unlocked within a previous amount of time.
[0765] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more unlock
conditions has been met, wherein a second unlock condition of the
set of one or more unlock conditions is met when the electronic
device 2500 has been unlocked after a predetermined time of day on
the day that the wireless signal is detected.
[0766] In accordance with some embodiments, the determination that
the wireless signal corresponds to the first type of request
includes a determination that a set of one or more unlock
conditions has been met, wherein a third unlock condition of the
set of one or more unlock conditions is met when the electronic
device 2500 has been unlocked after a restart.
[0767] The operations described above with reference to FIGS.
16A-16B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in
FIGS. 1A-1B or FIG. 25. For example, detecting operation 1608,
determining operation 1610, transmitting operation 1616,
determining operation 1618, checking operation 1622 are,
optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180,
and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170
detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event
dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application
136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1
compares the event information to respective event definitions 186,
and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the
touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub
event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface.
When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event
recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the
detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally
utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update
the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event
handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is
displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a
person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be
implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.
[0768] In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 26 shows an
exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device 2600
configured in accordance with the principles of the various
described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the
functional blocks of electronic device 2600 are configured to
perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of
the device 2600 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software,
or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the
principles of the various described examples. It is understood by
persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in
FIG. 26 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to
implement the principles of the various described examples.
Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible
combination or separation or further definition of the functional
blocks described herein.
[0769] As shown in FIG. 26, an electronic device 2600 includes a
display unit 2602 configured to display a graphic user interface,
one or more input device units 2604 configured to receive input,
and a processing unit 2608 coupled to the display unit 2602 and the
one or more input device units 2604. In some embodiments, the
processing unit 2608 includes a display enabling unit 2610, a
receiving unit 2612, a causing unit 2650, and, optionally, a
transmitting unit 2624.
[0770] The processing unit 2608 is configured to: enable display
(e.g., using the display enabling unit 2610), on the display unit
2602, of representations of a plurality of devices associated with
a user account, wherein the representations of the plurality of
devices include a first representation of a first device and a
second representation of a second device, wherein the first device
is associated with a transaction account and the second device is
not associated with the transaction account; receive (e.g., using
the receiving unit 2612), via the one or more input device units
2604, a selection corresponding to the displayed representation of
the second device; and in accordance with receiving the selection
corresponding to the displayed representation of the second device:
cause (e.g., using the causing unit 2650) the transaction account
to become associated with the second device; and cause (e.g., using
the causing unit 2650) the transaction account to become
disassociated from the first device.
[0771] In accordance with some embodiments, the first device is the
electronic device 2600 that caused the transaction account to
become associated with the second device and disassociated with the
first device.
[0772] In accordance with some embodiments, the second device is
the electronic device 2600 that caused the transaction account to
become associated with the second device and disassociated with the
first device.
[0773] In accordance with some embodiments, the transaction account
is a payment account.
[0774] In accordance with some embodiments, the transaction account
is transit account.
[0775] In accordance with some embodiments, the transaction account
is a stored-value account.
[0776] In accordance with some embodiments, the transaction account
is a stored-value account, and the processing unit 2608 is further
configured to: prior to enabling display of the representations of
the plurality of devices, enable display (e.g., using the display
enabling unit 2610) of a representation of the account concurrently
with (e.g., adjacent to or otherwise visually linked with the
representation of the account) an activatable add-value option and
an activatable transfer-account option; receive (e.g., using the
receiving unit 2612) activation of the transfer-account option; and
wherein enabling display (e.g., using the display enabling unit
2610) of the representations of the plurality of devices associated
with the user account is in response to receiving (e.g., using the
receiving unit 2612) activation of the transfer-account option.
[0777] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2608 is further configured to: receive (e.g., using the receiving
unit 2612) user input designating the transaction account as an
account to be available for use at two or more devices of the
plurality of devices.
[0778] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
2600 is the second device, and the processing unit 2608 is further
configured to: receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2612) user
input designating a third device of the plurality of devices as a
device for which the transaction account is to be made available
for use; subsequent to causing the transaction account to become
associated with the second device and subsequent to causing the
transaction account to become disassociated from the first device:
receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2612) a request for payment
credentials of the transaction account from the third device that
is different from the electronic device; and in accordance with a
determination that the third device is designated as a device for
which the transaction account is to be made available for use,
transmit (e.g., using the transmitting unit 2624) payment
credentials of the transaction account to the third device from the
second device.
[0779] In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a
determination that a time condition has been met: cause (e.g.,
using the causing unit 2650) the transaction account to become
disassociated from the second device; and cause (e.g., using the
causing unit 2650) the transaction account to become associated
with the first device.
[0780] In accordance with some embodiments, causing the transaction
account to become associated with the second device includes
restricting the transaction account at the second device to
require, from the first device, respective pre-approvals for
proposed payments to be made at the second device.
[0781] In accordance with some embodiments, the representations of
the plurality of devices associated with the user account include
representations of devices that are logged into a service under the
same user account as the electronic device 2600.
[0782] In accordance with some embodiments, the representations of
the plurality of devices associated with the user account include
representations of devices logged into a service using respective
user accounts that are associated with the user account with which
the electronic device 2600 is logged into the service.
[0783] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2608 is further configured to: subsequent to causing the
transaction account to become associated with the second device and
subsequent to causing the transaction account to become
disassociated from the first device: enable display (e.g., using
the display enabling unit 2610), on the display unit 2602, of
representations of the plurality of devices, wherein the first
device is not associated with the transaction account and the
second device is associated with the transaction account; receive
(e.g., using the receiving unit 2612), via the one or more input
device units 2604, a respective selection corresponding to the
first device; and in accordance with receiving the respective
selection corresponding to the first device: cause (e.g., using the
causing unit 2650) the transaction account to become disassociated
from the second device; and cause (e.g., using the causing unit
2650) the transaction account to become associated with the first
device.
[0784] The operations described above with reference to FIG. 18
are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B
or FIG. 26. For example, displaying operation 1802, receiving
operation 1808, causing operation 1816, and causing operation 1818
are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer
180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170
detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event
dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application
136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1
compares the event information to respective event definitions 186,
and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the
touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub
event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface.
When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event
recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the
detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally
utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update
the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event
handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is
displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a
person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be
implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.
[0785] In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 27 shows an
exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device 2700
configured in accordance with the principles of the various
described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the
functional blocks of electronic device 2700 are configured to
perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of
the device 2700 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software,
or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the
principles of the various described examples. It is understood by
persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in
FIG. 27 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to
implement the principles of the various described examples.
Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible
combination or separation or further definition of the functional
blocks described herein.
[0786] As shown in FIG. 27, an electronic device 2700 includes an
electronic wallet application unit 2760 configured to store one or
more accounts, and, optionally, one or more short-range
communication radio units 2706 configured to receive and transmits
short-range communication, and, optionally, one or more radio units
2764 configured to receive and transmit signals, and a processing
unit 2708 coupled to the electronic wallet application unit 2760,
optionally, the one or more short-range communication radio units
2706 and, optionally, the one or more radio units 2764. In some
embodiments, the processing unit 2708 includes a receiving unit
2712, a requesting unit 2714, a detecting unit 2728, and,
optionally, a transferring unit 2720, a transmitting unit 2724, a
determining unit 2736, a presenting unit 2740, and a proceeding
unit 2748.
[0787] The processing unit 2708 is configured to: detect (e.g.,
using the detecting unit 2728) that a set of one or more payment
criteria for making a payment using a stored-value account has been
met; in response to detecting (e.g., using the detecting unit 2728)
that the set of one or more payment criteria for making the payment
using the stored-value account has been met and in accordance with
a determination that payment credentials of the stored-value
account are not available in the electronic wallet application of
the electronic device 2700, request (e.g., using the requesting
unit 2714) payment credentials of the stored-value account from a
second device that is different from the electronic device 2700;
and subsequent to requesting (e.g., using the requesting unit 2714)
the payment credentials of the stored-value account from the second
device when the payment credentials of the stored-value account are
available at the second device, receive (e.g., using the receiving
unit 2712) payment credentials of the stored-value account at the
electronic device 2700 from the second device.
[0788] In accordance with some embodiments, the payment credentials
of the stored-value account are received at the electronic device
2700 from the second device using a device-to-device communication
over a short-range wireless network.
[0789] In accordance with some embodiments, a first payment
criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when
the electronic device 2700 receives a request for payment.
[0790] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
2700 includes one or more short-range communication radio units
2706, a second payment criterion of the set of one or more payment
criteria is met when the electronic device 2700 detects, using the
one or more short-range communication radio units 2706, a
field.
[0791] In accordance with some embodiments, a third payment
criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when
the electronic device 2700 detects a context indicating that a
payment will be requested.
[0792] In accordance with some embodiments, a fourth payment
criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when
the electronic device 2700 detects activation of an option
corresponding to the stored-value account.
[0793] In accordance with some embodiments, a fifth payment
criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when
the electronic device 2700 determines that the stored-value account
has been designated to be available at the electronic device
2700.
[0794] In accordance with some embodiments, the stored-value
account is a first type of account, and wherein a sixth payment
criterion of the set of one or more payment criteria is met when
the electronic device 2700 receives a request for payment using the
first type of account.
[0795] In accordance with some embodiments, requesting payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the second device
includes transmitting (e.g., using the transmitting unit 2724) a
request to the second device, wherein the request identifies the
stored-value account.
[0796] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2708 is further configured to: in response to detecting (e.g.,
using the detecting unit 2728) that the set of one or more payment
criteria for making the payment using the stored-value account have
been met and in accordance with a determination that payment
credentials of the stored-value account are available in the
electronic wallet application unit 2760 of the electronic device
2700, proceed (e.g., using the proceeding unit 2748) with the
payment using the stored-value account.
[0797] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2708 is further configured to: in response to detecting that the
set of one or more payment criteria for making the payment using
the stored-value account have been met and in accordance with the
determination that payment credentials of the stored-value account
are not available in the electronic wallet application unit 2760 of
the electronic device 2700 and in accordance with not receiving
payment credentials of the stored-value account: forgo proceeding
(e.g., using the proceeding unit 2748) with the payment using the
stored-value account; and present (e.g., using the presenting unit
2740) a notification to the user indicating that the stored-value
account is not available for use with the payment.
[0798] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2708 is further configured to: subsequent to receiving payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
2700 from the second device: transfer (e.g., using the transferring
unit 2720) funds from the stored-value account to a transaction
terminal to make the payment; and in response to transferring funds
from the stored-value account to the transaction terminal, transmit
(e.g., using the transmitting unit 2724) payment credentials of the
stored-value account from the electronic device 2700 to the second
device.
[0799] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2708 is further configured to: subsequent to receiving payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
2700 from the second device: transfer (e.g., using the transferring
unit 2720) funds from the stored-value account to a transaction
terminal to make the payment; and in response to transferring funds
from the stored-value account to the transaction terminal, forgo
transmitting (e.g., using the transmitting unit 2724) payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the electronic device
2700 to the second device.
[0800] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2708 is further configured to: subsequent to receiving payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
2700 from the second device: receive (e.g., using the receiving
unit 2712), from the second device, a request for payment
credentials of the stored-value account; and in response to
receiving the request of payment credentials of the stored-value
account, transmit (e.g., using the transmitting unit 2724) payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the electronic device
2700 to the second device.
[0801] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2708 is further configured to: subsequent to receiving payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
2700 from the second device: determine (e.g., using the determining
unit 2736) whether a predetermined schedule event condition is met;
in accordance with a determination that the predetermined schedule
event condition is met, transmit (e.g., using the transmitting unit
2724) payment credentials of the stored-value account from the
electronic device 2700 to the second device.
[0802] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
2700 uses a first communication protocol to receive payment
credentials of the stored-value account from the second device and
the electronic device 2700 uses a second communication protocol
different from the first communication protocol to make the payment
to a transaction terminal.
[0803] In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device
2700 includes one or more radio units 2764, and the electronic
device 2700 uses a first set of the one or more radio units 2764 of
the electronic device 2700 to receive payment credentials of the
stored-value account from the second device and the electronic
device 2700 uses a second set of the one or more radio units 2764
different from the first set of the one or more radio units 2764 to
make the payment to a transaction terminal.
[0804] In accordance with some embodiments, the processing unit
2708 is further configured to: subsequent to receiving payment
credentials of the stored-value account at the electronic device
2700 from the second device: present (e.g., using the presenting
unit 2740) an indication requesting authentication for making
payment using payment credentials of the stored-value account;
receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2712) authentication
information; and in accordance with a determination that the
authentication information is consistent with enrolled
authentication information that is enabled to authorize
transactions, transfer (e.g., using the transferring unit 2720)
funds from the stored-value account to a transaction terminal to
make the payment.
[0805] The operations described above with reference to FIGS.
20A-20B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in
FIGS. 1A-1B or FIG. 27. For example, detecting operation 2002,
determining operation 2006, requesting operation 2008, and
receiving operation 2018 are, optionally, implemented by event
sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event
monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on
touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174
delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective
event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event
information to respective event definitions 186, and determines
whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive
surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as
activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective
predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180
activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the
event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls
data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application
internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses
a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the
application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having
ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented
based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.
[0806] The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has
been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the
illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or
to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many
modifications and variations are possible in view of the above
teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to
best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical
applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best
utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various
modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.
[0807] Although the disclosure and examples have been fully
described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be
noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent
to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to
be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure
and examples as defined by the claims.
[0808] As described above, one aspect of the present technology is
the gathering and use of data available from various sources to
improve the delivery to users of invitational content or any other
content that may be of interest to them. The present disclosure
contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include
personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used
to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information
data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone
numbers, email addresses, home addresses, or any other identifying
information.
[0809] The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such
personal information data, in the present technology, can be used
to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data
can be used to deliver targeted content that is of greater interest
to the user. Accordingly, use of such personal information data
enables calculated control of the delivered content. Further, other
uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also
contemplated by the present disclosure.
[0810] The present disclosure further contemplates that the
entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure,
transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data
will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy
practices. In particular, such entities should implement and
consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally
recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental
requirements for maintaining personal information data private and
secure. For example, personal information from users should be
collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not
shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such
collection should occur only after receiving the informed consent
of the users. Additionally, such entities would take any needed
steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal
information data and ensuring that others with access to the
personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and
procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to
evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely
accepted privacy policies and practices.
[0811] Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also
contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use
of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present
disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can
be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information
data. For example, in the case of advertisement delivery services,
the present technology can be configured to allow users to select
to "opt in" or "opt out" of participation in the collection of
personal information data during registration for services. In
another example, users can select not to provide location
information for targeted content delivery services. In yet another
example, users can select to not provide precise location
information, but permit the transfer of location zone
information.
[0812] Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers
use of personal information data to implement one or more various
disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates
that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the
need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the
various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered
inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal
information data. For example, content can be selected and
delivered to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal
information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information,
such as the content being requested by the device associated with a
user, other non-personal information available to the content
delivery services, or publically available information.
* * * * *